THE GHOST GHOST DANSE ARTICLES ARTICLES
Ouran
THE GHOST DANSE ARTICLES
"If the doors of perception were cleansed everything would appear to man as it is, infinite." --The marriage of Heaven and Hell, William Blake This is a series of articles intended for the serious spiritual student. The first five are mostly beginner level from a few years back, originally intended for magazine publication. Much of the other material is for advanced students. Advanced students who are not completely familiar with Free Zone theory should read the second section in numerical sequence, sequence, so as to not bypass critical data and definitions. I am a philosophical philosophical researcher. I do not have a practice to promote here. Please be advised that the intention of this site is to communicate to those other researchers and practitioners who are working to free and rehabilitate others -- especially those in what is called the Free Zone. The information on this site is for the use of people who are on both the magician's and the meditational/processing meditational/processing paths. Everyone is free to use this information and copy it, under two conditions: its origin is acknowledged (in other words say where and from whom you got it) and money is not charged for access to this information. --Ouran (Ouran - Gk, comb. form of ouranós ouranós heavens, heaven heaven ) The Ghost Danse HOW TO READ THIS MATERIAL In the past great emphasis has been placed on understanding all of the words in any material. It has been stressed to never go past any word one does not fully understand. This is excellent advice. However, for reading my materials I would like to add the following: "When reading this material great care should be taken to not cling tightly to past mental anchor points, otherwise known as stable data. Attempts to align this with past data may cause conflict or it may not, but in neither case will this material be used properly. Great care should also be taken not to memorize or make forceful mental copies of this material. Instead I advise the reader to read lightly, yet with full attention. The purpose of this material is to trigger cognition. I want the reader to realize his or her own truth, not copy mine. My truth does no one any good (except for me of course!). Therefore Therefore please treat reading my materials as a light session and be sessionable while reading. Under no circumstances grind away at any of my articles or isolated observations observations by memorizing forcefully forcefully while reading and thinking about them. It is best to read each of them several different times, but lightly, lightly. If cognition does not occur, release what I have said from your mind without resistance and move on. Thank you." The Ghost Danse I will tell you this from personal observation: observation: the whole universe is alive, even "dead" matter, even photons. Much of it is not conscious except in a very rudimentary sense, but it is alive. And And life feels, and yearns and desires.
What I have come to understand personally is that both theists and atheists are correct: Life is a divine spark from the infinite, which came down into matter. Life is the blind urge upward through matter becoming more complex systems of chemicals, which develop awareness. Both statements are true, and the real truth is both at once. Life once separated seeks to reunite. Life once united seeks to reseparate. reseparate. It is the Ghost Danse.
THE GHOST DANSE ARTICLES.................................................1 Ouran...................................................................................1
THE GHOST DANSE ARTICLES..........................................................2 #00 Waking and Sleeping................................................................8 #01 ISLANDS IN THE SEA OF BEING..............................................10 #02 EQUALITY EQUALITY......... ................... .................... .................... .................... ...................................... ..............................15 ..15 #03 LANGUAGES AND YOUR MIND................................................17 #04 THIS IS THE END, BEAUTIFUL FRIEND.....................................21 #14 ADVICE ON TECHNIQUES FOR MANIPULA MANIPULATING REALITY......... REALITY...... ....23 .23 #05 THE NATURE OF COMMUNICATION.........................................27 #06 THE POSTULATES POSTULATES BEHIND NUMBERS..................................... NUMBERS.......................... ............30 .30 Archetypal Numbers .....................................................................36 #13 POSTULATES: POSTULATES: LIES, DAMNED LIES AND STA STATISTICS.......... TISTICS...... ........ ......39 ..39 #26 PRIME DECISIONS DECISIONS AND POSTULA POSTULATES...................... TES.............................. ............ ........ ....40 40 BASIC BASIC ON THE CHAIN OF CHAINS........................................42 #33 THE NATURE OF DECISIONS AND POSTULATES......................51 #07 THE THREE PART CYCLE (triangle) OF DAMNED NEAR EVERYTHIN EVERYTHING G .................... .............................. .................... .................... .................... ............................. .....................53 ..53 #09 NOT-ISNES NOT-ISNESS S & BEINGNESS.................. BEINGNESS................................. ............................. ................... .......67 ..67 #10 THE NEW TRIANGLE DAT DATA AND SPIRITUAL THERAPY.......... THERAPY...... ....... ....69 .69 #11 AS-ISNESS & BEINGNESS........................................................71 #12 COLLAPSED TRIANGLES.........................................................73 #20 ENERGY & THE HEISENBERG TRIANGLE.................................77 #29 THE DIFFERENT SORTS OF "REALITY".....................................79 #39 ARC TRIANGLE DATA..............................................................81 #08 THE HUBRIS HUBRIS TRAP......... TRAP................... .................... ........................................... .....................................83 ....83 #15 THE ASTROLOGY TRAP...........................................................86 #16 THE PHYSICS AND METAPHYSICS METAPHYSICS OF ASTROLOGY....... ASTROLOGY............ ......... ......88 ..88
#17 STUFF "LAFE" GOT WRONG....................................................98 #18 BEYOND THE ABYSS.............................................................101 #19 THE TONE SCALE, GROUP MINDS & THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE .................... .............................. ..................... ..................... .................... .................... .......................................103 .............................103 #21 ARCHETYPES AND AND TIME IN THE MIND & UNIVERSES.............108 UNIVERSES........... ..108 #22 A NEGLECTED KEYOUT, AND THE CURE TO THE HUBRIS TRAP .................... .............................. ..................... ..................... .................... .................... .......................................110 .............................110 #23 INSIDE/OUTSIDE...................................................................113 #24 CHARACTERISTICS CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GRAND TONE SCALE..................115 SCALE............... ...115 #28 CAUSE AND EFFECT ON THE TONE SCALE............................134 #34 DIAGRAMS OF THE SPAN SPAN OF EVERYTHING............. EVERYTHING........................ ............... ....136 136 #38 PRIMAL GPMS ......................................................................141 PRIMAL GOAL PROCESSES ..........................................................149 R6 Implants (Incident II).........................................................153 #44 WHAT WHAT IF THE TONE SCALE WASN'T WASN'T LINEAR?......................... LINEAR?................. ........159 159 #45 DICHOTOMIES, TRIANGLES & SCALE SECTIONS...................161 #46 TONE BAND CROSSOVERS...................................................165 #53 CASE AT AT EACH PRIMAL PRIMAL GOAL................................... GOAL..................... ........................... .............167 167 #54 ALTERNA ALTERNATE TE NAMES OF PRIMAL PAIRS.................. PAIRS........................... ............. ........ ....169 169 #60 ANOTHER NON-LINEAR NON-LINEAR LOOK LOOK - FOR EX-SCIOS........... EX-SCIOS............... ........ .......171 ...171 #61 THE TRUE TOP......................................................................173 494. Prime Manifestations of the Prime Polarities .......................175 EXISTENCE ..................................................................................179 CONSCIOUSNESS ........................................................................181 Attachments................................................................................185 CONSCIOUSNESS ........................................................................188 MEANING MEANING ................... ............................. .................... ..................... .......................................... ..................................190 ...190 VIEWPOIN VIEWPOINT T ................... ............................. .................... .................... ...................... ......................... ....................192 .......192 Another Voice - Phil Scott.............................................................195 A FFINITI FFINITIES ES .................... .............................. .................... ..................... .......................... ............................ ................196 ...196 EFFORTS EFFORTS ..................... ............................... .................... .................... .................... ..................................198 ........................198
#73 THE FOUR VECTORS OF SO-CALLED SO-CALLED "CREATION"...... "CREATION".......... ........ .......200 ...200 #25 ASCENDING THE TONE TONE SCALE BY DISSECTING DISSECTING A THOUGHT. THOUGHT. 203 #27 A CLEAR VIEW OF CASE........................................................205 #30 THE DYNAMICS.....................................................................207 #31 KNOWING ON THE KNOW TO MYSTERY................................211 #32 AVOIDING THE BARDO.........................................................212 #35 THE STATIC PROCESSES.......................................................215 #36 CUTTING THROUGH A BLIZZARD OF BUDDHISM..................219 #37 CAVEAT PREEMPTOR............................................................230 #40 ZEN & THE ART OF PERVADING PERVADING SPACES...................... SPACES.......................... ......... .....232 232 #41 THE SHAPE OF APPARENT "TRUTH"......................................235 The Hidden Influence: The self-fulfilling prophecy.......................242 #42 ENTITY THEORY....................................................................247 The 2D Session............................................................................252 #43 SYMBOLS, MEANING AND PHYSICAL OBJECTS......................254 #47 THE PLA PLANES NES.......... .................... .................... .................... ........................................ .................................257 ...257 #48 SUBJECTIVE REALITY, OBJECTIVE REALITY & PANEXISTENT REALITY.. REALITY............ .................... .................... .................... .................... ...................................... ...................................259 .......259 #49 PROCESSING AESTHETICS....................................................261 #50 PROCESSING SPACE.............................................................263 #51 KNOW VERSUS KNOW ABOUT..............................................266 #52 THE ANNOTATED AXIOMS.....................................................269 #55 A FEW THOUGHTS ABOUT PHYSICS......................................275 #56 THE DOCTRINE OF ANATT ANATTA................... A.................................. ........................... ................. .....284 284 #57 THE P.E.A.T P.E.A.T.. PROCESS.......................................... PROCESS........................... ........................... ................. .....285 285 #58 THE TOP OF THE TONE SCALE..............................................288 #59 GOALS AND THE CDEI SCALE...............................................291 #65 NEW CDEI SCALE SCALE BUTTON FOR GOALS GOALS PROCESSING.... PROCESSING....... ..... ....292 ..292 #66 CREATE/DESTROY AND THE SHADOW TONES......................294 #70 THE "NAMELESS" TECHNIQUE..............................................296
#71 SPOTTING LOVE/HATE IN ARC...............................................298 #73 THE 4 VECTORS OF SO-CALLED "CREATION"........................299 #74 SEE WHERE YOU ARE...........................................................302 #62 THE THUNDER, PERFECT MIND.............................................305 #63 THE FIRST SERMON TO THE DEAD.......................................313 #67 THE UNITY KEY.....................................................................316 #72 THE GUNAS TECHNIQUE.......................................................324 I WAS LUCKY................................................................................327 RANDOM ANCEDOTES..................................................................329 HUMOR........................................................................................333 THE LAP OF VENICE.....................................................................335 THE EXPANDED EMOTIONAL TONE SCALE...................................336
#00 Waking and Sleeping Close your eyes. What do you "see"? Do you "see" the space of your surroundings, energies, the presence of others, etc. despite closed eyes? Good, you are a rare awake individual. Or do you "see" something other than your surroundings, like mental images, or blackness, or nothing? Then you are normal. Go to bed and put the body to sleep. What do you see and experience? Can you perceive the room? Can you see through the walls and ceiling? Do you dream lucidly as an entertainment, or not dream at all because you are awake even as the body snores beneath you? If so you are a rare awake individual. Or when you sleep are you mostly unconscious? Is that unconsciousness riddled with disjointed, irrational dreams and anxious nightmares? Then you are normal. Close your eyes again. Ignore the body and the sense of touch in its skin. How much 3dimensional space do you perceive and fill with awareness? Can you "be" the space of the room, or more, easily? If so congratulations, you are a rare awake individual. Or are you merely an inch or two in diameter? The inside of your head and little more maybe? Then you are normal. Normal? The problem with normal is that it is asleep. Technically this is a condition of being below Death as a Being. Normal people are in the condition of having little consciousness of their own. Instead they use their bodies. They use their bodies' senses in order to be aware of the world, their bodies' brains in order to think, and their bodies' consciousness in order to be awake. Shut those off and they are blind, stupid and obliterated. Their life is a tragic dependence on an animal life form, and their physical death is a literal nightmare from which there is no relief except reincarnation. Some of these normal people are in worse shape than others. A few have enough conscious control over their dreaming that they can direct their between-lives experience into something pleasant. Most merely go along for the ride -- wherever their automatic mental machinery takes them. Some of those are in such bad shape that they cannot be reborn. These may exist as hungry ghosts, yearning for bodies they are unable to enter. Others live an eternal nightmare, a hell of their own making, which exists only in their raving imaginations. These are the criminally insane, collapsed to nearly a single point of space. I do not know of anything, which may be done to help such people. But I am not completely awake. Perhaps someone very awake can help them. The other end of the spectrum is happier. The rare awake individual can retain full consciousness after the body dies; and can deliberately reincarnate or not as a free decision. The automatic between-lives experience (called the Bardo by the Tibetan
Buddhists, who have studied it intently) either does not appear, or is laughed at by the awake person as a silly hallucination. A person who is awake is conscious of existing in more planes than just the physical, and of being a far greater self than that personality, which is attached to a piece of meat. An awake person will be aware of being a living nothingness in a world of somethings. A person who is awake is aware of being aware of the future, and can change that future at will. An awake person may be aware of being everyone else, and even of being God. Part of being awake is awareness of source. The viewpoint occupying a space inside the physical universe is not really the Self and source, though it often believes it is THE Self and THE source. The real Self is a higher self only manifesting inside the physical universe as a construction made of matter and energies and space and time. A person who is awake is aware of being that higher self. A person who is asleep is only aware of the physical universe, and cannot see the physical universe from outside its limits of matter and energies and space and the flow of time. A person who is asleep is like a housefly glued atop a piece of sticky candy in a factory, a little ride down the conveyor belt, and then a quick, automatic wrapping and darkness. Not my idea of a fun ride. My advice to anyone reading this is to do everything possible to wake up. I am. Ouran
#01 ISLANDS IN THE SEA OF BEING
Near as I can determine, all a person is -- is awareness located at a specific spot in space. The awareness looks outward in all directions, though inhabiting bodies has biased most of us into the habit of concentrating our attention in two directions: forward through the face, and down the length of the body itself. At this point I should establish a definite word to use for it. This point location of awareness that is each of us, can be referred to as a spirit I do not use the word "soul", except rarely in a poetic sense. "Soul" is much too ill defined and fuzzy of a word to be useful except when writing poetry. The Hindus use a term "atman", and the Hubbardites use "thetan", but these are too specialized and obscure for most people. I've also heard the word "nameless" used, and that is very apropos. Unfortunately it is too obscure for most people. Therefore I usually say "spirit" when I talk about you and I and all that is aware in the universe. The ancient Hindus more properly should have used the word "sat" = "I am." Therefore "being" might be a useful English word to describe what some have called "The Nameless" -- a term I find hard to use also because of the overwhelming sense of irony I feel when naming something "nameless". This focused point of awareness, this spirit, has more than attention turned outward in all directions -- it glows constantly with energy that flows outward in all directions as well. The ancient Sanskrit word for god is "deva", from which we get our words "divine" and "devil." Deva means "shining one". This may not make much sense to you that the ancients would have used that name, but it's because many of them could see glowing spirits in the air. Almost no one in modern times can still do this, but it used to be an easy thing for many people to do. I'm not going to go into long explanations about why and how we have degenerated into materialistic meat robots. Some other time, okay? A human being is a spirit operating a meat body, which organism is little more than an organic machine, sort of a mobile vegetable. A nice analogy for a person and their body would be a person driving a car. A spirit does not possess any mass, though it readily creates both mass and energy. A body is matter, that is to say, atoms and molecules organized into systems. Between the spirit and the body are at least three major levels of control, which I can perceive. These three lumped together could be called the "mind." The body itself possesses its own mental machinery, physically located in the obvious place, the brain. It also possesses many other less obvious mental mechanisms, most of which are the ductless glands. Please note that these ductless or "endocrine" glands are composed of modified nerve cells. These other sites taken together seem to roughly coincide with the Chakras of the Hindus. This brain and these glands interact with the spirit's three levels of control to produce all phenomena associated with humans, from emotion and reason, on up to clairvoyance and "magic."
The brain allows reality to be organized in the familiar fashion that we're all accustomed to, but reality is quite different from what you think it is. The spirit's point of view when bodiless is often radically different from what most people regard as "normal" reality. Mind consists of consideration, of idea -- plus energy. Thought at almost all levels consists of consideration, which is to say "meaning", attached or tagged to matter/energy. A mental image is an energy field that has been given form, with just enough meaning attached to it for the person to identify the form. Visualize a chair, and "know" that it is a chair. This is a lot of energy, a literal "force field", with a small amount of meaning attached. A thought on the other hand is the reverse of that. A normal thought is a very small wisp of matter/energy with a proportionally larger amount of meaning to it (I perceive two levels of thought. There is coarse thought at a level below emotion, in the effort range. This is thought as you are familiar with it. But just before you think a visible thought a knowing occurs. That knowing is the actual thought at a high level above emotion and effort, with the visible thought its lower echo.). Think "chair" without forming a mental image, and all the meaning of "chair" is attached to a microscopic flicker of mass. The concept of "chair" contains such ideas as seat, legs, back, armrests, etc -- everything that makes up a chair. But the thought itself is all that significance stuck onto a microscopic bead of matter/energy that is flicked into existence by the spirit, only to vanish instantly, unless held onto by the attention. The lowest level of control is that contained within the body's aura. This is sometimes referred to as the etheric body or etheric double; sometimes as the astral body. It is shaped roughly the same as the physical body, but is a little larger, extending outward through the skin a few inches in all directions. It is an energy field often containing images (mental image pictures) most of which are memories, emotion, effort, and maybe enough meaning to identify the images. There also seems to be some sort of machinery, as evidenced by the aforementioned chakras. All too often at this level, the images, ideas and machines are unviewed and unidentified by the spirit, and therefore they tend to persist and obsess. This is what Hubbard was describing with his "engrams" and other mental junk. These unviewed pieces of the past can be placed anywhere in relation to the body (out to a surprisingly great distance), but are usually spotted close to or within it. The next level is the one that a person probably thinks of as their thinking mind. It is roughly spherical, centered around the location in the space occupied by the spirit. In most people that means centered on the body's head. It is a sphere of awareness that in most people seems to be anywhere from a foot to three feet in diameter. It contains focused attention and organized awareness. It is at this level of energy that thinking (more than visualizing) occurs. It is characterized by big meanings tagged onto small matter/energy. (Let me digress for a moment and point out that there are two sorts of "personal space": one is this spherical space of a few feet in diameter, which is a space you HAVE, and the other is more like a sphere two inches in diameter, which is a space you are BEING. The two together form the area within which you do those activities you call your mind. The next level above that, the one just below pure spirit as an absolute, has no shape, no limits, and effectively is as large as the area within which the spirit happens to be interacting with the universe. As an inflow it appears to many people to resemble a vast
ocean of living universe, as though the whole physical universe were alive. As an outflow I perceive it as an infinite number of infinitely long rays extending outward. The oddest thing about them is that these rays appear to have zero diameter and be completely transparent -- despite looking sort of like white lines. I can see them, but I can also see right through them! Odd. This level is characterized by considerations and ideas that are not attached to any mental energy at all, but instead are applied directly to the physical universe. This is the real sphere of influence of a spirit within the universe, and is the reason mental images may be found a considerable distance from the body. It is at this level that a spirit causes direct influences on the physical universe itself. The "size" of a spirit is usually judged to be its reach, at what distance it can affect the universe. Another yardstick is the size of the space they are being. A third yardstick for judging the "size" of a spirit is by the diameter of its personal havingness space. Most people seem to be about 2-3 feet in diameter. Some are only a foot in diameter. People that are a foot in diameter can be very annoying to others because they have no sense of violating other people's personal spaces. If you're no bigger than your body's head then you don't feel that you are pressing in on someone else until your head is literally up against theirs! This pisses off people who are three feet in diameter when standing in line at the bank because the one footers stand too damn close! Occasionally one will encounter a very large being. I have met people who can fill rooms, or even fill entire houses. Usually a person like this will not make others uncomfortable by their presence, just the opposite. In the past many large beings have been regarded as saints. A fourth measure of a spirit is its amount of energy production -- its "glow" -- but that can be trained into a person with exercises. A better one, in fact the best, is how clean and clear the spirit's space is. If it's empty and the person is serene and THERE, you know you have met someone special (I did, and his name was John McMaster.). The body is hypnotic. Hypnotism is the fixation of attention in one direction, usually at one object or person. The body acts to hypnotize a spirit by focusing most of its attention forward through the eyes (most of the rest is directed down through the body). This in turn gets the spirit into the habit of only using enough attention to fit its one directional needs. But if you close your eyes and fan your attention out, you will find that you can "look" with your mind's eye in all directions at once. This will be a strain for most people because they don't have enough attention to spread over that wide an area. Practice at looking at many objects simultaneously. This will span the attention and create more of it for use. Remember that a spirit has unlimited potential. Stretch and multiply your abilities by practice at holding in the mind as many separate objects as possible. The average person can usually only focus their attention at first on 5 things at once. Let me make one thing clear, I do not believe in the Judeo-Christian- Moslem God. Whether one says Jehovah, Yahveh or Allah, I see no evidence that any such personal and patriarchal being exists. Nevertheless, I have considerable subjective data, which indicate that the physical universe is a creation. It also seems in an odd way to be itself alive, as a part of something, which penetrates it and contains it. Call it "God" if you wish. I don't
give a damn. Not only does all physical matter seem to be alive in some odd way, but, it appears that we spirits have the ability to infuse more life and beingness into matter, and into already living organisms. This ranges from dull students "coming alive" under the influence of a particularly attentive teacher, to pets, which are "almost human" as a result of constant attention from a human, to potted plants, which grow like crazy because their owner talks to them, to weird shit like a dilapidated car, which runs perfectly in response to a loving owner. Unfortunately, the reverse is also true. There have been cases of cars, which refuse to start when their owners are angry. People can screw up anything; even make a house nearly uninhabitable due to their ugly influence. The medium through which this influence is transmitted is attention, and the flows are either love or hate. Extrapolate that ability to larger spheres of influence and it looks an awful lot like some of the abilities ascribed to "God." Since I have personally witnessed a human walking around with a clear aura of tremendous size as a result of spiritual enlightenment, then I have to assume that we are all capable of such godliness. (God, I hate that word "god"! It just irks me to no end to use it.) The implication of my observations is that we are all, collectively, God. But it does NOT resemble the puerile superstitions of ignorant merchants, herdsmen and carpenters. (pueriel - childishly foolish; immature or trivial: a puerile piece of writing.) My problem with the word stems from my clear perception that worshipping God represents a state of moral collapse (not moral in the sense of rules of behavior, but rather, moral in the same ballpark as morale.) and a complete subservience to something more powerful. Sorry, but I refuse to submit graciously and willingly to any higher anything. I can be forced to submit by force or the threat of force, but I would regard any beingness, which did so to be a tyrant and enemy. Besides, I clearly perceive that any contact I might have with any infinite beingness would have quite an opposite effect, and help me stand tall, free and independent of control by force. That being said, there is something ... That "God" -- whatever it is -- has an almost infinite number of eyes. And those eyes are us. You and me and the guy down the street and the green skinned fellow living on a planet in the Andromeda galaxy. In addition to all the spirit-eyes inhabiting meat organisms, there are many more spirits that have no bodies. We are living in a sea of being. Spirits are everywhere. This fact is the foundation of all animist religions, like Shinto in Japan. Those who have not lost their spiritual sight due to disuse can see spirits floating in the air, clinging to fence posts, glued to framed photos on living room walls, inhabiting the heads of statues in parks or the headlights of motorcycles. Spirits are everywhere. And though I suppose that their number is finite and countable, in practical terms there are so damned many in this huge physical universe that their number is effectively infinite. I said above that we are living in a sea of being. I was being poetic rather than precise when I made that statement. The sea of being is what we apparently split off from. Before we were individuals, we were perhaps part of an undifferentiated beingness that just is,
but which doesn't ever say "I am." Or to be exact, the moment the sea of being says "I am only me" a new spirit separates from the None, the Nameless. At that moment a new eye of God has formed, a new point of view from which to look. The act of a new spirit entering the physical universes is symbolized by trump 0 of the tarot deck. The Fool represents a new pal foolishly entering the universe, with no suspicions that going into agreement with its rhythms will subject it to joy and sorrow. (Hubbard did not understand The Fool because he had a misunderstood caused by his familiarity with the tarot deck designed by Aleister Crowley. His remarks in the PDC are incorrect.) Your body is not you. Your mind is not you. Your memories that you hold so dear are not you. All the organization of your thoughts and ideas that you have carefully built up are not you. Your personality is not you. Your desires are not you. Your emotions or feelings are not you. Everything that you think you are, you are not. You are a nothing. You are awareness at an arbitrary location in space, a location that you can change at any time. You surround yourself with thoughts and emotions and mental images but you are none of these things. They exist a few millimeters, inches or feet out from your location, with just enough space separating them from you so that you can look at them, experience them and manipulate them. They also often occupy not quite the same space as the physical universe, as if they weren't quite inside it somehow. If they were to exactly occupy the same space with you who are an eye of God, so that you would perfectly "be" (duplicate) them, they would vanish instantly. No thing in your mind may be duplicated by you and survive. A spirit is almost like a hole in space. It is very much as if a small hole is punched in space and time, yet the space and time where it is still exist untouched, with a fresh creation of energies pouring continuously out through the hole. A spirit is nothing. It is not made out of matter and energy, and neither is it limited to any time. It creates time and is in command of it. Only in one way can it be said to have a time, in a weird manner: its mind has a time that it exists in, and that time seems to me to be the moment of the spirit's entry into this universe. The implications of that particular fact are unsettling in this manner: It implies that the physical universe is as much a person's mind as their thoughts, emotions and memories. The universe is your mind? Yes, apparently. But if it is then it's everyone else's mind too! The Fool (tarot trump 0) is a fool because he is entering this dark mind, forming it in accordance with the rules of this damned universe of ours... But he is still a god, a dreamer who dreams with eyes open, whose dream is the universe. Ouran
#02 EQUALITY
"Everyone's equalized. See the look in their eyes." --Jawbreaker " ...all men are created equal..." --Preamble to the U.S. Constitution All "men" are NOT created equal! That line from the preamble to the United States Constitution is a fuck-up. What the poor dears meant to say was that all men have equal rights. Too many times there have been microcephaloids who have taken that to mean that all men have equal abilities, often followed by a wistful fuzzythink of "if only all men had equal opportunity, then they would all exhibit equal ability." Wrong! There has been a philosophical war under way during most of the 20th century between liberals and conservatives. The conservatives maintained that breeding (race?) determined character and ability, while the liberals said a person was solely the product of their early environment. Both are only partially correct and therefore both are basically wrong. Environment does influence how a child develops, but the environment can only work on what's already there. No touchie-feelie liberal money pit of a Federal program is ever going to make silk sows out of any pursed ears. The conservatives are partially correct in that a human body is limited to the channels of expression hardwired into it at birth, but they are doubly wrong because not only does environment play a role in developing what potential's there at birth, but also because there's much more to a human than mere genetic inheritance. The missing factor is spiritual. A human being consists of an animal body inhabited by two spirits. One of the spirits is of a lower type, an animal mind. In your dog or cat this animal mind sits in the critter's head and controls the body. Its attention is solely concerned with bodies, their survival and evolution. A human has one of these animal minds, but in a human it sits near the solar plexus. The second spirit is YOU, and sits in or near (just outside) the human body's head. The reason your animal-mind is at the solar plexus is because you took over the body's controls at the head! So what are you? Are you an animal? Despite the fact that you're busy BEING an animal, you are not one. What you are: is like a hole in space-time, that glows constantly with energy and that has immense influence on everything it touches. To put it in the terms used by the ancients: you are a (small gee) god. Due to the influence of the middle-eastern (Judeo-Christian, Moslem) religions on modern culture, this statement would need to be rephrased for moderns: you are a piece of God, one of God's many eyes. "Yuck!!!" you might yell at the top of your lungs, "You used the G-word!" I don't blame you one bit. The Judeo-Christian concept of God is moronic, insulting and demoralizing (if God is everything and men are nothing and the Lord is our shepherd, then are we nothing more than domestic animals? Fuck that noise!). But I don't know how else to get across the idea that each individual human body is operated by an immortal spirit, who is
one of a near-infinite number of such spirits, each having the ability to directly affect its environment simply by deciding what that environment will be like -- the sum total of which decisions have formed the universe around us. I suppose I should quote Bob Heinlein's attempt to say the same thing: “God split himself into a myriad parts that he might have friends.” This may not be true, but it sounds good -- and is no sillier than any other theology." --R.A. Heinlein, from “Time Enough For Love” Not bad. It does cover the phenomena that is observed directly by anyone who is doing spiritual work. For instance, anyone who has gone out-of-body knows absolutely that they're more than merely a skin bag full of stinky chemicals. They also notice how easy it is to "be" someone else, while maintaining their own consciousness throughout the experience. I'm not going to give tons of examples on this because it is a digression from the main thrust of this article: that all men are NOT created equal. Notice that the previous line said "men". All spirits of our type do seem to possess equal potential. But operating within this treacherous universe has shaped and partially crippled all of us. We no longer exhibit our full range of abilities, and what remains to us varies widely from spirit to spirit. One way to tell how able a spirit is, is to look at how much physical space it occupies. Some spirits are little, crushed things while others (most of us) occupy a little more space. Some spirits are huge. I would caution anyone who ever encounters such to be careful not to annoy it. Such a spirit is immensely dangerous. They're also quite rare in our neighborhood, so not to worry unduly. But we who wear human bodies vary greatly in our overall power. Some people are relatively giants. Most are kind of puny. The percentage of incarnated smaller spirits on Earth seems to have increased as the human population increased. There are more bodies to go around, so even the weakest ghosts are incarnating. Back in the old days when the human population was small, more of the powerful spirits would take newborn baby bodies and many lesser spirits present would do without. Not anymore! The human population is something like 6 billion. That's a lot of bodies, and many of their owners are frankly pretty second rate. You don't think so? Look around at all the low-life forms inhabiting our cities, many of them are little better than animals themselves. And yet... they often yearn for more than the sufficient food & shelter life they live. Somewhere behind the facade of their human consciousnesses still exists their real natures only to be barely glimpsed in an awareness and appreciation of beauty (something an animal can't do). There is far more to a human than the visible meat and bones, even with the smaller beings... Ouran
#03 LANGUAGES AND YOUR MIND
There are four human languages. The first is body language. It is an animal language and is really only useful for social hierarchic jockeying, sexual activity and little things like communicating mood on a crowded bus. The second is spoken language (words), and its symbolic form the written word (which is what you're reading right now). It is extremely flexible and can indicate most things badly, but few things well other than obvious concrete objects. References to cars and dinner plates and other physical objects come across reasonably well in words, but abstracts do not. Words express abstracts only as indications, as in the old Zen saw, "It's like a finger pointing at the moon." If you don't believe that words express badly, then why do we need dictionaries to keep everyone in more or less agreement on what things mean? See? Flexible, but lame. To "know" what another person means (beyond talking about concrete objects) requires a bit of ... Intuition? Telepathy? Insert favorite fuzzy terminology here for being able to directly perceive something. The next human language is music. It's the extreme of communication without meaning; assign what meaning you please. It is extremely good at communicating feeling and other levels that exist as wave rather than particle. The last form of human language is mathematics. Unlike words, it can be very accurate and precise. And very like music it has little intrinsic meaning of its own (only the dry framework of number, and operator like the times or divide signs), but must have meaning assigned to its numbers by someone. Its strength lies in its ability to describe with precision, which is why it's so useful in science. It converts everything into descriptions of discrete particles or quanta (same thing). This is why math can perfectly describe every single note of a piece of music, but be unable to communicate the emotional and esthetic feelings that come from it. The opposite is true of music, which creates the feelings, which are derived from the relationships among the many notes (vibrations), but those feelings are inexpressible mathematically. (It's almost -- almost? -a quantum mechanics situation.) This is why sheet music is so open to being interpreted in many different ways. I suppose I had better explain about particles and waves before we go any further. All matter/energy (I'm talking about them as one thing, they being convertible into one another as per Einstein) is seen by a person as either particles or waves. They either seem to be little lumps or packages, or they seem to act like waves in water or air clinging to one another subtly. Thought (thinking thoughts as words) is perceived as particles, while a mental image is seen as a shape in a force field and is therefore wave related. Emotion is wave. Esthetics (beauty) is high level wave. In human languages: Body language is at the level of emotion and therefore is wave. Words are discrete things separated from one another and therefore words are mostly particle, though spoken words incorporate much of the animal language within it and
therefore spoken language partakes of both, especially in face to face conversation. Flexible, remember? Music is effectively a wave, no matter how many particles (individual notes) were used in its creation. Mathematics is pure particle. A person consists of a spirit operating an organic robot (the body). Between the two lie the "mind." It is appears to be arranged thus: spirit
pure spirit
No wave/no particle
mind
postulates
mind
aesthetics
mind
abstract thought
mind
concrete thought
mind
emotion
astral
wave
mind
desire
lower astral
wave
mind
effort
etheric
particle
body
the body
physical
all dense particle
casual
Fine/empty particle wave
mental
particle particle
The second column is the scale used by Hubbardites (The most complete and accurate version I know of is Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale). The middle one is the 19th century occult scale used by the Blavatskyites. The right hand column is the 20th century physics apparency. Notice that particle and wave seem to alternate. Please note that all of the above between spirit and the body is/can be contained within a mental image. Everything below spirit is made up of matter/energy, and therefore is part of the universe. By this time it may have occurred to you that wave is what we usually think of as energy; and that particle is what we refer to as matter. Roughly, yes. But only roughly, because we are using words and words are only approximations of reality. Saying "particle" and saying "wave" are also only approximations of reality. They are fingers pointing at the moon. So when I use a word, don't get all hung up on the word (staring stupidly at the finger), instead try to see what I mean (look at the moon). The reality is that all the levels in the above scale exist as both particle and wave. Do not be fooled by any apparency indicating otherwise. When using the three higher languages -- discounting body language because it is the primary language of the animal mind that lives in your body beneath your heart -- first you "know" what you mean. This knowing is pre-word, pre-note, pre-number and is immediately followed by creating a series of small specks of matter/energy less than a millimeter in diameter. Each speck is assigned a bit of the original overall meaning. Then
each speck can be used to trigger the body into saying a word or writing a number or playing a musical note. BUT... But music is usually not played that way. Instead the music is held in the mind as a mental image (a changing one like a movie) full of vibrant feeling and intense auditory coloring, and the musician plays unthinkingly the two dimensional music out of this flowing image. (It would seem that in order to control something, one needs to control it from one dimension more than that thing possesses. A two dimensional, "flat" image is created in 3D. This then implies that our 3D universe is controlled and operated through four dimensions...) Your mind consists basically of thoughts, images (including memories) and what you believe about everything. I said "believe" but one could say "consider" or "put in place" instead. I usually just call it "posting." One could use a favorite word of the Hubbardites here and say "postulate", but since the dictionary defines a postulate as "a hypothesis advanced as an essential presupposition or premise of a train of reasoning" (Whew! Did you follow that?) then I would need to add that a postulate is a created reality that is an essential precursor to following realities. Did that make any sense to you? Probably not, but that's not your fault. This stuff is hard as hell to talk about because the English language isn't adequate to express it. So it's back to finger pointing -- and hopefully you aren't pointing middle fingers back at me, ha ha. The key activity seems to be the spirit's act of assigning meaning. This is the spirit's action of attaching an abstraction, an idea to a piece of matter. At the highest level I've directly observed, the spirit assigns a "meaning" to the universe as a whole, telling it what to do or what it will be. Below that the spirit assigns meaning to objects, images and thought specks. But anything can be attached (tagged) to anything else. This is why music evokes (not invokes! use a good dictionary and look up the difference.) emotions and sensations (ghostly images in the range of desire/effort) and unbidden mental pictures. Music has the same free-form quality (to at least some extent) as do dreams. This is because dreams are creations, and music -- lacking intrinsic meaning -- nudges the spirit into assigning meaning to the music. Music therefore nudges a spirit into being what it really is: a creator. Perhaps the reason creative people are sometimes so arrogant is because they instinctively know that they are being gods. What they have conveniently forgotten is: so is everyone else. So what is spirit? Good question. It seems to infuse all matter (even inanimate matter), to operate bodies and to exist independent of bodies. It also seems to exist independent of space, time and matter/energy. Spirit beings (like you and I) have a point location in space, but that location is not fixed in any way in space and seems not to be fixed in time either. Spirit beings look as if they are glowing holes in space/time. There is a constant flow of energy outward from any spirit being, that it can manipulate and increase for various purposes. Oriental martial artists use energy in one range (astral to etheric), called chi or ki, in physical combat. Yoga practitioners and many other spiritual and/or magical trainees also learn to utilize and expand their natural abilities as a spirit.
Keep in mind that you are not a mind. You are a nameless point of awareness that uses the many things, which lumped together can be called the mind, as a way to control your surroundings and the complex mechanisms of your body's brain. That brain has its limitations, is inadequate in its channels (as anyone who has done out-of-body or introspective spiritual work knows) and is subject to injury. It would be nice if the brain accommodated the apparent division of the universe into either wave or particle by processing both views of reality efficiently in separate hemispheres. But, no. And it would also be beneficial if all men could easily process both views of reality with the same ease. But again, no; and so some people are artists and others are bookkeepers. Some form a gestalt easily (wave) and write music, while others are better at linear reasoning and button-sorting. So that's a taste of how your mind works in relation to languages, with hopefully enough background about the nature of reality for the whole thing to make sense. Ouran
#04 THIS IS THE END, BEAUTIFUL FRIEND
"Up from Earth's Center through the Seventh Gate I rose, and on the Throne of Saturn sat, And many Knots unravel'd by the Road, But not the Knot of Human Death and Fate." --The Rubaiyat of Omar Khayyam, E. Fitzgerald trans. ...But I'm not Omar. He was a great poet and thinker who had the misfortune of being born within the Moslem system of thought, which is nearly as much a disadvantage as being a Christian. The Mohammedan religious beliefs leave no room for discovering who and what you really are. Not unless you break from them, which if you consider the reactions of Moslem fundamentalists to heresy, is very hazardous to your health. This disadvantageous situation might possibly be responsible for his evident depression and fondness for alcohol. The verse above is written within the framework of astrological mysticism. In that frame, Saturn is viewed as the limit of the physical world and in Omar's day was viewed as the lord of death. Since then, three more planets have been found outside the orbit of the planet Saturn, with a probability I posit of one more yet to be found (there is currently no ruler for the sign Libra, and anyone who believes the ancient assignment of Venus to that sign is slightly stupid). In the verse above, Omar stands at the edge of human knowledge and looks out into the darkness from which comes back to him no answer. The answer to poor Omar's two part question is quite simple. The body is merely a complex machine that a person operates by means of flows of energy and intention, analogous to a person's body driving a car. A car has controls, which can be worked to make it do things. A body also has controls -- almost infinitely finer and more delicate than a car's -- that can be worked to make it do things. When a body dies its operator abandons it, and usually finds a new model to drive. Only instead of a car dealership, a person finds a new body at just before, during or right after birth. Hospitals and nurseries are very popular places among ghosts. So that answers Omar's question about human death. Usually a person gets another body -- occasionally not, due to insanity, spiritual reenlightenment, or a temporary shortage of new births. Now to the second half of Omar's plaintive query: human fate. I suppose that could be a little slippery depending on exactly how one defines "fate", but I'm going to use what definition suits me, to hell with what you think! I suppose Omar means "fate after death". First thing that happens is the person pops out of the body and hovers a few feet above it and looks down on it. This seems, from my personal memories of being killed, to be a trigger for what the pop psychologists are calling these days "closure". A person looks down on the dead body and lets it really sink
in that their prized possession is no longer functional. Somewhere around this point (timing varies a bit from person to person) they relive their entire lifetime as a high speed movie. This is viewed in the greatest detail -- not just highlights! -- in literally an instant. If this doesn't sound possible to you, please be advised that your precious stable reality is not what you think it is. Subjective elapsed time is variable, and controllable by a person. This mechanism of reliving the entire life sometimes kicks in when a person is close to death, or has a very close call of some sort. People have reported having their entire life "flash before their eyes" in an instant during accidents. The next thing that happens to most of us is that various forgetters kick in on us from the depths of our minds. One causes a person to simply float slowly upward away from the body until all the details below are too far way to see clearly. While this happens a blurring is going on within the memory that leaves most newborn babies with a blank slate. Another forgetter is one that I personally dislike and find vaguely alarming: a tunnel materializes around the person, down which they are swept until they either enter a blinding light or a golden image. I've managed to trigger this mechanism while alive, in this lifetime in fact, and I'd like you to know that it can be overcome with sufficient application of energy and intention. I blasted my way out by causing a mental burst of white light right into the golden icon at the end of the tunnel. This destroyed the entire hallucination. I hope that whoever the sick sombitch was who thought up that one is permanently stuck to a golden idol hanging on a wall somewhere on an otherwise uninhabited planet. Fuck you, buddy! As for fate, like I said earlier, most of us simply reincarnate at that point. But there are some disquieting facts that I'd like to share with you. One is that animals seem to be operated by the same sort of thing that operates human bodies, but those spirits aren't as powerful. Are they the same thing we are, or something else? To be completely honest with you, I don't know. It may be that by operating bodies we slowly over millennia or aeons degenerate into weaker and weaker conditions. Was a spider once like us? It is what I fear. But perhaps not. If true then our fate may be to become weaker and weaker as we are ground down by the weight of our experiences. If this is true then Gautama (the Buddha) was right and we should disconnect from the world. Indeed, if true perhaps we should entirely give up living in bodies upon planets. What I have to tell you is that reality is not what you've been taught. Everything you think about your own nature and the nature of the universe around you is as false as medieval sailors who thought that the world was flat. The only thing flat around here is your poor head. I'm not making this shit up. I remember things you wouldn't believe. I don't remember any "beginning" to the universe or to myself. Perhaps there was one. Perhaps not. The last and final word I have for you as to your fate, O Human, is that near as my memories of the past can determine, we are all immortal spirits that go on being conscious for eternity. Your body can fail but you can never cease to exist. There you go, Omar. Happy? Ouran
#14 ADVICE ON TECHNIQUES FOR MANIPULATING REALITY This hard as fuck to do. This is also the easiest thing in the world too, because you do it all the time. But the problem is that you and I are apparently running on autopilot, so that we no longer consciously and deliberately control our environment. I'm not going to go into any great detail about how you lost the ability to do that, which is your most natural function. For one thing I don't know the whole story. Much of it can be found in the works of L. Ron Hubbard, the more recent researches of Ken Ogger, and the rather ancient and unreliable reports of the words of Gautama the Buddha. For another thing most people simply would not believe the truth of what we recall. So fuck it. By the way, allow me at this time to express my utter contempt for New Agers, whom you might suppose I superficially resemble. I am about as different from those idiots as a cop is different from a social worker. Both are "public servants", but very different in approach. A New Ager is the spiritual equivalent of a bleeding heart liberal who "believes" in the goodness of everyone, and if only we could just get along... In other words moronically uncritical, ignorantly hopeful and believing anything that sounds good. Furthermore the average New Ager takes a saccharine view of spirituality, refusing to face the very real existence of evil in the universe. Such people are "sweetness and light" cases unable and unwilling to face force, much less use force. And for the information of anyone who is so crushingly ignorant that when I say I'm an "occultist" you think I mean I'm some twit who engages in rituals involving the evisceration of small animals on an altar -- no. Rituals are crutches, and like drugs, should not be used often lest you become dependent on them. They stylize one's view of reality and therefore they necessarily limit it. The most important activity of any spirit is its impressing its will upon reality in various ways. This is mirrored within the normal conscious mind by the assignation of meaning to things. When a person thinks and visualizes, various significances are attached to masses and energies created within the "mind", or to be more accurate, within one's immediate space of a few feet from one's head. A normal thought which you are likely to perceive consists of a very small lump of mass with a large meaning attached or assigned to it. The lump of mass is nondescript in appearance and only serves to anchor the meaning. A mental image picture on the other hand is an energy field that has been molded to a particular shape. It is a lot of mass/energy with only the significance attached to it that results from recognition of its shape. But these are only echoes of how a spirit controls reality. The way to directly control reality is to assign significance, meaning, characteristics, behavior, etc. to the physical universe in the same manner as one assigns it to mental masses. This is the
easiest thing in the world to do if one does it effortlessly. And it is the hardest thing to do if one struggles with it. A person has become so accustomed to operating a meat body by means of effort and resistance, that the same technique is often tried when doing magic. Uselessly. One controls reality simply by deciding what reality will be. "Decision" has in the past also been called "the Will" and "intention." The action is simply that of causing something to be. The technique of decision is normally some form of visualization. One visualizes what one wants. In the words of Ken Ogger: "... a projected decision or mockup. I say projected because a key factor is the space permeated by the decision." A mockup in this case is a three dimensional visualization. Specifically one "sees" the space into which reality is to be altered, then the change is seen there very clearly.
But there's a catch! Every other spirit in this universe is also constantly deciding what reality will be. And so the resulting physical universe is an agreed-upon thing, the sum total of all our ideas of "what is", and past ideas of "what is". And there lies the problem. Current ownership, control and responsibility for something has to be grasped as a conscious decision. Old decisions of what reality consists of don't go away, and this is a problem because most people have the ancient fixed idea that older decisions take precedence over younger ones. The older decisions may get buried in time, and covered up with a jumbled overlay of new ideas, but they are still there. And you are still agreeing with them like mad. So the normal process is for any new decision to nestle into the cracks of prior decisions, altering them slightly over time.
Therefore, everything you see around you is the result of eons of decisions as to the nature of reality, decisions made by a very large number of spirits. Any attempt to make any new decision will only be effective if it doesn't conflict with a prior decision -unless you take that previous into account.
As you can guess, that makes magic very difficult for the normal person! But there's a way out, a way to overcome that problem. Simply make a decision, but place it forward in time, so that it doesn't take effect for hours, days or years. The length of time one needs to reserve space ahead in the fabric of reality varies depending on what one's trying to do. If it's only opening up a parking space for a car while driving somewhere, then an hour is usually enough. If one is attempting to alter the course of the human race then I'd advise one to place the change a few tens or hundreds of years down the road! Once the decision has been placed in the future, the person has to make sure they don't undo it by looking at it. One may simply forget about it. Or one may assign the decision to someone else (Samples: God did it. It's fate. My wife makes those decisions for me.). Or one can lie about the time the decision was made (I opened that parking space 15 thousand years ago.).
Geoffrey Filbert came up with an auditing method of creating effects in the physical universe, where he put himself on a meter and audited other people into changing their minds. A description of this is in his book "Excalibur Revisited".
Another way to overcome the problem of the density of the universe caused by the accumulation of buried prior decisions is to repeat one's decision. Do it over and over and over again, for hours, days, months, years!
Lately I've been toying with the idea that the reason the physical universe is so dense is because it actually is four dimensional in spite of it's apparent three dimensions. And I'm not treating time as a dimension either. I mean four spacial dimensions. This could account for the efficacy of the repetition method. The really smart way to get anything done requires a greatly increased span of attention. One needs this broader attention, and one needs to cultivate psychic abilities in regards to visualizing as well. Because what one has to do is examine the past of the area one is intending to change, locate all decisions about it made in the past and present, take complete responsibility for them, and change one's mind! That's right, you read correctly. One must mentally reach back in time and make changes there in addition to here. The reason for this is the nature of reality and time itself. The time assigned to anything is its moment of creation. Nothing exists in now except as a false modification of original characteristics. One's body has the characteristics of the moment it was born (this is why astrology works).
One's car incorporates all the decisions made up to the point where it rolled off the assembly line, but decisions after that moment are afterthoughts, which have far less effect. Therefore to alter the course of one's life in a particular body, one must go back in time and alter the decisions made about reality that bear upon the moment of birth. This is also true of patterns of events within one's life. Discover what bears
upon the first time one drove a car, and one can alter one's pattern of accidents and breakdowns. Go back and examine the first time one had a particular type of injury, and that sort of injury will stop bothering one. This is how Dianetics works. Go back and recount to another person what one did that was harmful, and it ceases to bother one. This is how Catholic confession works. But the confession rarely gets to the first
time, so it is only partially effective at providing spiritual relief. An ancient tool used in magic is the charged talisman. An object is imbued with certain specific qualities, then used as a tool in magickal operations. I'm not going to give detailed instructions in their creation and use but I do want to clear up a few important points. Many people these days (new agers usually) attempt a silly gutter-magic version of this when they play around at charging crystals with energy. Forget "energy". Others attempt to insert ideas (thought) into an object. That's closer, but still not quite it. The most important thing to insert into a crystal or any talisman is BEINGNESS. Without splitting off a little beingness from yourself and inserting it into the object (or in black magic, inserting an enslaved beingness) nothing much is going to happen. Beings (spirits and entities) are the primary method of high magic and low. The entity can then be given a program of ideas, and energized with emotion and effort. The really important thing to remember in any operation, which places beingness into an object or a mockup is usually expressed as PURITY. There must be no evil intentions allowed in the formation. Only the highest most spiritual ideals must be held when
doing this sort of work. The result of doing otherwise (as in black magic) is an entity which will likely come back to bite the magician. An important tool and aid for controlling your immediate environment is the act of leaving the body. When out-of-body (OOB) a spirit finds that what was once very hard
to do becomes a lot easier. A spirit often has difficulty operating in an environment full of heavy masses and energies. This is why people go out into deserts and up onto mountains to seek enlightenment. This is why people take drugs that pop them right out of their heads in order to both become enlightened and to do magic. Allow me to caution against drug use. It is a dangerous crutch that usually has seriously debilitating long-term effects. Drugs provide only a temporary release that is followed by a worsening spiritual condition when one comes down. It is far better to cultivate silence and emptiness within the mind than to take drugs. As far as organized religions and teachers go, stay away from westernized Hatha Yoga. Scientology has made available again many of the secrets of the universe, if one can afford it and be able to withstand their heavy indoctrination. Much of their material, plus many new discoveries are available in what is called the Free Zone, or Free Field - begun as a loose unorganized collection of organizations and individuals who have broken away from that church. Buddhism mostly sucks these days, with the possible exceptions of Zen and people who follow the Pali texts. The oldest unbroken spiritual knowledge on this planet is in the Himalayan Mountains, so there is much knowledge in Tibetan Buddhist texts. Most of all, do not take anyone's word for anything. All reality lies within oneself, and all any books or teachers can do for you is point in the direction of truth. Ultimate truth cannot be communicated in English or any other language. My words here are only approximations, a lame attempt to express the inexpressible, to unscrew the inscrutable. But I cannot tell the truth with words. All words are lies. They are babble. Truth is silent. Ouran
#05 THE NATURE OF COMMUNICATION
There really has been some confusion on the subject of communication, which I intend to clear up as much as I'm able. Some of the data released by Hubbard indicate that "anything" may be a communication, going from a location across a distance to another location. To paraphrase him, a communication is the idea or action of moving matter and/or energy across a distance from a source location to a receiving location, with the intention of it being duplicated and understood at the receiving location. This is misleading to some people because, though implied, two important items have not been explicitly stated: the persons involved. He cites the example of throwing rocks as communications. If the rocks are thrown by one person at another person, then communication has occurred. It has occurred because the first person means something by the act of throwing the rocks, perhaps "I hate you" and the second person rather quickly gets the message while he's busy ducking. (To be fair, Hubbard probably understood that two beings had to be there for communication to occur. Some people may not have duplicated that intention of his, so I'm making a point of it.) Only a person can duplicate a communication. And only if duplication has occurred, has the action been a communication. But if the rocks are thrown by a person at a boulder, then no communication has occurred. The boulder is not a person, not a "thetan." The boulder will not duplicate the intended meaning, unless there's someone hiding inside it! If no one is there, the rocks are meaningless! (So to restate the classic problem: "if a tree falls in the woods and no one is there to hear it, does it make a sound?" The answer is yes, it makes sound waves travel outward through the air, but those sound waves don’t make a "crashing sound" because no one was there to hear it and interpret its meaning as "CRASH!") I want to make a very strong point here about MEST versus theta. Material in motion, whether rocks or energy, is an apparent one way flow, a one direction motion. It is not communication. Communication requires duplication of meaning or intention, by theta at both ends of the comm. Because of this, all true comm lines, all theta communication is TWO WAY. Any time a material object or energy produces a backflow, then duplication has occurred and theta is involved on both of the apparent ends of the comm line. I say "apparent" because all separation of theta from itself is an illusion and a lie. But matter itself is a form of theta, in which the awareness is asleep. So with any comm line, which has a thetan at one end and matter at the other, a funny thing happens: there's a slight backflow from the matter. (In fact if you communicate enough to matter you will eventually wake it up. It will come uptone into the effort band or even higher. This can have pleasant, unpleasant, or even ludicrous results, because the material object can function when it shouldn't, or misbehave when used, or act in bizarre ways.
Duplication is the cause of the two way phenomenon. This is very important fact in magick, in auditing and in society in general: anywhere there is theta; all comm lines will be two way. But what is meaning in communication? It is usually assumed that words, whether spoken or written have intrinsic meanings. This is false. They only have the meanings, which are assigned to them. A word is a symbol, nicely defined as "mass plus meaning." One of the most basic abilities of a person is to tag a significance onto a piece of matter/energy. My high level thought experiments (visualizations) and "goings" (I have no idea what else to call it when I reach "up/out" and look around my universe at a brighter level of awareness.) indicate that meaning is a postulate. What is a postulate? A postulate is a decision about the state of reality itself. It can be a postulate concerning personal reality or our group reality (the universe), either one or both. This decision, this postulate has a direct effect on a person’s life and surroundings. An example would be a man deciding that "all women are bad", with the result of getting involved only with "bad" women from then on. An example of a, *ahem*, more positive postulate would be a woman deciding that she was going to be a successful florist, then having a long lost uncle unexpected show up and give her a loan of $10,000 as seed money to start her business. These things do not happen by "accident." It is my experience that there are no accidents, only hidden causes. A strong, confident postulate attaches a significance to most or all of surrounding reality. The more reality it attaches meaning to, the wider effect it has. So this is the basic function. A sub- or specialized postulate action is the attachment of a limited meaning to a word or action in order to communicate. All communication is apparently telepathic. A person can write or speak millions of words, but if that person does not intend meaning into them, and the listener/reader does not intend to understand, then no communication happens. This is most noticeable when for instance an adult is reading out of a book to a small child. If the adult just sets the whole action onto a circuit, and reads mechanically in a dead voice then the child gets bored, attention wanders, no communication is occurring. If on the other hand that adult reads the story with full attention and intention, and turns it into a "live" story happening right now, then the child will be rapt and excited. Communication is happening. Telepathy is "duplication." There is no telepathy really, any more than there is any other sort of material universe communication. They are all duplication on an apparent via, which doesn't exist. The person who is communicating intends his meaning, and the other person creates that same meaning at their end exactly as it is. The ends of a comm line are apparancies, not realities. There doesn't seem to be any need for a via either. No words. No rocks. No books. Just the same thought occurring at two apparent locations with nothing having passed through the intervening space. The subject of General Semantics is extremely nitpicky on the subject of precisely picking and using words accurately -- both to get the meaning across to others, and to
avoid confusing oneself with sloppy, inexact thoughts about reality. Technically, the practitioners of G-S are correct! But the only reason there is a need for G-S is because communication -- both with the parts of oneself, and to others -- is filtered through so many physical vias that mistakes of duplication often occur. A positive, powerful communicator (person) however, can often use spoken language so badly that a G-Ser might cringe at every statement, and still manage to get his point across perfectly. Because the words used, though important to almost everyone, are not really necessary. To beat back into life an old Zen saw, the words are like fingers pointing at the moon. They only point to where a person should look and what to duplicate there. They aren’t always necessary. Communication can occur without words. Communication can occur without any via. This is of course a violation of the communications formula as laid out by Mr. Hubbard. Hubbard’s formula should really be titled “How to communicate on a via." Because though attention and intention are usually necessary, the communication particles (words, rocks), motion and distance are not. Even attention and intention can be dispensed with at Static (static is "one” beingness). This is because attention is actually some of your own beingness (as is also the "tag" of meaning assigned to a thought or symbol) in that you are putting a little bit of yourself out there when you place attention onto something; and intention is a type of postulation, which is decision, which is beingness projected, separated or placed. Therefore a somewhat truer communication formula would be: ATTENTION AND INTENTION CREATING DUPLICATION. And the real communications formula is this: DUPLICATION (by theta of itself, which is the static) That's how communication is really done. We still are all doing it that way, despite any illusions to the contrary. Ouran
#06 THE POSTULATES BEHIND NUMBERS (Caveat: This article was written before I had a clear understanding of what I was seeing/experiencing. Because of this, all the concepts and even the title are faulty. This is because none of the "postulates" mentioned here are actually postulates. Instead of being postulates -- which are thoughts -- these are actually decisions about beingness, which are/were made above the Thought band of the tone scale. Unfortunately, these decisions are inexpressible in language, being above thought.) A year later I wrote this fresh look: Archetypal Numbers.
Have you ever considered numbers? What sort of actions and postulates by beings early in our history gave rise to numbers, not to their symbols, but to the basic concepts themselves? The following is what I have seen/recovered so far. Please do not hold me to these words as Absolute Truth for All Time, because I wish to be free to correct any mistakes, and especially to expand upon these notes. I struggled with myself in writing these introductory paragraphs. The actual investigation into the nature of number was relatively easy compared to the introduction! *grin* Within simple numbers are clues to the basics behind the nature of living beings and the creation of universes. In the following article I am treating these first few numbers as archetypes, as the original models or patterns out of which all numbers (and universes) emerged. If this seems a trifle odd, please be advised that I am using a quite different method of treating symbols from that normally used by most people in modern times on this planet. Astrologers and Kabbalists may recognize it: the treating of a root symbol as a template from which whole classes of actions and things arise... (archetype = An original model or type after which other similar things are patterned) I have studied astrology intensively and I’ve found that one of its basics has profound implications. When doing astrology one of the most important factors to consider in a horoscope chart is the angle formed between planets. Visualize a horoscope as a circle with planet Earth in the exact center. If the moon were at the top of the rim of the circle and mars at the bottom, the angle formed between the two (from Earth’s point of view) is 180°. That angle is a division of the circle by 2. All angles of any use and importance to an astrologer turn out to be divisions of the circle by 1, 2, 3, or a simple combination of the above numbers added to or multiplied by one another, such as 4, 6, 8, and the whole sequence ending at 12. 5 is of very limited special use. 7, 9, 10 and 11 are mostly useless. The circle itself before any division is 0. I consider it serendipitous that zero on much of this planet is symbolized by a circle. A perfect circle is a fascinating thing. The curve of its rim is an infinitely constant change of direction. The root number behind it, called Pi, is a number, which goes to infinity when one attempts to write it numerically. Metaphysically, zero and infinity can be interchangeable. But when one starts dividing this infinity by simple whole numbers... The fascinating thing about these divisions of the circle is that they have definite effects on a person in the birth horoscope: 1 blends the planets involved into a single beingness
(In the example above, the moon represents emotional responses and mars represents aggressive energy, therefore an angle of 0° between them, division of the circle by 1, blends them into a personality with a fiery aggressive emotional nature coming from within.). 2 places the planets into open opposition. 3 harmonizes them. 4 creates an internal conflict between them. And so on. I could see a pattern to these divisions of the circle, so I looked. Another thing, which led up to this was an awareness that the problems dealt with in the lower Grades seemed to underlie the entire whole track. Let’s invent a hypothetical processee. This processee might need to get settled down with little comm course drilling before he got his present time problems touched up enough to get his drugs handled. Both of those things are related to the grades (0 and 1). Then he might do the Grades. Then he might do some Dianetics, just to get enough attention free so that he’s comfortable and able to view the whole track. But when the whole track comes into view, it might stir up so much suppressed case that he would need to get some non-communications, ARC breaks, overts, etc cleaned up a second time. After that he might start handling his implants and implant GPMs, but those are based on what? On failed communication, ARC breaks, problems, overts, etc. So a processee might conceivably need to handle those a third time, as even older, deeper case comes into view. We're peeling an onion here, right? So perhaps after doing some of the lower Grade stuff a third time (without anyone calling it such) our hypothetical processee would have entities come in view and need to do some form of NOTS handling. But what is he encountering with these entities? A whole new layer of shut off communication, ARC breaks, problems, overts, withholds, service facs, etc. (I’ve seen enough supposed OTs who were creating overts, ARC breaks, and all the rest of that to know that the Grades are releases, not erasures.) No matter what order the bridge is run, those darned Grades just keep popping up! So I asked myself: Where is this coming from? Why the devil are Grades releases rather than erasures? What the hell led up to this sort of behavior by thetans, which the lower Grades were attempting to solve? Keep in mind while reading the numbers below, that the numbers themselves are not the postulates. The numbers were part of the means by which I arrived at the postulates, and from which those numbers are derived. The process by which I arrived at the postulates began as inferential thought, which quickly became going somewhere (I’m not sure where, my personal universe?) and seeing. This is what I saw: 0 = no self (native state, no postulates)
Here there is no beingness, no "I am" to declare itself. This is what Hubbard described as a 'static' with no mass, no location, no wavelength and no energy. This is what lies behind and contains all universes, beings and entities. Words fail at this highest level, each word being useless to describe the indescribable. Words describe things, which are in universes. So though I call this 'zero', I could just as easily have said ‘infinity.’ The number zero is the most primal number and implies 'no universes.' 1 = one self (static, from our inverted POV: all selves are one self)
This is the first lie: 'I am.' The root of this number is awareness, specifically aware of being aware. Here there is someone to be aware. I call this (poetically) the original 'Sea of Being', out of which all beingness separated. But that last phrase is untrue, because we didn't really separate. That separation is a creative lie. Self is a lie because "self" is a limited beingness. The highest truth is that we are all still part of native state. Nevertheless the lie is told, and one is aware. Once one is aware, one places something of which to be aware. Here a point location is posited (postulated), which the One being assumes. This creates consciousness looking outward from a single location, which separates away from being everywhere looking in and a sense of infinite space. The number one triggers everything else as a chain reaction. 2 = that other self is not "my" self (refusal to assume responsibility for "other")
This is the root of all conflict between beings, and Grades 0 through 4. The first action is to refuse full responsibility for what is viewed, by holding different opinions about it simultaneously. This created multiple beings who could disagree. This might sound silly, because I am talking about beings who are childlike gods with infinite power to create and destroy matter, energy, space and time (MEST) -- but the second mistake, the second lie was to state that one was not the other self and also not what one was viewing. Because a being creates MEST, a being is MEST. Let me repeat that to anyone who finds that statement horrifying because the full intention of their religion is to escape from the universe before they become solid sorrowing MEST: a being is everything that being creates. All assumed beingnesses are creative lies, lies told in order to make a game. And prior to not being responsible, one was fully responsible, and ultimately still is despite the lie. Games are played by BE-DO-HAVE. If one creates a space, then one is that space. If one creates energy, then one is that energy. If one creates matter, then one is that matter. By refusing to be fully responsible for matter and all other theta beings, one is telling a lie. Behind the lie of 'self versus other' is the truth that all the individual selves are still one self despite being individuated. (Of course behind that lie is the basic lie of 'I am.') From this single action arises all possible conflict, and makes the gradual descent from godhood into a horror show of mud possible. Leaving the first and second lies in place, one next attempts to remedy the situation with a third lie... 3 = self can work in harmony (Affinity, Reality, Communication) with non-self
This statement has an intrinsic implication behind it that self can't work in harmony! If it were harmonious, the statement would be unnecessary! So 3 is a lower harmonic of 1, with the lie of 2 in between to make it persist better! Three is an attempt to create agreement between beings. For example: if two beings are viewing the same piece of MEST, they compare notes, communicate and 'agree' on what is real. But the only reason they need to ‘agree’ is because prior to that they had decided to disagree! So having separated into two beings (who have decided not to ‘be ‘ each other and therefore have different views which are not the same, not in agreement), they need to posit affinity for each other, and create agreement between each other, both by means of communication.
This is the limit of the basics: 0 through 3. The following two numbers are less primal, yet appear to be inevitable results of the postulates behind the first few. 4 = my self is not mine
"I" contains conflict, other-determinism, etc. This is the final, deadly mistake. Its roots are in the second lie. Therefore 4 is a lower harmonic of 2. Here one is taking the next step implied by the refusal to be responsible for Other. It appears to be an inevitable progression, which is why when I originally roughed this out to a friend I likened the steps of numbers to a Goals Problems Mass lineplot. They aren’t one, and if anything appear to be senior (occurring prior) to GPM sequences. This number 4 reminds me of a remark by Geoffrey Filbert in his book Excaliber Revisited to the effect that the cross represents the fact that ‘life is never other than at right angles to itself.’ A division of the circle by 4 yields a cross. 5 = I can successfully (harmoniously) be MEST
Here is the number of Man (on this planet at least), and in a broader sense it is the number of a being inhabiting a body. This is an attempt to rectify the mistake of 4 by ignoring it and carrying on in hopefully blissful ignorance. Therefore 5 is a lower harmonic of 3. But it’s a very badly done harmonic, which is quite out of balance. This is the pentagram, where self sits atop the internalized conflict of 4. Here the ‘I am’ is a lie resisting the other-determinism of 4, and not very successfully. To me this stuff appears to be prior to universes and basic to the formation of universes including this universe we are inside. The first few numbers may undercut any and everything being researched by our best people. If what I’m seeing is correct, these early postulates would be prior to everything on the whole track including the Jewel of Knowledge described by The Pilot. These original postulates behind numbers appear to underlie the entire trap. They indicate the source of early track mischief, which resides in miscommunication, breaks in affinity, disagreement on reality and the deliberate harmful acts which resulted from refusal to understand. All our attempts to regain understanding seem to be alter-is atop these postulates. So knowledge of them should be helpful to anyone who wishes to dig themselves out. Ouran
YHVH (Yahweh)
The most ancient name for the Universal Spirit - or God - is Yod He Vau He, often written as YHVH . But this ancient name is far more than just what another religion calls their version of the concept of God, or even a name. In fact, it was not meant to really be just a 'name' at all. It is from before our time of human manifestation on Earth. It is the physical-word equivalent of an esoteric, vibrational Reality. It is an actual representation of the Universal Law that governs the primary pattern of all Creation.
The name itself is the key to Creation and the representation of the Universal Law of polarities and the replication/reproduction of all vibration. And remember, everything is vibration. Contained in this name for the One Life, then, is the actual formula for Creation, and the manifestation of all life within the One. Therefore this name of God is probably the single most significant metaphysical concept there is. It is the simplest thing in the Universe, but perhaps the most difficult to really understand by the uninitiated and unenlightened. The name is represented by four letters of what is now called the Hebrew alphabet, which have numerical as well as symbolical meanings. However, the name is actually far more ancient than the Hebrew alphabet. Yod-He-Vau-He (YHVH) is allegedly pronounced 'Yohd-Hay-Vah-Hay'. This simple name was changed through time, translation, and misinterpretation, to many variations of the original, including within several religions. Consider the similarities Yahweh, Ya-Ho-Wah-Ho (YHWH), Ya-He-Wa, and Je-Ho-Vah, to name but a few. Jehovah and Yahweh stuck pretty well. YHVH is also sometimes referred to as the Tetragrammaton in magical and metaphysical circles.
The first part of the name, which was the positive polarity or Father aspect of the name of God, was Yod. See the similarity here even: Yod, God, Yod, God ; not too hard to change through time and even pronunciation. It was thus that the Father principle, Yod, was distorted from Yod into God, which is also most often given a father-principle connotation: "My Father God and I are one." - Jesus. The ancient teachings aver: "He who can pronounce this name properly opens the gates of heaven". This saying is vastly misunderstood. But even now, in some major religions it is forbidden to even attempt to pronounce YHVH. This is because in the early days of organised 'religion', certain 'priests' in positions of power, and who desired even more power, did not want the common people to know this great key. They wanted people to look in deference to the priests and so turn to their religion for their understanding of God and spiritual matters. This gave them great power and control, so they hid the name, changed the name, or made it forbidden to be used by anyone other than the 'high holy people'. However, chanting the name in meditation properly can create major changes in consciousness. The symbolism and structure of Yod-He-Vau-He is simple, yet deeply profound. And when its few simple elements combine, they give birth to the entire complexity of life. In part, YHVH represents a perfectly simple pattern which is holographically present in all life, from the atom to the deity which is a solar
system, and beyond. It also speaks of human procreation, and stellar/planetary procreation. The first part: Yod , represents the positive (+), Sun, Light, the Father or Spiritual Seed principles. The first He represents the negative (-), not in the sense of 'bad' or 'evil', but in the sense of negative polarity, pure darkness, like that of the void of space, the womb, the receptive, feminine, Mother principles. Vau is the creative result of the meeting of both Yod and He in the place of interplay, intercourse. The union of the first two principles begets the Love-Child, Christ, a new creation, which is Vau. Vau is its own principle, the principle of Love, which is androgynous. It therefore has within itself the same attributes as its Father and Mother, so it is actually both a Yod and He in its own microcosmic realm. In terms of cosmic frequency, Vau is on a vibrational
plane an octave down from its parent-creators. It is also the place of conception of, and the birth of, the second He and Yod (the second He is placed before the second Yod because the polarities of creation are reversed in every new Birth; see diagram below). So Vau begins the cycle ( Yod-He-Vau-He) again, but in microcosmic form. The second He and Yod , then, are the offspring of Vau, the result of the interaction of the new microcosmic Yod and He of Vau. This, then, is the play of divine Creation, and it is not difficult to understand how so much karma has been created, and so much suffering and error known in the fallen universe through the breaking of its laws due to ignorance and selfishness.
Archetypal Numbers Updated (5/1/01) 0 Zero when postulated, was postulated with/as part of infinity. So there is no stand alone Zero. The real postulate is: 0 = which was later separated into a dichotomy: all existence vs. no existence. 1 One when postulated was also postulated as part of infinity. Therefore: 1 = . This became the One Big Being vs. Individuality dichotomy (One splits into Many). Neither of these manifested as a conflict until Two. (Zen is a school of Mahāyāna Buddhism. The word Zen is from the Japanese pronunciation of the Chinese word Chán (禪), which in turn is derived from the Sanskrit word dhyāna, which can be approximately translated as " meditation" or "meditative state". emphasizes experiential Wisdom in the attainment of enlightenment. As such, it deemphasizes theoretical knowledge in favor of direct realization through meditation and dharma practice. The teachings of Zen include various sources of Mahāyāna thought, including the Prajñāpāramitā literature and the teachings of the Yogācāra and Tathāgatagarbha schools. The emergence of Zen as a distinct school of Buddhism was first documented in China in the 7th century CE. From China, Zen spread south to Vietnam, and east to Korea and Japan. As a matter of tradition, the establishment of Zen is credited to the Persian[1] or South Indian Pallava prince-turned-monk Bodhidharma, who came to China to teach a "special transmission outside scriptures, not founded on words or letters") 2 Two is the division necessary to enable the above as problems. It was after the idea of Two, that One and Zero were gleefully back-postulated into dichotomies. Until then the apparent conflicts in the Zero and One postulates weren't actually conflicting. Therefore Zen operates at 0 and 1 because Zen consists of postulating the logically impossible. Therefore it may be reasoned that reason itself derives from duality and dichotomy. This is the principle of separation, necessary for such things as perception. Formula: 2 = 0, which becomes: (+1) + (-1) = 0, then as a deliberate lie: (+1) does not equal (-1). (this works were +1 is self and –1 is not self. On this basis +1 = -1 is ture because self and not self or others are the same.) 3 Three shifts the opposing, negative pole of the dichotomy from its place at Two and moves it to Three, inserting a space between them with a new Two, into which time operates changes, growths and decays. It's the basis of triangles, normal decay scales, and the simple cycle of action. All the three part triangular arrangements in Ghost Danse #7 are fractal echoes of this postulate. This is the principle of creation changing through time. Formula: 3 = 2. (Hebraic formula for possible old universe: Yod Vau He)
4 Four initiates inversion below zero/stop of cycles. It does this by moving the third leg of the triangle from bottom to top, and then taking the first leg to the bottom and splitting it in two. What was once simply STOP (which automatically uncreated), can now be either STOP as an uncreate, or STOP as not-isness. (This revelation was on the tip of my mind for months, then I was reading the Viking Way book at http://www.vikingz.org/zen/index.htm it suddenly fell into place for me.) This is the division of as-isness into either "un" or "not". Expressed as the four elements: as-isness/uncreate (dissolve) is FIRE, not-is (identification) is WATER, alter-is (association) is AIR and isness (differentiation) is EARTH. The hellishness of this arrangement becomes apparent upon close inspection; the only way to obtain a reasonably clear view and control is by going solid, by confronting solid matter. Uncreation has been stripped from number one of any operating triangle and placed as an unlabeled alternate at three of the triangle. The two lead elements of FIRE and WATER have been placed at the bottom, while the top is occupied by EARTH! Uncreation has become disassociation! There’s no way to as-is anything inside this system, because to do so is madness! One has to literally rise up (shift up) one universe to the level of triangles just to resolve anything. The only element of the four, which was not really changed from the triangle is AIR, which remains at CHANGE/alter-is of both triangle and four elements. This arrangement allows simple cycles of action to become capable of proceeding beyond and below death/stop. Four leads to minus numbers and evil intentions. Without the Four postulate, this universe would consist of only located thought and plus emotion above matter, otherwise called the mental and astral planes. Four divided the third element of what would have been matter in a higher universe (represented by the Hebrew letter He) into etheric (AIR) and material (EARTH) planes, and gives them precedence, replacing them at the bottom position with WATER and FIRE. With Four comes things like turning Three into not-isness, thought trapped in matter, resistance, denial, efforting, mass, matter and solidity; also not-have, not-do and not-be. If Two is simple division, then Four is open warfare. This is the principle of "not". Formula: 4 = 3 - 1. (The planes and elements often appear to be in a definite sequence. But the more I research the more this fragments into mere apparancy and agreement. Hebraic formula of this universe seems to be sequenced: Yod Vau He Hè as the four planes of this universe. But the sequence is Hè He Vau Yod from within the etheric (logical)mind.) All I can posit here is that whoever(s) designed this place is a great practical joker. 5 Five "solves" the stuck condition of not-isness by giving the Being a new blank start, but at a lower condition. This is the origin of spiraling down the planes and universes, with slowly collapsing abilities. Formula: 5 = -0.
(this aligns with TROM where the 4 levels are must be known must not be known must know must not know then starts over at “must be known” with a new goal PM) One thing became terribly clear once I'd seen the truth written in The Shape of Apparent "Truth", and that is the narrative content of incidents were not the true causes of case. They were linked to the true causes, but were not the actual source of a being's problems. "Implants" for example are excuses; they are motivators. Even unsticking a motivator by locating a corresponding overt is merely loosening up the dichotomy formed between them; it is not locating how that problem arose in the first place. The real cause of case, of dukkha, lies far above the overt/motivator phenomenon. It lies well above any of the contents of physical universes. The real causes of case lie far above the located spirit or "thetan". They originate in the archetypal activities of what Rowland Barkley calls the "source self", which is above time and space and the four planes of this universe. (The basic on a chain lies with conflicts that arose when we first decided “I am” and “I am not you” your engram content from this lifetime and the last million lifetimes is all late on the chain. PM) Dukkha Part of Speech: n Definition: in Buddhism, the first of the Four Noble Truths, that life is constantly
changing and therefore full of suffering, specif. due to attachment and excessive desire; an understanding that the nature of life is suffering and impermanence; also written Example: The other three Noble Truths explain the origins of dukkha and the means for
eliminating dukkha. Etymology: Sanskrit, Pali translated variously, including'truth, the truth of suffering'
#13 POSTULATES: LIES, DAMNED LIES AND STATISTICS 0. Let's go way back in the past and way high on the tone scale ( Filbert's, not Hubbard's).
Beginning at the beginning is what we usually call "native state." This is truth with a capital T. 1. Just below native state is what we usually call "static." This is the singular beingness. It
is what exists after native state declared "I am." At this level of the tone scale all theta is one being. That being is you, but it's also me! And everyone else too. 2. Below/after static are the results of static playing a beingness game with itself. The
game is played as deliberately not-knowing itself in various locations. This creates multiple thetans -- us. You and me. In the above, 0 is the only pure truth. It is the truth because it makes no postulates. Postulates are creative lies. The first lie told (at 1, static) is "I am." The second lie told (at 2, thetans) is "I am me." Native State is no postulate and is the ultimate as-isness. "I am" is a first postulate (which acts as a second postulate to Native State) and is the original as-isness. "I am me" is a second postulate atop the first, and is the original alter-isness. From a certain perspective it's all lies: all universes, all beingnesses, all games. But that's okay! Lies are fun. They are our creations. I realize that someone who has read the "Phoenix Lectures" might think of the first postulate as the as-isness, which achieves erasure, but that's only an apparency. It is Native State, which achieves erasure of the first lie in any series (the as-isness) by inspection. The truth is that any thetan is operating at all times everywhere on the scale, from top to bottom, from Native State to cold hard MEST. It is the processee operating at Native State (Sovereignty 400.0 ) while erasing in processing and meditation. It is the person operating at Static (Single Deity 320.0 Life That Is Not Being) who communicates with other persons (duplicates intentions) in a single "I am". It is the person operating at what I call Thetans (Multiple Deity 160.0 Volition, Coexistence) who says "I am ME!" Below those highest levels are all the postulates, ideas, opinions, emotions, efforts, etc, which any and every one of us create constantly. So please understand that the idea of a person being at a particular tone is an apparency only. It's just not true. We often get ourselves trapped in viewing only a narrow range of the Expanded Tone Scale, and are unaware of most of it. But you can change that; expand your awareness to include the whole range. And when you hit the top or near it -- this stuff comes into view. All our lovable lies. Ouran
updated 10/26/00
#26 PRIME DECISIONS AND POSTULATES Only -- some of these aren't really postulates. I have seen three high levels of action by a being so far. The highest action I call "decision" in deference to the phrase "...the decision is to be." This is an action at the t he level of beingness and occurs in the Causal band of the tone scale. Next action down occurs just below the Causal band around Creation, and is literally that -- creation. Its action is that of as-isness. Below that is the action of postulation through Postulates in the Thought band. The top group of "postulates" I've written below are not really postulates, but I'll be damned if I can find human language to express them otherwise. Therefore please read them with an understanding that they are words used to represent decisions about beingness rather than postulates about spaces or objects. Treat them as signposts pointing where you should go look, instead of exactly worded concepts, which somehow are perfectly translatable into English. ZERO EQUALS INFINITY This one seems to be behind the Native State/The Static
phenomenon. phenomenon. This is how the Nothing of Static is also the unmanifested all and infinite Everything of Native State. Several months after I wrote this I found that Ogger also found it and wrote it years ago in Super Scio #10D: The absolute postulates are the underlying nature of theta and they are: a re: a) Not only are you nothing but you never existed in the first place AND b) You are everyone and everything.
That sums it up nicely! It's so great when someone else finds completely different words to explain the exact same reality. TO BE (or) TO EXIST This is the "postulate" of Single Deity. It could also be stated
slightly down the scale as: I AM AM
I AM ME
This is part of the process below Coexistence of not-knowing oneself in order to produce individuated thetans. Ask any beingness who he is long enough and you'll get that same answer: "Me!" Looking at the span of existence (the tone scale) is seeing: EVERY PROPOSITION CONTAINS ITS OPPOSITE
another way: THE TOP IS THE BOTTOM
Both of these seem to derive from: ZERO EQUALS TWO
This one gives us our span from total existence down to total non-existence. non-existence. In this the t he Static is divided into positive versus negative qualities. To state any positive concept like "love" is to instantly create its opposite of "hate." "Be" versus "not-be." "Know" versus "not-know." GPMs are based on this one. But we had to complicate it further with the first, 2nd, 3rd postulate concepts which give us our triangles. At root they appear to be this bit of apparent nonsense: ONE EQUALS THREE
Which is to say the 1st postulate (the as-isness) equals the 3rd postulate (not-isness). This gives us a space into which were inserted our scales, and it also opens up reality into a universe or universes in which we may have a game. This is because "zero equals two" and "one equals three" apparently combine to produce this persisting postulate: THREE IS THE ANTITHESIS OF ONE
When a top concept such as KNOW is stated, it then automatically (as per this postulate) creates an opposition item called NOT-KNOW, or UNKNOWABLE. That specific pair create the Expanded Know to Mystery scale, with KNOW at as-isness, UNKNOWABLE at not-isness, and the scale between being a bridge of alter-is between these terminals. "One equals three" is also the postulate, which is responsible for the mistaken identification of the theta triangles with their MEST triangle equivalents (see: "Collapsed Triangles"). Triangles"). Reality is booby trapped with contradictory statements. There are quite a few basic postulates, and also a scale between "be" and "not-be" in Homer's ACT23 memo. memo. (Lower Postulates of Importance)
A THING EXISTS ONLY IN THE MOMENT (INSTANT OF TIME) IN WHICH IT WAS FIRST CREATED This is why a processee needs to locate "basic." Corollaries would be: THE "TIME" OF ANY OBJECT IS THE EXACT MOMENT OF ITS CREATION THE "TIME" OF A LIVING BODY IS THE EXACT MOMENT OF ITS BIRTH This is what operates the mechanisms behind astrology. (Further on this group in Ghost Danse #21) Ogger located an implant, which seems to be either the origin of this group of postulates, or closely related: The Time Implant. Implant. Other deeply entrenched postulates are available in that one also. Ouran
BASIC BASIC ON THE CHAIN OF CHAINS ACT - 23 10 October 1993 Copyright (C) 1993 Homer Wilson Smith Redistribution rights granted for non commercial purposes. It has been the common experience of auditors to find some really great process to run on themselves or their pcs only to find that after a few hours the process grinds to a halt and the pc is left feeling just as bad as before. Take for example the process, 'Tell me about coming in.' 'Do you have a missed withhold on coming in?' Now it sounds logical, doesn't it, the pc had to come into any situation prior to being stuck in it, and so in trying to get him earlier on the chain of that subject you of course would try to get him to contact his responsibility for getting into it in the first place. So I was running this the other day, with great gain, I was nailing the withhold over and over again releasing lots and lots of pain out of my spine, and behind my heart, and the back of my throat, and behind my eyes, and I finally left off on a rather large release that I hoped would continue for a while An hour later I was totally caved in again, in serious pain with somatics all over my body and in my throat. Finally I decided I had better go back into session and deal with it, saying to myself 'I don't want to be here, I REALLY don't want to be here, Jesus H. Christ why do I have to go through all this damn auditing nonsense, why can't I just die in peace and be done with it.' So I went into session grumbling to myself, 'I don't want to be here, I don't want to be here' kind of dragging myself into my case once again in a long line of once agains, hoping that maybe this time I would nail it for good. Well I started running 'I don't want to be here'. And boy was that true. It finally became,
'Tell me about not wanting to be here.' 'Do you have a withhold on not wanting to be here?' 'Do you have a MISSED withhold on not wanting to be here?' I ran this for a while to good effect, effect, then it started to bog down again. So I started to play with it running every variation I could think of including 'Do you have a withhold on WANTING to be here?' 'Do you have a withhold on being here?' 'Do you have a withhold on coming in?' 'Do you have a withhold on being?' etc. Finally I nailed it but good on the first one, WANTING TO BE HERE. 'Is there a missed withhold on WANTING TO BE HERE?' So I took a break and started to think about all this, and this is what came out of it. Ron taught us that engrams need to be run in chains back to the basic incident. He didn't really tell us WHY this was so, but to the degree it seemed to work, we all did what we were told. One of the problems with early Dianetics was determining what a chain was. Was it all the incidents where you felt the same way, or all the incidents where the same thing happened to you, or all the incidents where the same person was the antagonist, or all the incidents where you were thinking of something? Eventually Ron limited it down to attitudes, emotions, sensations sensations and pains and one found the earlier incident merely by ASKING for an earlier similar incident of whatever attitude, emotion, sensation or pain you were running, and taking whatever the pc gave you.
Then later Ron published New Era Dianetics wherein the major advance was the fact that you had to run each engram until you uncovered the POSTULATE made during the moment of greatest duress. Later I realized that these postulates are in fact the central core of the chain you are trying to run, and the reason that you don't just go for earlier similar incidents based on NARRATIVE CONTENT is because they may be very similar in what occurred to the pc, but very different in what postulates were made. Narrative content refers to what actually happened in the incident, like the chain of all times the guy fell in a lake over many lives, or the chain of all times he was shot for being in the wrong woman's bed. Narrative chains might NOT have a common thread of attitudes, emotions, sensations and pains, and more importantly they might not have a common thread of postulates made during the incident. So there you are running some chain and the guy gives you a time he had his head cut off, and an earlier time he was hung, and an earlier time he was in Church with his mother, and an earlier... Whoa, church? What the hell does that have in common with the first two? Maybe he died of boredom? So you ask him, what's the common postulate to these incidents, and he thinks about it for a moment and says, 'I DON'T WANT TO BE HERE!' There you have it, that's the central postulate to the chain you are running, and away you go down to the beginning of time trying to find the basic INCIDENT on the chain, or the first time he postulated 'I don't want to be here!' You run this to a tremendous win, and your pc walks out glowing and swearing to tell everyone how great an auditor you are.
But then the next day your pc comes in looking all glum again, and you just can't figure out how things could get so bad after having been so good. In old time Dianetics we were taught that if an incident refuses to run or begins to go more solid, that means either there is an earlier beginning to this same incident, or it is not basic on the chain and you have to look for an earlier incident. So you say to your pc 'Well say now, I see that you aren't looking so good', and your pc says 'Yeah, good point'. And you say 'Well that chain we were running yesterday on 'I don't want to be here', did that go more solid?' And the pc looks around himself and says 'Bleh, yuk...' So you take the hint and say 'Ok, the chain has gone more solid, so we are going to continue to run this chain to completion. completion. Now then t hen is there an earlier similar incident of 'I don't want to be here?' But the pc looks and looks and just can't seem to find anything, and he gets more solid, and more pain, and more green, and more dark, and his eyes have no light in them anymore, and you know you had better do something quick or else you are going to lose him. So you say to your pc, 'Ok, apparently we ARE at the basic on the chain of 'I don't want to be here'. Is there an earlier similar POSTULATE?' The pc immediately brightens up and thinks 'My what a wonderfully astute auditor I have, how lucky I am to have him' but starts to think about it and says 'Well a postulate is a postulate. What do you mean by an earlier SIMILAR postulate? Either it's the same postulate or it isn't! And you think about this and you say 'Ok then, is there an earlier POSTULATE whether similar or not?' THEN the pc says 'Well yes of course, that COMING IN chain we ran the other day is earlier to not wanting to be here. But we ran that to completion too, so I don't think it could be that.'
So you say, 'fine then, is there yet an earlier postulate?' And the pc says 'You mean earlier to COMING IN? Hmmm yes, let's see...' And the pc frowns and thinks and scrunches up his eye brows and dramatizes mightily, and finally he looks up and says sheepishly, 'Well yes, maybe there is... I WANT WANT TO BE HERE.' So you take up the postulate 'I want to be here' and off you go. Clearly before the guy chose to come into a game, a 'here' of magnitude, he first had to WANT to come in, to be 'here'. Just as clearly only AFTER he came in did he finally develop the postulate I DON'T WANT TO BE HERE. So I WANT TO BE HERE is an earlier postulate to COMING IN, which is an earlier postulate to I DON'T WANT TO BE HERE. So it's pretty clear that what we are running here is a chain of POSTULATES where each postulate has an entire chain of INCIDENTS unto itself. This chain of postulates we call the chain of chains. Each postulate on the chain of postulates is a DIFFERENT postulate, but each one proceeds logically from the one before it. The basic incident on each chain of INCIDENTS must be reached before that chain will erase, but unless that chain's postulate is the most basic postulate on the chain of postulates, the whole bank will not erase. So this is how various postulates might be laid out in the time stream. 1.) NOT BEING (Native State, free unmanifested potential) potential) 2.) BEING
3.) WANTING TO BE (approval and willingness to view more) 4.) WANTING TO BE HERE (here = a new there he wants to enter) 5.) WANTING TO GO IN 6.) COMING IN 7.) BEING HERE 8.) WANTING TO BE HERE (once in) 9.) GLAD I CAME IN 10.) WANTING TO NOT WANT TO BE HERE (pivotal game point) 11.) NOT WANTING TO BE HERE 12.) SORRY I CAME IN 13.) WANTING TO GO OUT 14.) TRYING TO GO OUT 15.) CAN'T GO OUT 16.) I DIDN'T COME IN 17.) NOT WANTING TO BE (at all) 18.) NOT BEING (Not-isness and Spiritual Death) 19.) STONE COLD DEAD The being starts off in NOT BEING or Native State. Then he wakes up into BEING and considers that this is good, which is WANTING TO BE. Then he decides he would like to partake in a game, a space-time system of heres and nows, and this is WANTING TO BE HERE, where 'here' is a new 'there' to go into. This leads him to WANTING TO GO IN, which leads to COMING IN, which leads to BEING HERE and WANTING TO BE HERE. But then things go wrong, HE MAKES IT DO SO and this comes from WANTING TO NOT WANT TO BE HERE. This leads to NOT WANTING TO BE HERE, which leads to WANTING TO GO
OUT, which leads to TRYING TO GET OUT, which of course fails because he has blinded himself to, and so lost sight of, his decision to come in. This leads him to NOT WANT TO BE at all since he can't get out, and eventually to NOT BEING, as a solid piece of MEST that is slumbering his Eternity away as a rock on the shore. Each one of these prime postulates has a first time it was made in the present cycle of creation. Past cycles are as-ised and no longer count. A Cycle of Creation consists of moving out of Native State, moving into creating things, then causing them to survive, then undoing them all and going back to Native State, in preparation for another cycle of creation should you so choose. Each one of these prime postulates also has endless numbers of further times when the same postulate was made and affirmed during the course of travel in the time stream. Those are incidents on the chain of that particular postulate. Thus each postulate forms a chain of incidents when that postulate was made or affirmed. When you run standard Dianetics you are running these chains back to the basic incident of making and affirming that particular ONE postulate. But each postulate has an EARLIER DIFFERENT postulate, which also has its own chain. The basic incident on the chain of the earlier postulate is earlier than the basic incident on the chain of the later postulate; but all the future incidents on the chain of the earlier postulate are intermixed in the time stream with the future incidents of the chain of the later postulate. This is because even after the second postulate is formed, the first postulate is still operating and continues to form its own incidents along with the second postulate. It's like shuffling two card decks of different colors together. Each card in the shuffled deck is an incident belonging to the chain of incidents of the same color. The EARLIEST chain of incidents is the chain whose BASIC incident is the first in the deck. It isn't true that the whole chain and ALL OF ITS INCIDENTS is earlier than the other chain, only its first or earliest incidents are, thus we call that chain the EARLIER chain.
Only its BASIC incidents and maybe a few of its earliest incidents are actually earlier than all of the second chain. Each incident on a given chain has the same core or reigning postulate as every other incident on the SAME color chain. But different colored chains have different reigning postulates. We call such postulates, CORE, REIGNING, OPERATING, PRIMARY CENTRAL or GOVERNING postulates of the chain. The terms are interchangeable. Thus by looking at later incidents it is sometimes hard to tell which chain of incidents is more basic until you find the basic incident on each chain and determine which basic incident happened first. Further each of these chains is related to each other, because the reigning postulate of each chain is derived from and is a natural consequence of the reigning postulate of the chain just before it. Thus when you are running a chain, and you have these big wins, and then suddenly your pc is doing real bad again, almost as if no auditing had taken place, you can be sure that the postulate on the chain you ran was NOT the basic postulate on the chain of chains that makes up the central core of your pc's case. You DON'T ask for an earlier similar incident on the same chain, you ask for an EARLIER POSTULATE ON THE CHAIN OF CHAINS! COMING IN is rather late on the chain of chains actually. Long before you came into anything you had to BE and WANT TO BE. So you are really getting back to the source of Sovereign Desire with this stuff, and if you miss the basic basic postulate, or even just the next earlier postulate, you can expect your case to go down in flames. It gets WORSE the closer you come to the basic postulate, if you then proceed to miss it. So the closer you are to getting it right the better you had better be as an auditor and be able to spot these things and carry your pc on through.
Remember that as you audit your pc on COMING IN and GETTING OUT, he will dramatize these items on session itself! So if he wants out, you can be sure you are late on the chain, and when you start to get it right, he will be more than happy to come in and get auditing. And THAT is the sum totality of an ARC broken field. The guy doesn't want more auditing because no one would LET him go earlier than WANTING TO GET OUT! He wants to get out of his problems, his upsets, his unhappiness, his oppositions, his body, his bank, his universe, his whatever. What ever it is he hands you, he doesn't want to have anything to do with it! You see he CAME IN to Scientology WANTING TO GET OUT, so its natural to audit him on GETTING OUT for a while, but if you do it too long, without getting him earlier similar to COMING IN, he will dramatize his item on session and GET OUT. Bang, no more Church. Homer
#33 THE NATURE OF DECISIONS AND POSTULATES "A postulate is simply a projected decision or mockup."--Ken Ogger, "Super Scio" #10D
All theta (thetans, entities, elder gods, etc.) acts by means of one thing only: decision. In the Causal band of the tone scale decisions are made concerning beingness only. This is above universes. This is not to say that decisions can't be made at this level affecting universe. They can easily because the Causal band is senior to everything. But the decisions are made at a level of BE. In the upper Thought band (Know) between Creation and Postulates decisions are made creating spaces of various sizes. In the middle Thought band (Know About) decisions are made and projected into already existing spaces. In the lower Thought band (Look) decisions project into personal spaces only. They cannot be made to stick beyond that because at the level of Opinions the theta takes only limited points of view. In the Emotional band decisions only affect even smaller limited personal spaces. In the Effort band decisions are made for the thetan by himself on a beingness via. These are carried out by entities (demon circuits); and these decisions only affect reality in negative ways. The effort is to succumb. In the Mystery band decisions are made by the thetan at a huge unconscious effect, cause being deferred to other beingness higher on the scale. At the bottom of the Mystery band EVERYTHING, including MEST itself is cause to the thetan. This is a sort of a "causing onself to be effect of other cause" and an inversion of the top of the scale. In the Mystery band, personal spaces, which have collapsed to zero, begin opening out once more -- but they are owned and known by others. The activity in the crucial Thought band above has three expressions: In the upper Thought band is activity taken or done as as-isness. At Considerations (beginning of Know About and middle Thought band) this changes to the exact isness, which is to say the persisting second postulate, which is the alter-isness. This activity further degenerates at Games/Play/Opinions (Lookingness) into a nonconfront on the exact isness. For that reason Games is the beginning of not-isness on the tone scale. Do not be deceived by the writings of LRH into thinking that a thetan "is at" only one specific tone on the scale. The truth is that a thetan is capable of being all the way up and down the scale occupying any and all tones of it. But as a Being degenerates it abandons more and more of the upper tones, becoming more and more limited to consciously expressing "a" tone, which single expression drops down the scale. The
hidden truth is that even a heavily aberrated thetan is still using the whole scale and occupying all positions, but not consciously. The current human on this planet is expressing a tone in the effort band but is unaware of doing so because its attention is filled with the input of emotion and MEST thought outflowed by the body. Therefore the tones above and below emotion and part of the effort band are "subconscious." But they are still there and can be contacted by anyone. A way of viewing the scale would be as an ever shortening reach where postulates are restricted more and more as one descends. A peculiarity is that these truths appear different from different locations on the scale. None of the activity I described above is quite true when viewed from above in the Causal band. Remember I said that "in the middle Thought band (Know About) decisions are made and projected into already existing spaces"? Well the truth above Considerations is: at Considerations the postulate, which seems to be projected INTO a space is actually creating the space, and is therefore being done at Postulates or higher. But that's not quite true either because above that the decision is still one of beingness (being the space itself), which in turn creates the space, which in turn allows the illusion of projecting into that space. So the postulate, which is being "projected" at Considerations, isn't really, because it is actually done in the Causal band. Does this mean that the only truth is the top of the scale? Yes and no. Yes the only truth is the top of the scale, but the very top contains the whole scale including the bottom. It might help in visualizing these phenomena to remember the triangles article. These top (first column) items are equivalents: BE, AFFINITY, SPACE. When projecting a postulate "into" a space, one must BE that space in order to truly have it within you and change it. Ouran
(latest update 6/01/01) bookmark
#07 THE THREE PART CYCLE (triangle) OF DAMNED NEAR EVERYTHING Most everyone reading this is probably familiar with the cycle of action: start-changestop. But where does it come from? What IS it? This is what I've been investigating and here are my results. There is/was/projectedtobeforever a pattern we laid down, which underlies our triangles. It consists of a first aspect, which approximates theta in some form or aspect, followed by a second aspect, which could be described as a flux or change, and finished by a third aspect, which either returns to theta (theta triangle) or drops to the bottom of the tone scale (MEST triangle). More on those below. The highest triangle I've located in the MEST universe is the Creation triangle of as-is, alter-is, not-is. "As-is" approximates theta by being both creation and duplication, a first postulate. "Alter-is" is the change, which permits universes to exist/persist, a second postulate. "Not-is" is the attempted destruction of the 2nd postulate by force, a third (or more) postulate without acknowledgement of the 2nd postulate. This is the MEST cycle of Creation and also the basis of how we operate in universes. (Please note that the above three are actions, i.e. VERBS. LRH's fourth item in Phoenix Lectures "isness" is a NOUN and the existing result of alterisness.) (aspect - part; feature; phase: That is the aspect of the problem that interests me most.) It's quite sad that LRH got so close yet missed noticing this pattern. :( In any case, my point is this: ALL VALID TRIANGLES FIT INTO THIS PATTERN. One leg will approximate theta, another will be a change of some sort, and the third will either dissolve into theta again or drop to the bottom. ALWAYS. (The third leg is a concealed dichotomy.) So double check all triangles for this pattern. If they have it, you have a valid triangle, which operates within the mind and universes (same things). If a triangle does not fit this pattern then it should be rejected or amended appropriately. (dichotomy - division into two mutually exclusive, opposed, or contradictory groups) Sorry if this sounds pedantic. It's not intended that way. I wish to help everyone in their endeavors by communicating what I've uncovered. (Pedantic - overly concerned with minute details or formalisms, esp. in teaching.) This is a major discovery. I wish I didn't have to find it. I wish LRH had found it, but the closest he came was to say something to the effect that the theta cycle was CREATECREATE-CREATE, and the MEST cycle was CREATE-SURVIVE-DESTROY. Don't ask me for the reference on that. I forget where he said that. The root of it when I first investigated seemed to be the cycle of creation.
The Creation Triangle AS-IS
ALTER-IS
NOT-IS
(Then later I got a clear view higher on the tone scale and saw what was above creation and postulation: BEINGNES.) This is the cycle of creation as it appears within a universe. Therefore it will be the cycle that people can see clearly and hold within their minds because it is low enough on the scale that it can be imaged. (Then, later I got a clear view higher on the tone scale and saw what was above creation and postulation: BEINGNESS.) A thing is intended/postulated as-is, then it is immediately lied about and altered to keep it from vanishing. The common trick a person uses to alter an as-isness is to deny having made it. The persisting alter-isness is sometimes referred to as an "isness" but that term is unnecessary. Remember: this is the cycle of action and creation within a universe, because the next action is what causes us so much grief. The next action is to not-is the alterisness, to deny it completely, cover it up, black it out. The most common trick used in universes to obtain not-isness is to get the agreement of others. By agreeing, others are saying that they didn't create it -- which is untrue. Not-isness has a rather bad reputation, but it really is an integral part of how we construct reality. Without it, we would have no solid universe in which to play. It would be far too easy to unmock. So early in track we apparently went on quite a streak of piling not-is upon not-is, deeper and deeper until we arrive at the current condition of being in rather too deep. The real "cycle" of a thetan is not a cycle at all: AS-IS ALTER-IS AS-IS This is what auditing achieves. A spirit or "thetan" doesn't actually operate in any universe, not even his "own" universe. So a thetan doesn't function on a cycle of action. The truth therefore is the as-isness only, with alter-is and not-is being temporary untruths. Since not-is is a lie, then it really is a denied form of alter-is. "Mind" is a type of MEST (Matter, Energy, Space & Time). So to resolve MEST, a thetan needs to do its real final/initial step of as-is. But of course if that is done completely it undoes "reality", leaving no game and no universes. That latter is the purpose of Buddhism. I was reading Geoffrey Filbert's "Excalibur Revisited" and ran across the perfect way to describe the dual nature of the third element of this triangle (in this third paragraph). He spoke of someone doing either a "not" or an "un" on a physical universe condition. Using that model the triangle could be explained like this: AS-IS ALTER-IS (UN or NOT)-IS So to reword the second paragraph: The cycle of creation, which creates universes consists of an initial creation (as-isness), followed by an altering of that creation to keep it from vanishing upon inspection (alter-isness). But that also is a little too easy to undo
by inspection, so a third postulate is made, which either denies the existence of the first two, claiming falsely that it is the first postulate (not-isness), or returns the existence to the original postulate (un-isness). The not-isness persists as extremely solid universes. These two cycles combine to give us an apparent cycle in which the third element either rises to the top of the tone scale (and old Chart of Attitudes), or sinks to the bottom thereof. Every true triangle based on the original archetype has its third element exhibiting this dual nature. From this it can be seen that true triangles are an expression of decay scales. (archetype - the original pattern or model from which all things of the same kind are copied or on which they are based; a model or first form; prototype.) Let's take the basic triangle as a CREATE-CREATE-CREATE action and examine the postulates. For purposes of this discussion let's stick a number after each in order to distinguish between them, okay? So: CREATE1-CREATE2-CREATE3 CREATE1 is the original creation on the subject. CREATE2 is another original creation, which is then APPLIED to CREATE1 rather than giving it it's own space. This application of a creation into the space of a prior creation is what the old man called "alter-is". Good name for it. CREATE3 is yet another original creation, which is applied -- not to CREATE1, oh no! -- but to CREATE2! Our favorite redhead called this action "not-isness" because it tends to obliterate CREATE1 completely from sight. CREATE3 can be in multiple layers. One can have hundreds or thousands or millions or quadrillions of layers of CREATE3. I suppose one could call these CREATE4, CREATE5, CREATE183,183,658, etc as they accumulate -- but really it's much more convenient to classify all of them from 3 on as "not-isness". What is fascinating is to look at the postulates involved in this sequence. CREATE1 is permitted to remain theta itself, which all CREATEs are really anyway. CREATE2 is in conflict with itself because CREATE2's space is actually the anchor points of CREATE1, which arrangement is postulated to hang up, which is bipolar and is the foundation of what we call dichotomies. This postulate to hang up and persist is itself a CREATE1, which gets modified in a moment... CREATE3 does to CREATE2 what CREATE2 did to CREATE1. Which in turn means that it alter-ises (does a CREATE2) the postulate to hang up, which itself PERSISTS now! This alteration of the postulate to hang up makes CREATE3 seem to be the creation, which goes solid, instead of CREATE2. This solidity at CREATE3 reacts back against CREATE2, making CREATE2 a gradual process of modification between the poles of CREATE1 and CREATE3. The result is a triangle, with CREATE2 the "change" which can be run in either direction: either toward CREATE1 or CREATE3. The Creation triangle is formed on the dichotomy of "true vs. lie". When something is a lie, one either uns it or nots it.
This triangle echoes or cascades down through reality in a fractal manner as a series of other triangles, which are derived from it. These triangles are not the ultimate truth, but they are close enough to have enormous usefulness. Here's one: PERCEPTION-EVALUATION-JUDGEMENT. "Judgement" can either be all
viewpoints (which is pervasive and theta triangle), or one viewpoint (which is an opinion and MEST triangle version). Another: AS-IS = start ALTER-IS = change NOT-IS = stop Therefore the cycle of action START CHANGE STOP is really the same triangle, merely a special case application of the basic principle to an already existing part of a universe containing alter-isness and not-isness. START is not really an as-isness, but it shares with as-isness the quality of beginning something, a moment of silence in a series of alter/notisness before creation of a new isness. CHANGE normally has much more going on than a simple alter-isness, in fact CHANGE is usually a series of alterations atop not-isness. STOP is normally more than merely a third postulate, and in fact is usually a not-isness of a prior not-isness in its downscale expression, or the cancelling of notisnesses in its upscale expression. Another triangle has been called the Experience triangle. A better name would be: The Decision Triangle The Decision triangle consists of: BE, DO, HAVE BE comes closest to theta, i.e. as-isness DO is a change, an alteration of the beingness HAVE is a solidified beingness, being MEST HAVE resolves upward to PERVADING the space of the thing had, or downward to POSSESS. POSSESS is having something one is not having as a pervasion, i.e. not being. This degenerates into further not-have, destruction, etc. You might notice that in language every verb is either BE, DO or HAVE. From the viewpoint of someone at DO this triangle appears to be best described as that of Experience. But that is only true within universes. But BE extends above universes. At the highest tones (in the Causal band) decisions are about beingness: who to be, who to not be, who to separate from, etc. Lower on the scale, but still relatively high from the viewpoint of a meat body, decisions are made about what to DO. Still lower and extending to the bottom are decisions about what to HAVE. But HAVE stops a Being
because as one descends everything inverts into a BEING HAD, where the being is at the receipt point of HAVE as other determinism. I can also see that HAVE is the "Goal" in GPMs. The reason GPMs have such incredible charge and force behind them is because they are driven by the most powerful action that spirits make. This is "desire" of which the sages of India spoke.
(Sidebar: in descending order these are the actions of spirits (theta): Decisions - done in the Causal range and affecting BE-DO-HAVE Creations/Postulates - the living dream done at the top of the Thought band and creating AS-IS, ALTER-IS, NOT-IS) (The Co$ sometimes confused the MEST triangle HAVE as NOT-IS with its theta equivalent of HAVE as having something in your space as it is. More on this in the article "Collapsed Triangles.") The triangle of understanding is another one: Understanding Triangle AFFINITY, REALITY, COMMUNICATIONAFFINITY is a willingness to share space, to share beingness, to BE as another IS, as-is. COMMUNICATION is a motion of particles in space, i.e. Doingness, an alter-is of location. REALITY is solidified, lied-about agreement without actually achieving the as-isness, which is true theta agreement. OR it is spiritual duplication. LRH placed them in the wrong sequence. The real sequence is AFFINITY, COMMUNICATION, REALITY. The third leg of "REALITY" resolves upward to DUPLICATION, or down to AGREEMENT. (The Co$ concentrates upon COMMUNICATION and REALITY far more than AFFINITY, and by doing so emphasizes alter-is and not-is more than as-is -- except during auditing of course, where they are doing an un-is. Their lack of distinguishing between "un" and "not" allows them to emphasize the not-is, which keeps their affinity restricted (communication and reality also) enough that a lack of affinity in dealing with public, enemies (mostly self-created), and even their own staff (beans and rice anyone?) is not perceived as an outpoint. This created a ceiling beyond which the Co$ as an organization can not rise, and indeed forces their own decay as a group...) The triangle of KRC is another one: KNOW (as certainty, not "know about"), CONTROL, RESPONSIBILITY. To KNOW something, one pervades or becomes it. To CONTROL something, one alters it. To be RESPONSIBLE, one either owns and is something by pervasion, for true responsibility causes an as-isness -- or it drops to the bottom as Blame. (I wonder if the
Co$ understood this one. It would be rather easy to confuse this triangle with its theta equivalent of Know-Control-Know, which is AS-ISNESS, ALTER-ISNESS, ASISNESS.) Here's a new triangle I haven't seen anywhere else: The first one is CREATION OF SPACE (close your eyes and visualize a three dimensional space in front of you). This seems to be analogous to AFFINITY, BE and KNOW in the other triangles. The second seems to involve a CHANGE OF SPACE, i.e. a change of location, which is basic to movement. This would be analogous to COMMUNICATION, DO and CONTROL. The third is those precise, FIXED LOCATIONS one uses to define the limits/parameters of a space or an object in a space. This would be analogous to REALITY, HAVE and RESPONSIBILITY. This is often a limited space, rather than the infinite space of infinite beingness. Oddly enough our triangles relate to the numbers 1, 2 and 3. They point back to what was apparently done a long "time" ago. I did a write up on that in some detail (see Ghost Danse #6 "The Postulates Behind Numbers"), but here's an abbreviated version of what I see: (0. Before universes and beingness was a Nothing, native state.) 1. Then the static decided "I am." That was the number ONE, for there was a single ONE being, infinite (a static). I think this is sometimes seen as a vision of infinite space. 2. Next the ONE took a single point to view, which was also a point of view looking outward at infinite space, which immediately created its opposite of being everywhere else looking in at that point. This looks like it began a beingness game, dividing and playing by refusing to know parts of itself. This led to creating TWO. TWO is the first lie. It is a lie of declaring that one point of view was unknown to another point of view. (As near as I can tell there is only one beingness. We are all a single theta.) This process individuated all thetans. It also created all dichotomies, which we later used against ourselves in such fun stuff as GPMs. 3. Next part of the game was TWO separated thetans viewing a point, which both claimed, but neither was fully BEING. This necessitated AGREEMENT about that third point, which neither thetan allowed the other to be, which was laid on top of neither thetan allowing itself to be the other thetan. That laid in the entire pattern from that point on. Different thetans who could BE one another at will, but which in order to maintain a game kept themselves separate, contended over objects which they had to communicate to one another about in order to make those objects "real", i.e. agreed-upon. What I'm seeing is some prime principle, which is behind both universes and the structure of the mind. This principle has three parts, and each part looks different depending upon what area of mind or universe it's applied to. Let's label the three parts 1, 2 and 3 so that we can easily keep track of which are analogous to one another. That gives us: 1.create
2. exist
3. destroy
1.be
2. do
3. have
1.start
2. change
3. stop
1. born
2. live
3. die
1. love (affinity)
2. communication
3. reality (agreement)
1. Knowing as certainty
2. Control
3. Responsible
1. creation of spaces
2. change of space (movement)
3. anchor points of spaces
Careful consideration will yield this relation to the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle: "1." is the observer, we who create things. "2." is a particle in motion whose energy is known but location is unknown because it keeps changing. "3." is a particle whose location is known, but whose energy (motion) has been stopped and is therefore unknown. I call this the Heisenberg Triangle. So these primal triangles relate to the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, which to my mind validates Heisenberg more than the other way around! Another example of this three part primal postulate was stated by The Pilot (Ken Ogger) in Super Scio (#5A - Implant Universes): "Universes are created by postulate, perpetuated by alterisness, and made real by agreement."
That statement is quite true, and points up the identity of the ARC triangle with the way a thetan handles MEST by postulate: as-isness, alter-isness and not-isness. Please note that "postulate" at Creation is not the same thing quite as Postulates on the tone scale. Postulates on the tone scale are limited to specific alterations or creations within universes. At Creation on the other hand, a whole universe is made as a living dream. In order to create, a thetan must do an as-isness (not as a duplicate like in therapy, but an initial as-isness). Then the thetan (you or I) alters that as-isness so that it won't vanish, then finally "makes it real" by getting other thetans to also say it's there. Of course it was real before it was agreed upon, so that agreement between thetans is a lie, a 3rd postulate covering up the original postulate -- which is the anatomy of not-is. But this has profound implications. For one thing it means that in order to accomplish the as-isness, the thetan must BE the thing created -- AFFINITY, remember? And what is AFFINITY but willingness to BE a SPACE? So BE of be-do-have is also AFFINITY and creation of a SPACE & what's in that space. That means "perpetuated by alterisness" is communication and doingness. That means "made real by agreement" is not-isness and havingness. Let's graph this out so it's easier to see the correspondences: 1.
2.
3.
as-isness
alter-isness
not-isness
be
do
have
start
change
stop
create
survive
destroy
space
motion
anchor points/objects
But why are supposedly agreeable things like "have" and "objects" equal to unpleasant things like "not-isness", "destroy" and "stop"? The key to understanding is in Heisenberg. The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle states that the energy of a particle may be known, or its location may be known, but not both at the same time. Applied, this means that since life is motion and change, then if you "have" something you have stopped it and all the life (motion) goes out of it. This is why people with a lot of havingness, a lot of possessions, get sort of solid. They are stopped. That may be a backdoor way to describe what is wrong with us in this universe -- too much havingness, and everything too solid and stopped. This also chillingly validates the view of matter being "dead theta." This Heisenberg viewpoint is further supported by a line in Ogger's Super Scio (#7C): "Solids could be considered to be stopped motion. Also, not-isness is stopped motion."
Crowley pointed out that the Egyptian symbol of life, the looped cross or ankh, is merely a sandal strap and symbolizes the power to go. In a universe life is in doing and communication. To go solid and dead a thetan stops and "has" without motion. To create (recreate) the condition, which put the thetan into a universe it should "be", which is affinity. That's how the thetan got in, and it must duplicate that in order to get out. All
auditing consists of as-isness, of duplicating what it did to get so far inside a universe. On the way the mind thinks vis-a-vis the triangles: "Differentiation" creates space (separation) between things (1st column) "Association" creates communication between things and brings them into various degrees of proximity (2nd column) "Identification" collapses space (no separation) (3rd column) "disassociation" inverts the collapsed space by opening space with not-is (force), and/or is an expression of a thetan being in a condition of elsewhereness. (3rd column out the bottom) In addition to the above, the three energy types of DISPERSAL, FLOW and RIDGE are mere manifestations of this prime archetype underlying the universe and our operation within it. A being playing a game within a universe plays by means of what we call in language "verbs." There are three types of verbs: BE, DO and HAVE. In order to play a game, to DO, one first has to BE something or someone. One needs an identity, a role to be a player, a SPACE in the game. Then one must have objects. One needs a body or other symbol to represent self, and bodies, objects and symbols to represent other players. These must be in the playing field, which can be small like a miniature chess set, or as large as an entire physical universe. This is HAVE. Once identities and a playing field full of stuff are established, then a game can be played with actions occurring. This is DO.
That trio of be/do/have is very basic to existence, and our trio of dispersal/flow/ridge are special limited cases of it. DISPERSAL is BE. FLOW is DO. RIDGE is HAVE. A DISPERSAL appears to be a very fundamental manifestation of beingness, a spherical glow of energy from a location in space, a deva or "shining one." An outflowing dispersal (explosion) creates open space, flexibility and allows thought/postulates/intention to move rapidly. It also enables an easy shift of viewpoint (location in space) for a being, which is why the mutable signs exhibit these qualities. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number ONE (see article on numbers), which is pure "I am" and is sometimes seen as a vision of infinite space. This is AS-ISNESS. (mutable - given to changing; constantly changing) A FLOW is the most basic action of doingness, from one location in space toward a second location. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number TWO. This is basic to dichotomies of opposites such as black/white, good/evil, etc. This is ALTER-ISNESS. A RIDGE forms a solid mass and is therefore the most basic manifestation of havingness. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number THREE. This is NOT-ISNESS. In astrology the 12 signs of the zodiac are divided into three groups: MUTABLE CARDINAL FIXED (cardinal - OE < L cardinālis, equiv. to cardin- (s. of cardō) hinge, hence, something on which other things hinge) A MUTABLE sign (Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius, Pisces) is mental, flexible and readily takes on other points of view. This is a very specialized case of DISPERSAL. A CARDINAL sign (Aries, Cancer, Libra, Capricorn) is active, and a doer. This is a very specialized case of FLOW. A FIXED sign (Taurus, Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius) is stubborn and acts/reacts slowly. This is a very specialized case of RIDGE. The Hindus, for some reason unknown to me, deified this primal triangle as: BRAHMA the Creator VISNU the preserver SIVA the destroyer Seems like a silly thing to do, make a god out of it! Here's all of them together: 1.
2.
3.
as-isness
alter-isness
not-isness
be
create
do survive
born
have destroy
live
die
affinity
communication reality
know
control
responsible
space
motion
anchor points/objects
start
change
stop
observer
energy
mass
dispersal
flow
ridge
mutable
cardinal
fixed
Brahma
Visnu
Siva
Add to these Max Sandor's Goal Construct triangle as it appears in Max Sandor's Purple Notebook : I (self)
the will
objective
(sattva)
(rajas)
(tamas)
This is an excellent translation of the source material in the Bhagavad Gita. Add another echo of the primal triangle I just spotted, the Symbol triangle: meaning
mobility
mass
Add the 2nd, 3rd and 4th tones on Filbert's tone scale: Static
coexistence
individuality
These three are the only triangle I've seen which lies above Creation on the tone scale. In the African/Caribbean Yoriba system: Olorun
Eleda
Olodumare
ORUN: OLORUN: This is the all encompassing IT, that which everything has within. The source of everlasting being and existence. The Creator of all things. The life giver. The Alpha and Omega. That which was in the beginning and has no end. All things come from The Power. Beyond comprehension.
ELEDA: Energy unconditioned by matter. The radiant force from the source of all things. All things within the power of Olorun, the indwelling spirit - Odu.
OLODUMARE: Energy manifested into matter. That which is seen as material. All things within Olorun. (from the IjoOrunmila cosmology page)
Add the Awareness triangle spotted by Ken Ogger and mentioned in his Research Notes of 1997: Knowingness
perception
memory
If I may quote him: "7. AWARENESS Perception + Knowingness + Memory = Awareness There may be a break in awareness. Awareness is never lost, it is only disconnected. The above 3 probably do not form an interrelated triangle like ARC."
On the other hand Ken, they probably do! This would have to be the triangle behind the Know to Mystery scale. (Definitely not the KRC triangle.) In the ascending version of this triangle memory is recovered as in processing, removing the not-is from Knowingness. In the descending version, memory accumulates mass and not-is until it is unconfrontable and lost to view.
You might notice that I changed the usual order in which some of the triangles appear. That is deliberate. I changed them in order to show how they line up with the others. There are certainly more of these. But this is what I see as of now. (10/14/00) Near the end of "Super Scio" (#10C) Ken Ogger seems to have spotted many of the same facts about the triangles as I have. His take on them is slightly different in perspective from mine (We are both viewing the same area from different POVs, which does not mean that either of us are wrong -- on the contrary, the combination of our viewpoints is righter than either alone!). He has a different triangle (pervasive - flux fixed) at the top than I do (as-is - alter-is - not-is), which I find interesting. Mine is positioned at the top of universes, at Creation on the tone scale. I'm not sure whether his first item ("a pervasive aspect") is intended to operate at total pervasion of spaces (which my research indicates is at Creation anyway), or whether it represents something above Creation. (Please keep in mind the General Semantics dictum that the word is not the thing. Ken and I used different words attempting to say what we see, but that does not mean we see different things! Reality is far richer and more detailed than any single limited human viewpoint can encompass, therefore the more angles the better in our quest to envision the "cosmic all" as Doc Smith expressed it so nicely.) The only actions I've spotted above the postulation, which begins at Creation are decisions made regarding beingness. I'd love to discuss it with Ken, but -- alas! -- he is currently incommunicado. Another matter is that "prior" to the triangles of creation there were the dichotomies. All of the #2 items, both mine and his, are filling the span between top and bottom qualities of the dichotomies. Therefore his triangle labeled "THE OPERATION" was preceded by PERVASION vs. NO PERVASION, which is another way of saying "BE = space" versus
"be NO space". That dichotomy is filled by a flux, which is the second leg of the triangle, which in turn produces the third leg of the triangle, either as the top or the bottom item. The ARC triangle (please note that the excellent Ken also has placed them in the correct order!) is preceded by AFFINITY vs. HATE, etc. This dichotomy is held apart by COMMUNICATION. The third leg, REALITY, may be expressed as either AFFINITY or HATE. I notice that my Heisenberg triangle consists of Ken's 3.1.1, 3.2.2, and 3.3.3. Curiouser and curiouser... I wonder how many others exist which are mixed and matched that way? Here is his write up verbatim: 87. In mathematics, we have what are called "fractal" patterns, which are generated by performing a subdividing operation and then repeating the operation on each of the subdivisions etc. This is used in the chaos theory of physics. Things like snowflakes are fractal patterns (because the same thing happens to each piece and to each piece of a piece and to each piece of a piece of a piece). Seeing so many groupings of three in Scientology, I looked for an underlying fractal pattern and came up with the following: THE OPERATION: Starting from a singularity, it is subdivided into: 1. a pervasive aspect 2. a flux like aspect 3. a fixed aspect Beginning from an infinite nothingness (static), the pattern branches out as follows (I might not have it quite right): 0. Infinite nothingness (static) divides into: 1. Theta (identity, thought) 2. Time 3. Physical Reality These each divide and their pieces divide as follows: 1. Theta (identity, thought) 1.1 Knowingness 1.1.1 Affinity 1.1.2 Communication 1.1.3 Reality 1.2 Control 1.2.1 Be
1.2.2 Do 1.2.3 Have 1.3 Responsibility 1.3.1Confront 1.3.2Cause 1.3.3Connect (reach) 2. Time 2.1 Now (Awareness) 2.1.1 Observation 2.1.2 Probability Waves 2.1.3 Present Time 2.2 Cycles 2.2.1 Start 2.2.2 Change 2.2.3 Stop 2.3 Existence 2.3.1 Create 2.3.2 Survive 2.3.3 Destroy 3. Physical Reality 3.1 Space 3.1.1 Viewpoint 3.1.2 Dimension 3.1.3 Location 3.2 Energy 3.2.1 Dispersal 3.2.2 Flow 3.2.3 Ridge 3.3 Mass 3.3.1 Gas
3.3.2 Liquid 3.3.3 Solid
(Caveat 9/22/00 - The following are described as postulates. They are not postulates. They are instead high tone decisions above postulates. But to a lower awareness, such as mine when I wrote these, they look like postulates.) In reaching for the postulates behind as-is, alter-is, not-is this is what I get: "First postulate is the truth." (first column) "2nd postulate is a lie." (second column) (know about?) "3rd postulate is an unknown." (third column) Thereby laying out the expanded Know to Mystery scale by creating a separation between awareness and its opposite unawareness. This was apparently altered (lied about) later to be: "First postulate is Native State." (actually static, which is all space!) "2nd postulate is existence." (some space) "3rd postulate is no theta." (spiritual death, being no space) Thereby laying out the tone scale by providing a separation between the terminals of existence and non-existence. All six of the above are creative lies intended to provide a foundation for creating games and universes. There's another set of postulates or decisions above those that I can sense. I haven't seen them clearly yet, but I know that they will turn out to be creative lies too. The only truth is Native State. Ouran
#09 NOT-ISNESS & BEINGNESS (This article should probably not be read until after you have read and understood "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything.") Not-isness is defined as any postulate(s) in addition to (on top of) the 2nd postulate which was the alter-isness creating persistence. This can be a 3rd postulate, 4th postulate, 104th, 10,879,214th postulate, etc. Agreement is not-isness. Let me say that again for those of you who are stunned: agreement, that is to say "reality" of the ARC triangle, is NOT-ISNESS. It is not-isness because it is a false isness. A true isness is the exact alter-isness. A false isness is any postulate , which claims to be the persisting alter-isness, but which in fact is something else. Experimentally, if you were to take a beer bottle (no need to empty it first) and sit across from it and agree with it, agree with it, agree with it, over and over again, you would find it fading and becoming unreal. This is not-isness at work. If instead you looked at it fresh, not agreeing with what's there but taking a new skeptical look each time, over and over again, you would find it getting brighter and more real. This is looking at it, stripping away not-isness, and getting at the isness , which is the exact anatomy of the alter-isness of the original as-isness. The sequence of creation goes like this: As-isness, the original postulate/creation. This is the thetan making something new in a
new unit of time and space. This is followed by... Alter-isness , a lie told to obtain persistence of the original postulate. This is the thetan
keeping his creation around so that it doesn't vanish every time he puts his attention on it. But he wants to have the other parts of himself (other thetans) view it also, so he gets them to "say that it is there" too. This creates a... Not-isness, which is a 3rd (or more) postulate because every other thetan , which views it postulates that he didn't create it. And that's a lie.
You see, there is only one beingness. Period. There is only one thetan at "static". Static is a single thetan , which split off many separate consciousnesses, each one of which claims to be "me". Ask someone who he is, keep digging deeper and deeper, past all the valences, symbols, masks, etc and you will find the ultimate answer to the question: me. And every one of us has that same damned answer! This information is objected to strenuously by some people. They are often terribly afraid of being overwhelmed, blanketed, swamped by bigger, more numerous beingnesses (for good reason, whole track is full of horrible incidents of that sort) -- so any attempt to tell people that they are everyone else is shouted down in terror. But it happens to be true. But the truth is not something to be feared. The truth is not an overwhelm. The truth is not you at effect. Rather it is you at cause. By going UP in tone to greater awareness (instead of DOWN like when being overwhelmed) one does not become
submerged in some bigger being. Quite the opposite, one becomes MORE oneself! MORE individual! This leads to static, which is ONE being. You. This can be double checked experimentally by anyone who is sufficiently aware. Try these: 1. I observed that telepathic experiences were not communication in the sense of a movement of something across space from one person to another. What I observed was that the same thought would appear simultaneously in my head and my friend's head. There was no motion involved. There was no intention involved. Instead there was an instant of intimate beingness. 2. Any person can remember the past track of any other person, or any inanimate object, as clearly as they remember their own past. In fact, a person can read/remember everything and everyone in this universe, past, present and future. This is sometimes called the "Akashic Record", but that's a misnomer. It isn't recorded anywhere. It's simply available because any one thetan is actually all the other thetans and creates all of reality, therefore it is available for any thetan to view. One of the lies , which thetans tell , which accounts for a great deal of the universe's notisness is the lie of separation. It is saying "I'm me here, and you're you over there, and we are different from one another." This is the lie of separation from static. Please understand, I'm not saying the lie was a wrong thing to do -- on the contrary, that lie made the rich tapestry of our existence possible -- but it's still a lie! I had the oddest case change when I cognited on this stuff and contacted these original postulates. Afterward my personal case got thinner. Less forceful. For example I used to be subject to occasional fits of anger. They didn't go away. I still get them, sort of. But they have lost their force, become thin and shadowy, almost silly! The force behind them is gone. Another change which occurred after seeing static was that I can now see all subjects with far greater clarity, especially the spiritual ones like magic, Buddhism, scientology, yoga practices, etc -- because I now have a point of view from a position senior to them. They all make sense, and I can now originate clarifications about them. Like this one. Ouran
#10 THE NEW TRIANGLE DATA AND SPIRITUAL THERAPY (This article should probably not be read until after you have read and understood "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything.") The breakthrough I made recently identifying some of the most basic actions of a thetan -- as-isness, alter-isness, and not-isness -- as being the source and origin of the other basic triangles such as ARC and SCS, has profound significance in relation to spiritual development and rehabilitation. Both the "clearing" of Scientology and the meditations of Buddhism are clarified by this data. I suspect it may assist anyone doing research by giving them a baseline stable datum against which to double check any proposed process. As per the above named article, here are the usual triangles (plus the Universe triangle in line 7 and the Heisenberg triangle in line 9). The first line is the most basic triangle, with the lines under it consisting of permutations, echoes at lower harmonics and other variations of the basic actions of a thetan. as-isness
alter-isness
not-isness
be
do
have
create
survive
destroy
born
live
die
affinity
communication
reality
know
control
responsible
space
motion
anchor points/objects
start
change
stop
observer
energy
mass
dispersal
flow
ridge
The first item is "as-isness" and it is the action sought after by a PC in almost all Scientology auditing. Only in a few OT drills does the processee aim for achieving items in the 2nd column, like with drilling intention or energy flows. Often the 2nd column is used as a means to achieve column one -- communication and control being the most common examples -- but it is a means, not the desired end result. Much of magic and some of yoga consist of 2nd column practices. These are valid activities leading to rehabilitating some of what the scios call OT powers, but they do not achieve erasure, clearing, resolution of case, etc. Only activities in the first column resolve case, especially the first item of the top line: as-isness. This discovery of the identity of the various triangles explains why a process such as holding the corners of a room is effective -- it falls under "space" in the first column.
The four profound states of Buddhism called Brahma-Vihara are all found in the first column. These are: metta (goodwill), karuna (compassion), mudita (appreciative joy), and upekkha (equanimity). They represent an ever expanding sphere of affinity which occurs as the Buddhist awakens from the dream of life. The fourth state, upekkha, should be regarded as far more than a mere calm -- a scio should perhaps consider it as equivalent to a floating TA in confront of the entire universe. The greatest assistance this discovery will give us is the knowledge that the items in the third column should be avoided as much as possible when assisting others and clearing ourselves in processing and meditation. The third column items are the pitfalls we used to get us into difficulty in the first place. They are the things we must address and undo in processing and meditation. Three of them -- have, reality and responsibility -- are not recognized by the Co$ are being part of the problem. Taking responsibility for something is an incomplete action; going beyond responsibility and control would involve high affinity and becoming the thing, leading to a great deal of as-isness because to be a thing is to know it intimately. In the KRC triangle therefore, the K of know (not "know about", which is below notknow!) is the important item -- just as the A, affinity, is the key in the ARC triangle. In the latter case the reality should be known, and communication used as the means, the via, to achieve understanding, but the understanding itself derives from the exact asisness which is AFFINITY. The "havingness" processes of scientology are a possible source of confusion, given this new data. Reviewing them I notice that some of them seem to fall more under "do" than "have", so perhaps they are misnamed? Ouran
#11 AS-ISNESS & BEINGNESS (This article should probably not be read until after you have read and understood "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything" and "The Postulates Behind Numbers") This is probably going to be the more useful in practical terms of these articles. This one is focused on the process of as-isness as it occurs in auditing and self-processing. Originally processes were run only from the point of view of the PC. The auditor asked for incidents , which happened TO the PC -- recall a time when someone injured your "gortch" (non-existent body part), a previous time, etc. But Dianetic auditing and Scientology auditing both achieved less than total erasures and key-outs by only running the flow into self. Next it was discovered that it was necessary to run other flows. So the overt flow was added (recall a time you injured someone else's gortch), then others to others (recall a time someone injured another's gortch) and finally self to self (recall a time you hurt your own gortch). That got a lot more case off. But... Funny, that didn't seem to relieve all possible charge either... So a new wrinkle was added. Run all the above flows, but in each incident, recall them from the point of view of each person involved in the incident. That got a lot more charge, huh? Ever wonder why? I know why. The hidden datum about thetans is that at static there is only one thetan. There is only one of us. All thetans are one beingness, divided against itself. Because there is only one of us at the top of Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale, any aberative incident which happens to one of us in the presence of another one of us has to be erased also from that point of view, because that other person's viewpoint is YOURS too! We experience everything that happens around us from the point of view of everything there. But there's even more. If for example a person is involved in an automobile accident, to achieve total erasure (not merely partial and a release) it would be necessary to assume every viewpoint possible. This would be what looks like madness from a human perspective: the driver of car A, the passenger in car A, the driver of car B, the French poodle in the front seat of car B, the pedestrian who was gazing into a shop window and heard the crash behind her, car A, car B, the pavement, the sky, the buildings, the lamp post, the stop sign (especially the "stop" sign, ha ha!), the sparrow flying past, the tree growing nearby... Get the picture? Sure at the top of the scale a thetan never has been and never will BE any MEST thing in the MEST universe except as a creative lie -- and the lie of limited beingness (for instance being the body of driver A) is very far from the truth. The truest truth is native state. Below that is a wee small lie called static (I am). Below that are thetans and universes. A shade below or alongside static is the truth that a thetan, a
person, is the entire universe and everything/everyone in it. This is why when you become sufficiently aware, the whole universe and all its MEST is perceived as being alive. This is why the mad search for body thetans turns up a near endless supply of beingnesses and genetic entities -- hell, some fools have probably dug themselves in so deep they perceive the GE of each individual cell of their body. Going to drive them all out? That's not very friendly! It's a nutty thing to do -- give it up -- dig deep enough and you'll find a beingness for each and every particle of matter too! Are you going to exorcise them too? Since when did a lack of affinity for other beings equate to clearing? Eh? It doesn't of course. A lack of affinity is the result of a severe program of NOT-ISNESS, and will never achieve clearing. Remember from the Triangles article that BE appears in the first column below ASISNESS, as a variation or echo of it. BE is a finger pointing back at the AS-ISNESS of static. To achieve auditing results the PC has to do actions leading to the items of that first column, especially AS-ISNESS, but also very important are BE (be everything around in the incident), KNOW, and AFFINITY (that latter grossly ignored by the Co$). That first column is the key to clearing. All those other beingnesses, BTs, GEs, etc are YOU at the top of the tone scale, at static. My advice is to not fight them, not resist them (fighting and resistance are 3rd column = NOT-ISNESS), but instead communicate with them, with the intention of promoting UNDERSTANDING. Let them go if they wish to go, make friends if they wish to stay. AFFINITY, remember? Ouran
#12 COLLAPSED TRIANGLES This article may receive a bit of protest, possibly even vehement denial from some quarters. I'm rearranging many people's stable data here, and some may not like it one bit. But it has to be done, to clean up the subject a little. So please bear with me and hear me out... In the earlier article "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything" I mentioned in passing that the triangles we know from studying Scientology -- ARC, KRC, etc -- are really manifestations of two different actions. Part of the time we are seeing them act as a form of the MEST universe cycle AS-ISNESS, ALTER-ISNESS, NOT-ISNESS, -- and part of the time as the theta cycle of AS-ISNESS, ALTER-ISNESS, then followed by another AS-ISNESS. In Scientology these two cycles have sometimes been lumped together, with less than perfect results. So let's start with... START-CHANGE-STOP . Quite simply the Co$ materials fail at times to properly
distinguish between "stop" as not-is, and "stop" as an as-isness which causes a vanishing of the item. A vanishing of an item isn't a stop, it's a restart. "Stop" as a third postulate, force, etc should never be confused with as-isness. Remember that as-isness of this sort is a duplication by Static. BE-DO-HAVE. It bothered me when I wrote the first triangles article that there were
"havingness" processes used to make people better. It bothered me because I knew with great certainty that 3rd column actions were anathema to clearing. In an email message to some friends I wrote: As you recall from my articles, I had noticed that the Co$ triangles had collapsed together the MEST universe cycle of "as-is, alter-is, not-is" with its theta equivalent of "as-is, alter-is, as-is." What was bothering me was that I had determined that all MEST triangle third column actions -- ALL OF THEM! -- were highly aberrative, and were the direct cause of the descending spiral of thetans. I had determined that NO third column actions were useable for processing and clearing, only first column actions, and second column actions, which lead to first column results were useful. But that superficially conflicted with Hubbard's havingness remedies!!!!!!!!!! "HAVE" is in the third column of the BE, DO, HAVE triangle. How could this be???? I was all prepared to grind my face off resolving that conflict... then you Jurgen [Kluft] come along and blithely write: "- Havingness, the ability to have something or someone in your space just as it is, without the CDEI on reach and withdraw." And I immediately spot that the definition of havingness there is actually a definition of "BE", not "HAVE." Note the key first column phrases: "in your space" (same space is affinity) and "just as it is" (as-is).
After I wrote the above I came across a clear view of the subject of "have" which LRH had in 1952 in lecture 12 of the PDC: "His havingness, his terrific havingness, is a substitute for having any space. 'Cause havingness is the bottom of the scale and space is the top of the scale, and when a man's got to have, he's telling you he has no space. His space is condensing, and condensed space and that sort of thing is objects."
The resolution of this apparent conflict comes in realizing that the third leg of any triangle resolves to either the top or bottom of the scale. Therefore LRH's havingness processes are aimed at taking a PC whose space is collapsed into having objects, and opening it up into having space. ARC. To recap from that earlier article, AFFINITY is closest to the original postulates
and beingnesses and is a lower manifestation of AS-ISNESS. COMMUNICATION is a specialized type of ALTER-ISNESS. REALITY is under the third column of NOTISNESS. But there's two ways to define "reality" here, and that's where the confusion has arisen. 1. One type of "reality" is agreement. Agreement is quite aberrative! In fact, if you want to help a processee, get him to disagree causatively with reality. Agreement feels like enforcement and coercion. It makes one feel heavier. The anatomy of this action is: NOTIS. 2. The other sort of "reality" is where you exchange communication with others in order to uncover what exists from under its layers of NOT-IS, and reveal the ISNESS which is the exact ALTER-IS of the original AS-ISNESS. This feels like discovery. It makes one feel lighter. The anatomy of this action is a return to AS-IS. See? Two different actions. Two different triangles. Scientology assumed the second without noticing the first! And the first two legs of each triangle are the same: AFFINITY, COMMUNICATION. Only the third is different. (Please note that the triangle should properly be sequenced ACR, not ARC.) KRC. To recap from that earlier article, KNOW is closest to the original postulates and
beingnesses and is a lower manifestation of START. CONTROL is a type of CHANGE. RESPONSIBLE is under the third column of STOP. But there's two ways to define "responsible" here, and that's where the confusion has arisen. (Gee, that sounded just like the first paragraph under ARC didn't it?) 1. One type of "responsibility" always degrades through blame into solidity. This is because in the MEST universe, responsibility is NOT-IS. 2. The other sort of "responsibility" consists of knowing and becoming to a state of near AS-ISNESS. This is the theta cycle of AS-IS, ALTER-IS, AS-IS at work. This is true total responsibility. KRC is not actually the triangle of creation. In fact it's not even a properly laid out triangle because it is not a true cycle of action. I realize this goes against most scios' indoctrination, but it happens to be true...
KNOW is at tone +110 on the expanded tone scale. RESPONSIBLE is just below Death around tone 0 to -1 or so. CONTROL is tone -1.5. KNOW is much higher than the other two, and frankly most people attempting to use this triangle get sucked into the effort band activity of the lower two corners. When that happens they substitute THINK (tone -3) for KNOW (that is the know activity of that band) and the activity takes on the nightmarish behavior of that sub-death band: owning bodies, punishing bodies, blame, shame, etc. Just to leave no ends dangling: Hubbard did find the triangle of creation, he just didn't recognize it as such. The triangle of creation is: AS-IS ALTER-IS NOT (or UN)-IS ...which IS a cycle of action. He had it in the 50's when he gave the Phoenix lectures, and didn't quite put it all together. Please notice that the above three are VERBS, while the fourth item he talks about in the lectures, ISNESS, is a NOUN. Consider that carefully. (hint: a true cycle consists of only verbs, though sometimes expressed otherwise in some triangles when looking at the results) The Co$ staffers, and apparently LRH himself had these two different KRC actions collapsed into one another. How else can you account for the tendency of the church to attempt to make their staff, especially Sea Org members, be "responsible" using heavy force and no affinity? How else to account for LRH screaming at people to obtain compliance, and ordering them thrown over the side of a ship if they performed less than perfectly? Force is NOT-IS. Affinity is AS-IS. If one knew this and wished to get a staffer to be perfectly responsible for his/her post, then a first column action would be indicated. On the KRC triangle the theta "responsible" equals a return to "know" (KNOW, CHANGE, KNOW), so the staffer would be trained to know the post in order to control it perfectly (not optimally damn it!), and therefore be RESPONSIBLE as CAUSE. Quite a difference between the two actions. It's exactly as different as the difference between AS-IS and NOT-IS. Apparently Hubbard never recovered a certain prime postulate we all made which creates the opposite of theta, then equates them to each other. This equating of the top with the bottom is the cause of all our scales like Know to Mystery and the Tone Scale. If the postulate is not recovered then the opposition dichotomies remain collapsed into one another in a way very similar to collapsed GPM terminals -- only this item runs far deeper into a thetan's past. (This may need processes to be created to handle it.) Apparently: first we created the separation, then we collapsed it by equating the opposites to one another. This made a is/not-is conflict which persists quite well! Underlying this phenomena is the fact that at the very high level on the tone scale just below the top, the anatomy of these triangles are that: AFFINITY, START, BE and KNOW echo AS-ISNESS, which is a first postulate.
COMMUNICATION, CHANGE, DO and CONTROL echo ALTER-ISNESS, which is a second postulate made to obtain persistence. REALITY, STOP, HAVE and RESPONSIBILITY if done as a return to theta resolve to the original postulate and obtain an AS-ISNESS. But in the MEST universe they instead represent a third (or more) postulate , which ignores the persisting isness (which is the ALTER-IS atop the AS-IS) and attempts to force a new isness without having confronted what already exists. The third postulate creates a NOT-ISNESS. Please differentiate between these from now on, okay? Ouran
#20 ENERGY & THE HEISENBERG TRIANGLE A friend named Jurgen Kluft asked me: "Energy? what is it and what is causing it to be there? Is it the conflicting postulates that generate force/energy?" An initial creation, often called an as-isness, has no persistence. Therefore it must be lied about, "altered" if you would, which creates what is called an alter-isness. This alterisness persists nicely. But indications from my triangles research indicate that an alterisness made via a second postulate isn't very solid. To achieve real solidity a third (or more) postulate is required, which is not-isness. The key to this information comes from including the work of a modern theoretical physicist into the triangles data: The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle can be stated roughly that when an observer interacts with any reality such as a piece of matter/energy -- the energy of that particle may be known, or its location may be known, but not both. When you know its energy, then it is considered energy. When you know its location, then it is considered matter. Energy is either in motion, or has a non-precise location. In order to locate a piece of energy it is necessary to stop its motion, or pin down its location, which is also a form of stopping it. "Stop" is NOT-IS. To bring this all together as the Heisenberg Triangle: The OBSERVER is a thetan, and the act of observing is as-isness. ENERGY in motion and not located is alter-isness. Stopped MATTER, which has no energy is not-isness. In the triangles articles I pointed out that in processing/auditing the objective is usually as-isness, which is spiritually healthiest for thetans. I also pointed out that alter-isness was often used to good effect to achieve a return to an as-isness, and that alter-isness -while not the precise truth -- was not aberrative to thetans. Only not-isness is aberrative to thetans, and therefore all actions listed in the third column (toward the bottom of "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything" where I list all the triangles) were to be avoided like poison by thetans. The third column is how we get into trouble. From this one can see that the 2nd column production of energy by a thetan is far superior to the 3rd column thetan having motionless matter. First column, which is creation of an as-isness, is best of all. Oddly enough, a postulate is an as-isness which is thrown into/onto the universe, which then is automatically altered by the theta machinery we set up to run this ticky-tock universe on a time track. That's part of how postulates stick without having to consciously alter them ourselves. We are altering the postulates ourselves, but not consciously -- instead doing so via the here/not-here vibration of the continuous alteration called time. Another factor of alteration is the lie of separation from
Static. These two seem to combine to allow any postulate to become a third postulate AT MINIMUM automatically. This achieves a comfortable solidity. Ouran
#29 THE DIFFERENT SORTS OF "REALITY" The "R" of the ARC triangle stands for reality. But there are two sorts of "reality." One is duplication. In that sort of reality a person duplicates the viewpoint of another person and they share reality by having the same points of view. Another sort of reality is agreement. Agreement consists of holding the same anchor points in space as another, but holding them from a different location (i.e. not being at those locations). Taking that last statement out of the level of theta perception and bringing it down to MEST brass tacks, agreement consists seeing things through another's eyes without really seeing it that way. Let me give examples of these. If I write a book on spiritual knowledge and then teach a course using the book as a text I can do it two ways. In the first instance you can read what I wrote and then tell me what it means to you. Then I can tell you how your perception looks to me in return. As we two way comm back and forth, eventually we come to see one another's viewpoints on the subject. We BOTH learn from the experience. In the second instance, I insist that you read the text and tell me exactly what it says. If you tell me anything different than what's in the text, I correct you by showing you what's in the book again and again until you parrot back my words. I never see your viewpoint on the subject. You now only see mine BY FORCE, but it isn't yours either because you can't have something that's being forced onto you, so you haven't duplicated anything. No learning has taken place. In the first example, I am teaching with affinity. Your views are important to me. So we communicate freely and achieve mutual duplication. In the second example, I have no affinity for your ideas on the subject. The communication is one direction, which violates one of the most fundamental laws of theta: ALL COMMUNICATION LINES ARE APPARENT TWO-WAY FLOWS. THIS IS BECAUSE COMMUNICATION IS A MECHANICAL (on a via) WAY TO ACHIEVE DUPLICATION. Duplication is at Static. The secret truth is that all theta is in continuous perfect telepathic contact among its various individuated parts. Any attempt to enforce a one way flow of comm is a disaster. Duplication occurs at two or more terminals, therefore the physical universe apparency is of interchange along two-directional comm lines. One-way flows go black and drop to the bottom of the tone scale. This theta law is one that a magician has to know and use, otherwise he gets himself in trouble fast. There will ALWAYS be a backflow along a comm line. ALWAYS. If force is used to create an apparent one-way flow, then the backflow will be black. If the second example sounds anything like the teaching methods used in the Co$, I'm not sorry to rub anyone's nose into the mess. It was LRH's mistake because he failed to perceive that each major triangle was actually two triangles: a white one and a black one. He should have perceived it because he knew Magick, and must have known very well
that when summoning any basic universal force that the negative side of that force must be bound FIRST, in order to receive only the positive. (All primal forces in the universe are arranged in a dichotomy with part at or near the top of the tone scale and the other part at or near the bottom.) He failed to bind the black triangles (the KRC also), and they devoured him. To say it in Scn terms, he failed to confront the lower scale "R" of the ARC triangle, therefore it persisted. The more he failed to confront it, the bigger it became, and after some years the white triangle vanished under a wave of SO force: "What does your material state?", "Make it go right!" and other black ARC. The moral of this story is that one should duplicate the realities of others. This means reality as duplication, not reality as agreement. That's a theta cycle of action, a return to first column action instead of the third (see "The Three Part Cycle (triangle) of Damned Near Everything" for the columns). First column leads to the top. Ouran
#39 ARC TRIANGLE DATA I was having a rather intense exchange of viewpoints in January 01 with John Lester on the subject of the ARC triangle. This article is based on those conversations. One of the things John has been instrumental in helping me with has been the fundamental nature of a basic triangle. Without his point of view I might not have seen the fact that a triangle represents a process. Sure, there's some info to that effect from LRH, especially when he talks about START - CHANGE - STOP, but it was John's enneagram discussions which really brought it home for me. Here is some of John's work with the enneagram. This is what I see at this time: Communication operates on the ARC triangle. Affinity is expressed as a willingness to be there as a communication terminal, and communication itself leads to changes in "reality". And there's the rub! It is this simple: for most people "reality" is AGREEMENT. I can't stress that point enough. Their reality is agreement. So in communicating to them, one must be careful to make the comm agree with them, or they will ARC break! This is very mechanical, automatic and reactive. There are a few of us who know (like Max Sandor for instance) that "reality" doesn't have to include agreeing! It can be disagreement plus duplication for instance. If you say something, which I would never say, I can still duplicate your point of view and ADD it to my reality. What most of these people are doing is the opposite. When you say something outside of their reality, they misduplicate it and REJECT it from their reality, which is an ARC break. It pretty much comes down to the normal "reality" being a sort of service fac held by a single viewpoint. The ARC triangle is not often viewed as a process, a movement, or changes, by scios. The first leg of the triangle is AFFINITY, which is the start point. The second leg is COMMUNICATION, which is the process itself, equivalent to CHANGE. The third and end-of-process leg is REALITY. Any triangle is formed atop a dichotomy, in this case AFFINITY vs. AVERSION (or DISAFFINITY or HATE... insert favorite opposite word here!). The transformation of any dichotomy into a triangle shifts the dichotomy into the third leg, in this case REALITY. This makes the process part (COMMUNICATION) of the triangle critical, determining whether the REALITY mirrors affinity or disaffinity as either DUPLICATION or AGREEMENT. DUPLICATION is perfect (not "optimum"! ;-) ha ha!) affinity because to truly duplicate one must become what is duplicated. That's the main trick to as-isness, to BE something perfectly. This could also be called perfect acceptance. AGREEMENT is non-duplicated acceptance. Or perhaps it might be better to say, enforced acceptance, which is not acceptance at all! :) In LRH terms, AGREEMENT is other-determinism where the viewpoint or intention of another is taken in without being duplicated, without making it one's own.
One of the biggest barriers we face in communication is the fact that most people automatically reject anything to which they have not agreed. And they do so in spite of the fact that the more they agree, the more they drop in tone! I've begun to be able to observe the difference between duplication and agreement in my conversations with people. In practical terms when communicating to others face to face or over the telephone I've found that if the person nods and uh-huhs seriously, then they have agreed (reluctantly usually!), but if they brighten up and say "Yeah!" then they have duplicated. Duplication in conversation is therefore equivalent to cognition in session, and will have the same good indicators. John said to me: > Already I realized that at step one of using the ARCGPMKRC enneagram as an > auditing process the affinity to be described would have to include loves > and hates, the communication step would have to communicate regarding both > loves and hates and now it is obvious that the reality must also include both > loved and hated aspects. Agreement doesn't really come into it at all, > except to muddy the waters of truth. To which I replied: That's an excellent point! You're talking about viewing both ends of the dichotomy all through the ARC process! You realize (I bet you do) that you are turning everyday life into a continuous auditing session? :) John: > We could develop a process which allowed people to swap forced agreements > for optional disagreement and correspondingly increased understanding. Me: Interesting... yeah, do that! 4 flows of course... John: > Agreement is the biggest stupid maker of all time. Me: To accept something into oneself without duplicating it? Yeah, that is stupidity, practically by definition -- in fact that should become the new definition, ha ha! :))))))) Ouran
#08 THE HUBRIS TRAP (inspired by Max Sandor's Trap articles at http://www.santavihara.org/pnohteftu/contents.html ) Hubris (Greek) - overweening pride or overconfidence; arrogance. Whom the gods would destroy, they first make proud. One of the inevitable pitfalls on the path to enlightenment and spiritual freedom is the Hubris Trap. This specific trap may well be the reason Buddha spoke his creative Word of "no-self." It is also the reason why many religions (esp Christianity) stress humility. It happens to a student like this: The student starts out as an ordinary Human person, a meat body walking around at the mercy (or lack of it) of a violent universe. There's nothing quite like thinking oneself to be a fragile organism to create a sense of mortality and insecurity. Then the student discovers that he really is an immortal spirit. I don't mean reads about it, and "understands" it. I mean he KNOWS he is a spirit and not a body. That's quite a relief! He feels much better and keeps studying and practicing his exercises/solo auditing. Soon he finds that his understandings have turned to knowledge, to CERTAINTY. Another student may speak of a difficulty, and our first student finds himself teaching. He becomes really, really expert. He teaches large numbers of students, publishes his wisdom in a series of books/websites, councils/audits the lame and halt to throw away their crutches, and pretty soon he's damnsure he's hot shit -- because he gets 130 emails a day telling him he's hot shit, gets snailmail letters from as far away as Pluto, and beautiful young girls want to meet him. Before long he starts thinking he's extremely hot shit. He is THEE being! Thee BIG BEING. The MAN. The DUDE. All eyes are turned to him. He has become SOURCE for thousands of worshippers. All wisdom flows from him and if something didn't flow from him, why then it must not be wisdom! Sound familiar? Sure it does, here's some examples: Sun Myung Moon, David Koresh, L. Ron Hubbard. In case #1, what the hell possesses this fool to think he has a right or obligation to marry thousands of couples to one another who have never even met before? In case #2, David abused his influence on teenage girls by marrying them himself. Not as huge a misdeed as this sexually aberated society makes it out to be, but definitely it was a selfish disregard for public relations! In case #3, Ron was well known for abusing almost everyone around him on board ship, being more of a tyrant than could be believed, given the brilliance of his knowledge of the mind. If he thought John McMaster should be in the water alongside the ship, he
should have moved to behind John's head, become John and jumped overboard! Not order him thrown over the side by the crew. And let's not even go into him assigning all source to himself, now there's some REAL arrogance! The worst thing is that hubris stops the spiritual student cold. There is no further progress made by a person who is enforcing a Self, which cannot tolerate an effect upon it by others. Such a person gets no case gain from any further counseling. They won't allow it, because they won't allow another person to be Cause, Source, etc. I know what I'm talking about here, I personally plowed face first into hubris about four years ago. I started thinking I was hot shit. I had to keep reminding myself that I was no bigger, no different than any other person. But I was also educated enough to recognize it as a trap, so I kept digging, didn't treat it as an end phenomenon of a process called "Point to God" (joke) or any such foolishness. I recently (8/30/00) ran across an internet conversation between Ralph Hilton and Ken Ogger on this very subject. I would be very remiss if I didn't include it here: Ralph posted the following question I don't perceive that anyone on XXXXX or who is running a "Clearing tech" group is fully able to grant beingness to terminals of comparable magnitude. Sometimes it seems to me that some actually believe that there aren't any. Perhaps there are exceptions. I have yet to meet one. I met a few in EST but never isolated the key factor that Werner partially resolved and Hubbard didn't seem to get close to. Nor, obviously, a way of translating it into Scientologese. I've been looking for a simple approach to this factor. Any ideas?
It does seem to be a common denominator of tech finders who evolved through Scientology rather than on some other line. Note that it is common but not always present in gurus in other fields such as science or computers. So it is possible that Werner was simply getting the usual percentage of humble vs. arrogant geniuses. In Scientology, on the other hand, it takes tremendous arrogance and certainty of self to even dare to question the most trivial thing that Hubbard said. So only the arrogant even begin to think for themselves. I'm probably just as bad on this line as Alan or Michael. But I think it is very dangerous. So I keep reminding myself of Hubbard and how he ended up. During the 1952-4 time period, he moved with a speed and depth that was just fantastic. But he got too full of himself and stopped listing [listening?] to others. And eventually he just went solid. There are hardly any new ideas after 1954, it is mostly just refinement, better ways to run the same things, rather than further advances in basic theory. You can't go it alone. You've got to listen to others. You've got to accept others ideas as well as your own. We cover each other's weak spots. And the real game is to figure it all out and set ourselves free. It is not a game of one-upmanship. We shouldn't be competing for the starring role in "The Battle of the Service Facs". Thanks again, The Pilot
Finally I made it behind/beyond hubris. I found that I was all other spirits, all other beings. This was much more than being someone else's body (that's a rather limited view of pan-determinism). I had found my way to static and discovered there, that there was/is only one being, which has multiple separate consciousnesses, each consciousness with one or more points of view. Each consciousness refuses to be the others, which keeps us separate as individual spirits. This lie of separation from static is one of the most fundamental basics, very close to the mythical "basic-basic" so sought after. A narrow clinging to "self" creates all games conditions, and especially the overt/motivator sequence. Relinquishing "self" allows the person to forgive, both others and themselves. In one of his messages Ken Ogger remarked: Christ was right. Forgiveness is one of the keys to getting out of the trap. Once a person sees the unity at Static, it becomes the easiest thing in the world to forgive. For the other person is you too. An outstanding article on this subject by Flemming Funch: DYNAMIC 8. From that perspective I turned and looked back at hubris with, first horror, then great amusement. The whole idea of promoting a "self", a personality as the "Great One" is a joke. It is like a toddler insisting upon its red toy and no other toy will do. How can I be better than you, if I AM YOU? Any toy will do. Want to be Source? Alright! Let's have you be source this week! Next week we'll have someone else originate wisdom. It doesn't matter who it's coming from, Hubbard, or Jesus, or nameyourprophet is no more source than you are. All you have to do is originate it, and it doesn't need to originate from your body. It could just as easily be spoken for you by a four year old girl with a dirty face and a ring of chocolate around her mouth. Yes: out of the mouths of babes. We are all god/static/insertholiestwordhere. Arrogant surety of being hot shit is a partial truth, but the being who is such hot shit is looking out of every pair of eyes you meet -not just out of the mirror... Ouran
#15 THE ASTROLOGY TRAP This subject is a dangerous one for the spiritual student. It is of some assistance in some ways, particularly in familiarizing the student with his or her own patterns of life -- but the benefits are outweighed by the danger of going too much into agreement with its all too seductive ideas. Therefore it can be regarded as a trap. The horoscope of a birth defines the limited channels placed into a human body when it is born. Or perhaps I should say "allowed" instead of "placed?" This is not a good thing. A person has unlimited potential. The spirit inhabiting a human body is for all intents and purposes a fallen god. But that full potential is not expressed through a body -- and in fact the body seems to act as a governor or regulator keeping the spirit from expressing that full potential. Part of that restriction can be viewed through the subject of astrology. In astrology the full range of human behaviors, interests, strengths and basic personal qualities of all sorts has been arbitrarily divided into twelve groups called the signs of the zodiac. When someone is born under the influence of one particular sign or other, it is not a matter of the qualities of that sign being bestowed upon the person (that is the usual interpretation in astrology). Instead it is apparently a matter of the qualities of the other eleven signs being blocked. This first came to my attention when I was reading a book on Chinese astrology. I noted a curious passage, which baldly stated that planets acted as negatives. That got me thinking; and pretty soon I realized that the entire horoscope acted as a negative! It was as if a debilitating force was being projected into the solar system from a dozen locations in a ring around the system, only to be partially thwarted by the presence of the sun and a few orbiting planets which get in the way. That last is only a working theory. I have no evidence to confirm it, only the circumstantial evidence that human ability is far less than it could be. Perhaps something entirely different accounts for the phenomena. That would be fine by me; I'm not married to that theory. But nutty as it sounds (and it sounds nutty to me too) it's the only explanation I've been able to come up with. And believe me, a person's horoscope does indeed restrict the person into the particular narrow channels associated with the signs which figure prominently in that horoscope. But here's a heartening bit of information for you: you can break out of those restrictions. That's where the intense study of astrology is useful. The student learns which qualities he or she is missing. Those missing qualities can be deliberately cultivated -- created out of nothing. The downside is that a too intense study of astrology usually causes the student to completely agree with the restrictions -- keeping that student from ever breaking free of those fundamental assumptions. It takes a strong ability to disagree combined with a strong spiritual will (not emotional willpower, that's something different) to cast off the agreements in order to act and be something more than that mere hour of birth.
For those who study and practice spiritual sciences let this be your guide in relation to astrology: 1. For practical astral level work (most magical practices), astrology can be quite helpful. 2. For mid-level practices such as Scientology, astrology acts as a mild retardant. 3. For high level practices such as real Theravada Buddhism and Christian Science, astrology would have to be cast out of the mind completely. A student working toward the Buddhic, Nibbana, Christ Consciousness, and other names for that level should avoid astrology as a trap, which creates an invisible ceiling beyond which the student cannot rise. Ouran
#16 THE PHYSICS AND METAPHYSICS OF ASTROLOGY Articles six and seven indicate that there are certain fundamental principles on which reality itself is based. These principles, such as the dichotomy, the triangle and the four elements, are repeated in a fractal manner throughout the many levels of lower reality. In one of these levels is an archetypal set of controls commonly known as astrology. Astrology is fascinating because in it can be seen opposing pairs, triangles and planes of existence directly being applied to the minds and material objects in the physical universe. In fact, the 12 signs of the zodiac could be said to be nothing more complex than the four planes of the universe which are often referred to as the elements of Fire, Air, Water and Earth -- combined with the three energy types of dispersal, flow and ridge. The four of the former, times the three latter, yields 12 signs. Breaking it down into Classes The signs of the zodiac are often said to fall into four "elements": Fire, Air, Water, and Earth. On close examination these elements seem to roughly correspond to the four states of matter: plasma, gas, liquid, and solid in that order. But they are much more than that simple mechanical correspondence, as you will discover farther down in this document. Later on I'll go into greater detail on the significance of each element. The Fire or plasma signs are Aries, Leo and Sagittarius. The Air or gaseous signs are Gemini, Libra and Aquarius. The Water or liquid signs are Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces. The Earth or solid signs are Taurus, Virgo and Capricorn. The zodiac is equally divided into particle signs and wave signs. Half of the signs of the zodiac deal with forms (earth) and particles (air); and the other half deals with positive motion (fire) or negative emotion (water). From an old-fashioned conventional point of view the fire and water signs are what are known as "feeling"; and the air and earth signs are what are known as "mental". All energy seems to exist in a form that we interpret as either a particle or a wave. It's not that the universe is truly either one, but human beings, with our limited perception, translate what we see in terms of one or the other. The only difference between these two, that is apparent to me, is that of velocity relative to the observer. Energy that is stationary relative to the observer appears to be a particle (A completely stationary particle appears to be without energy, and a moving wave appears to be without location remember Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle!). The faster energy streams past the observer, the more it appears to be in the form of waves. This particular mental division in perceiving the universe is symbolized in astrology by the signs Virgo and Pisces. Virgo and its ruler (NOT mercury, perhaps one or more of the asteroids) are connected with and rule the limited perception of matter as discrete particles having an exact location in space and finite boundaries.
Virgo seems to be involved with energy viewed in the form of precise lumps: protons, neutrons, electrons, mental energy shaped into little bits, i.e. thoughts. (I don't know how many of you reading this will have any experience at doing "meditation", but a close examination of thoughts inside your own space [i.e. in your head, for most of you] will reveal them to be either pictures [a field of waves ruled by Pisces] or little bits of stuff [ruled by Virgo] that you manipulate and attach meaning onto.) Pisces and its ruler Neptune are connected with and rule the limited perception of matter as moving waves with indistinct, rather fuzzy edges and imprecise location (Heisenberg again). Pisces seems to be involved with energy in the form of fields: magnetic fields, force fields, and oddly, energy organized into a field that takes a shape, i.e. a mental image picture. Virgo wants to view the world as a place where everything has precise meaning and exact limitations; everything properly defined and within parameters. Color within the lines! This is, of course, a limited view. However much it might infuriate some Virgos to be told this, still some things just never fit into tight tidy little boxes. An electron is not so much an exact location, as a center of a field of energy (because it doesn’t hold still). A thought has size, mass, and location, but it also has meaning tagged onto it. What is meaning? Meaning is whatever you intend it to be. Whoops, there went precision! Both the Virgo and Pisces styles of perception are true in that they each reflect part of the truth, but not all of it. No one sign has a lock on all of reality. Quite the contrary. It seems as though the human point of view has been deliberately splintered into many fragments, insuring that no one will get a firm grasp of its entirety. Look, I'm not a paranoid! You don't like it, you try coming up with a better explanation of why we each are limited to viewing narrow splinters of total reality! (Edmund Meadows has done a lot of research into that end of zodiac phenomena, here's his website: Viking Remote Viewing & Psychic Self Defense. Virgo and Pisces are mental (mutable) signs, which is why I used them as the examples. Half the signs of the zodiac are particle (mass and thought) oriented and half are wave (emotion and impulse) oriented. These are: emotion:
thought:
Aries Cancer Leo Scorpio Sagittarius Pisces
Taurus Gemini Virgo Libra Capricorn Aquarius
As you can see, the "wave" or emotion signs consist of the fire and water signs. Fire is outflowing emotion and water is inflowing emotion. The "particle" or thought signs are the air and earth signs. Air is outflowing thought and earth is inflowing thought. (Let me note an observation here. It seems that air is more concerned with abstract thought, and earth with concrete thought. Is it because an abstract
is a self-created thought, whereas concrete thought is about objects that can exist in the real world and therefore are an inflow from the real world into the thinker?) All of the signs of the zodiac can be broken down into various categories. Half of the signs are what is called positive or male. The other six are what is known as negative or female. What they really mean is outflowing (positive signs) and inflowing (negative signs). "Outflowing WHAT?" you ask. Outflowing and inflowing energy. The mind works by means of attaching significance or tagging meaning onto small bits of mental mass that remain in existence and do not flow away to nothingness (unless, of course, they are examined too closely). A person then strings these masses together, arranges them in patterns, and assigns the patterns further significance. This is called thinking. All thought, all emotion involves the use of slowed down energy. Therefore in judging the underlying patterns of behavior of people one has to understand what is really going on at a microscopic level, and to do this one needs to understand the behavior of energy and mass as it pertains to the human mind. Energy can flow into a person (their location in space used as a terminal for communication), where the person is receiving, or energy can flow out of a person. This is easiest to visualize with emotion. A person who is sitting in a chair while being told with great passion by a standing sweetheart, "I love you!" is receiving (inflowing) the emotion. The passionate one is outflowing it. Individuals of course are more complex than "pure" signs. No person could possibly be totally outflowing or completely inflowing. But a person will have a tendency to be more one or the other if their chart shows a dominance of positive or negative signs. They are: positive: negative: Aries Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces As you can see, all of the fire and air signs are of a positive, outflowing nature, and all of the water and earth signs are of a negative, inflowing nature. If you combine these two ways of looking at the signs you get: Fire signs: Aries Leo Sagittarius
positive emotion or impulse
Air signs: Gemini Libra Aquarius
positive or abstract thought
Water signs: Cancer Scorpio Pisces
negative emotion or receiving feelings
Earth signs: Taurus Virgo Capricorn
negative or concrete thought
The final way of looking at and classifying the signs is through what I think of as energy form. This is the ancient division of the signs into Cardinal, Fixed and Mutable. One brilliant writer (Hubbard) described the three energy forms as Flow, Ridge and Dispersal. He didn’t invent this division into energy types. The knowledge has been around for a
long time and is one of the basics behind astrology. But he did state it clearer than previously, so we are using his terms here for convenience. The Cardinal signs represent a flow of energy from one point in space to another point along a single line. They are very goal-oriented and focused upon doing what they are doing. (FLOW)
This represents energy moving from A through space and being received at B. It can also be a flow being pulled back into the source of intention, a tractor beam: (TRACTOR FLOW)
With A the source of intention and B the location which A causes as source of the flow. The Mutable signs represent a non-A-to-B movement of energy. This can be a variety of things such as: more than one flow from or to a single point, a general all-directions dispersal of energy either from or to a point in space (evaporation if slow, explosion if rapid), or multiple flows/dispersals involving multiple locations (confusion!). With either an implosion or confusion situation in the movement of energy there is always the possibility of two or more energy movements colliding and forming the third energy type. (DISPERSALS)
explosion
confusion
implosion
The mutable signs most closely mirror spirit itself because a slow "explosion" of energy is a spherical glow exactly what a located beingness appears to be. Fixed signs represent energy movements that have conflicted directly with one another so as to form a standing wave or mass, i.e. resembling "solid" matter. (RIDGES)
or
or
or
It is very important that you learn to visualize the differing ways these three groups use energy, because it bears directly upon how they behave:
The direct action advance or pull-in of the cardinal signs. The stubborn holding position of the fixed signs. And the rapid mobile viewpoint of the mutable signs. In addition to the above, the three energy types of flow, ridge and dispersal are mere manifestations of a prime archetype underlying the universe and our operation within it. A being playing a game within a universe plays by means of what we call in language "verbs." There are three types of verbs: be, have and do. In order to play a game, one first has to BE something or someone. One needs an identity, a role to be a player. Then one must have objects. One needs a body or other symbol to represent self, and bodies/symbols to represent other players. There also must be a playing field, which can be small like miniature chess set, or as large as an entire physical universe. This is HAVE. Once identities and a playing field are established, then a game can be played with actions occurring. This is DO. That trio of be/do/have is very basic to existence, and our trio of dispersal/flow/ridge are special limited cases of it. Dispersal is Be. Flow is Do. Ridge is Have. A dispersal appears to be a very fundamental manifestation of beingness, a spherical glow of energy from a location in space, a deva or "shining one." An outflowing dispersal (explosion) creates open space, flexibility and allows thought to move rapidly. It also enables an easy shift of viewpoint (location in space) for a being, which is why the mutable signs exhibit these qualities. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number ONE (see appendix for article on numbers), which is pure "I am" and is sometimes seen as a vision of infinite space. A flow is the most basic action of doingness, from one location in space toward a second location. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number TWO. This is basic to dichotomies of opposites such as black/white, good/evil, etc. A ridge forms a solid mass and is therefore the most basic manifestation of havingness. On a very high "plane" this relates to the number THREE. When one reaches THREE, the opposing terminal of TWO switches to THREE and TWO becomes occupied by a flux or changing process instead. The Four Mental Signs The four dispersal signs of Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces
each rule a particular way of thinking and relating ideas. The four styles of mentation are: differentiation (this is different from that), association (this is similar to that), identification (this is that, A = A), and disassociation (this has no relation to that). Virgo differentiates Gemini associates Pisces Identifies Sagittarius disassociates
Virgo notices the littlest details of differences between things. A shrimp fork has a different number of tines than a salad fork. Gemini locates similarities between things, sorts and classifies halfway between differences and identities. A Ford and a Chevy are both associated by their being cars. Pisces says that one thing IS another. A coffee cup is a coffee cup. Here is both the fairly high level action of assuming an identity in order to play a game, and also the stimulusresponse mistake of identifying things as being equal when they are merely similar. Sagittarius hits both the highest highs and lowest lows of mind. At the top there is pure awareness of the sort striven for by practitioners of General Semantics where objects and actions are seen as themselves without identifying, sorting or classifying them in any way. The Zen puzzles such as "What is the sound of one hand clapping?" are another example of high end Sagittarian thought. At the bottom is the disassociation of insanity where a person is so forcefully "elsewhere" that nothing is allowed to relate to anything. (Warning to deep researchers! You might notice that the zodiac is set up to control beingness, with dispersal signs occurring last in each trio. The truth is that dispersals are first in the deep past, not last. Also notice that the zodiac is arranged as a cycle of action where mind and matter both degenerate and become more complex as one moves from Aries through the signs to Pisces. The sequence from flow to ridge (example: Aries, then Taurus) is correct, but those two should follow a dispersal sign, not precede one. Frankly I smell a decaying rat in Denmark [to mash a couple of clichés together playfully]. Something isn't right about that... Theory wise, astrology operates like some sort of evil implant. Most people view "their" sign as something positive, but actually a sign is more like a goddamned wall blocking out the abilities and tendencies assigned to the other 11 signs, while only having a single "window" left open to the one sign. Planets and the sun in a sign act as disablers, not enablers. This works in a manner, which can be compared metaphorically to color. A color like red isn't red because of the presence of red light; so much as it's red because of the ABSENCE of the other colors. Signs are similar in that their emphasis on certain abilities masks the fact that they are blocking other abilities.) Putting It All Together My notes from when I was investigating the mental physics of
astrology during the early 1980s indicate: Fire always has motion out of self. Water always has tractor into self. Fire and Water are self (sensation) oriented. Air always has flow out of other. Earth always has tractor into other. Air and Earth are other oriented. To fully understand the signs of the zodiac one must add one more item: the person. By "the person" I do not mean the body. I mean the spirit, which operates the body. In most people these two are the same space, but not always. To simplify what I mean by the word "spirit" I am only going to define spirit as its main characteristic. A spirit is a point
of view, that is to say, a location in space from which space and objects and energies are viewed. For anyone who dislikes this concept, just treat the word "self" as representing the location of the person's body, especially the body's head. The Signs of the Zodiac Represented by Their Style of Energies ("Self" signifies the location in space the person is observing from, the viewpoint. In the fixed sign diagrams, the vertical line represents the ridge of energy formed due to the collision of flows. The symbol I'm using for the source point/location of origin of energy as knowingly caused by self is "Å") Aries:
Here the flow is outward from the point of view. This is very simple and direct, which is Aries in a nutshell. Taurus:
Taurus is attempting to pull something toward itself out of the ridges of matter. Gemini:
Gemini stays apart from the action, maintaining a certain distance. If you compare this to Pisces below you will see why Gemini is relatively so detached. If you compare it to Virgo you will get a hint as to why a Gemini often irritates a Virgo: the action is the same but the flow is in the opposite direction. Cancer:
Cancer pulls the whole universe to itself. The mountain comes in this case to Mohammed! Leo:
Leo has a strong outflow from self, but this is met by a flow from others. This flow from others could in good cases be mere attention -- or it could be opposition -- but in either case the Leo goes more solid. Virgo:
It's easy to see from this diagram why Virgos seem to wear microscopes for eyeglasses! But it also indicates a marvelous ability to view the smallest things in detail from all sides. Libra:
Libra has an ability which is a curse at lower levels of spiritual (non)progress. It is the ability to see both sides of any directly opposing issue. For the ordinary person this is very uncomfortable -- exhibited as indecision, waffling, changes of mind and other similar apparent flakiness. Note that I said "apparent". The sign is ruled by some yet-to-be-located planet, probably circling out beyond the orbit of Pluto. Whatever the name eventually assigned to this postulated planet, we know enough about its effects through Libra and the corresponding 7th house to catalog many of its characteristics. It rules both war and marriage; and in the broadest sense it rules the relationship between Self and Others. The sign Libra therefore has its consciousness thrown into painful awareness that a single point of view is limited and incorrect, and that multiple viewpoints held simultaneously see far more than the best possible single point of view. At its very highest Libra expresses a nearly divine metaphysical awareness of all life being valid and all persons being correct in their opinions so far as they go -- and their incorrectness stemming mainly from their limited views. Scorpio:
Even as Scorpio tries to communicate it is simultaneously holding something back. All three water signs, Scorpio, Cancer and Pisces, protect their psyches against others in a specific way. Scorpio's shield is to keep their thoughts, desires and intentions unknown by others. Sagittarius:
Sagittarius is the purest representation of a located disincarnate Spirit as a Deva, a glowing one. This is the "energy production unit" of the Thought People in "Super Scio." Capricorn:
Capricorn reaches out into the society around it and causes the people there to compel Capricorn to do its duty. Aquarius:
Aquarius induces other people to ridge against themselves, while Aquarius watches. This is how the Aquarian can have enough space to be so creative and original: the ridge they create is outside themselves! Pisces:
Pisces tends to get overwhelmed because there is a constant inflow from all directions. This places beings who are already in bad shape even more at effect, and they often drink themselves silly to blot out all the personalities, mental images, emotions and identities which collapse in on them constantly. On the other hand this sign has the greatest ability to perceive spiritual truths by "channeling" knowledge from higher sources. Sun in Pisces people Edgar Cayce and L. Ron Hubbard both exhibited this ability. Ouran
#17 STUFF "LAFE" GOT WRONG Hubbard's nickname in sci-fi stories written by Robert Heinlein was "Lafe Hubert." This one might make me popular among church bashers, and unpopular among some ardent students of Mr. Hubbard. Which is too bad because clambakers and other extreme bashers are too busy dramatizing their ARCx to listen -- so they don't matter in the short term. It's the serious students and researchers I wish to communicate to, and they might have resistance to listening to this. He messed up on mapping the upper part of the tone scale. That's right, he missed all the upper tones in spite of knowing they were there as far back as 1952 (PDC lectures) -which we have now thanks to the fine work of Mr. Filbert. The most telling screw up was that apparently Hubbard never saw anything above what Filbert labeled "Multiple Deity 160.0 - Volition, Coexistence" and/or "Not Know - 120.0 - Individuality". And never actually reached Coexistence, merely glimpsed it. Hubbard not only stated that the tones above this level do not exist, but he also behaved as though they don't, ignoring the entire upper and middle Thought bands, preferring to make his goal the highest non-pervasive tone. This trapped him into continuing to play thetan vs. thetan games, which continued the not-is via the immensely destructive concept of the Suppressive Person (which doesn't exist as an intention, these people are merely low toned and psychotic), aggravated by pulling in mass during GPM research, which led to a dramatization of an incomplete EP on Power processing, which led to the mistakes on OT3, which led to his war against enemies, creation of Sea Org, GO, RTC, Finance Police, etc. To make matters worse, he never released a tone scale, which went any higher than tone 40. And this in spite of knowing that tone 40 was a stable resting point similar to Conservatism, and therefore a ridge! One hell of a mistake! Without recognizing the unity of all life and beingness, one will continue to oppose others -- after all, they are NOT yourself, right? Wrong! Here's a quote of Mr. Hubbard from PDC #6, for illustration and critical purposes (this constitutes "fair use"): "People have had the idea that when you got up there along top of course, you know, you have to kind of get up there a little bit and take a look to see if there's anything much higher, and uh.. people have had the idea that this.. this.. ah.. there was just a main body of theta and everybody became one when you got to the top of the tone scale. Fortunately, that isn't true. Yeah. But you go down tone scale and everybody becomes one and the oneness is MEST. And there's no individuality whatsoever in MEST."
That attitude is the postulate, which creates our whole game. He recovered it, but he failed to get past it to the decision beneath. And what's oddest about this is that he wrote out part of the truth in his axioms -- enough that he should have gotten all of it. Very odd. I also wish to point out in reference to the last two lines of that quote that he himself has said repeatedly in his books and tapes that the bottom of the scale looks a lot like the top -- usually when he was comparing Serenity of Beingness tone 40.0 to Death 0.0. What
Hubbard didn't know was that there is only one being, one "thetan" if you wish, at "Single Deity - 320.0 - Life that is not being" on Filbert's scale. And believe me, there's plenty of individuality there, merely one of it. And any being can reach this tone, but we don't stay there for long because there's no game there. We simply reindividuate again and remain ourselves, which we never lost when we were there in any case! As near as I can state it so that it makes sense: the many is the one, but the one remains the many even while being one! Four paragraphs up I mentioned in passing that opposing others was a mistake, because all beings are one. This datum underlies the phenomena of "overt acts." Deep down and far back in the past, the cause of all case is a lack of integrity. The history of the whole track is a gradual process of the disintegration of beings into fragments. Much of processing and meditation is aimed at reintegrating beings. All harm done is harm against self. That is why the overt act against others has such aberrative power: the other guy is you too. And I do NOT communicate that fact at Sympathy on the tone scale, where most religions seem to place it. That's another lower level mockery, like serenity of Death being a lower level mockery of Serenity of Beingness. I'm saying it in the Know range on the tone scale, communicated through this body, which is currently at Strong Interest as an organism. Another critical mistake he made was taking the apparency as the reality. This mistake in perception resulted in picking up various approaches to case, trying them out, then abandoning them in favor of a new, "better" flavor. His engineer style practicality never allowed him to discover all of the fundamentals on which case, universes and minds are based -- though admittedly he got a lot of them. Another aspect of his taking the apparency as the reality is that he declared that a person was "at" a single tone on the scale. Admittedly, when stuck deep in the muck, that is how it looks. Part way out is a higher apparency (of archetypical structure) that a person occupies a position in each of these bands: upper Thought, middle Thought, lower Thought (lower astral plane), Emotion, Effort, and Mystery (unconsciousness and matter). Each position reacts against the ones immediately above and below it. For example an emotion is triggered by a thought opinion, which emotion spurs effort, which in turn is used against matter. Above the apparency however it becomes clear that A PERSON IS THE ENTIRE TONE SCALE FROM TOP TO BOTTOM. Once loose enough, all a person has to do is place their attention at a specific tone in order to "be" there. Another and rather silly goof was his definition of space: "Space is a viewpoint of dimension."
Which is perfectly reasonable on the face of it, but please notice that it doesn't tell you anything. My research is indicating a far more useful view of space, which comes of contemplating the upper tone scale: SPACE IS A DIVISION OR SEPARATION OF BEINGS.
And by "BEINGS" I do not merely mean objects which have existence -- I mean individuals. People. Spirits. Thetans. Insert favorite word for that which is aware. A more serious goof was his bulletin on the EPs and F/Ns of Power. The EP's for power processes 4 and 5 are fine except for one small detail: WHEN EP IS REACHED ON ONE COMMAND, CONTINUE GIVING THE ALTERNATE COMMAND UNTIL EP IS REACHED ON IT TOO. Those two processes address primal dichotomies, which must be fully relieved on both ends. To leave one side untouched is to fix it in restimulation so that the person dramatizes it from then on. Also the additions to these processes as all flows are unnecessary; properly done they should EP fully when they are run: simple, soft, muzzled and above MEST. THEY ALREADY ARE ALL FLOWS! THESE THINGS ARE ABOVE TERMINALS IN SPACE -- WHAT "YOURSELF", "OTHERS" and "ANOTHER"? Running them all flows simply proves that they weren't understood and weren't being processed right. Ouran
#18 BEYOND THE ABYSS Some of you might be familiar with the practices of magickal fraternities such as the Golden Dawn and OTO who use the methods of ritual initiation. Those of you who are Freezone escapees from the Co$ might never have heard of those groups. If so then you need to know that in the late 40's between WWII and the publication of Dianetics, L. Ron Hubbard was a practicing member of the OTO. The OTO was founded by the famous magician Aleister Crowley, who had gotten his original training in the Golden Dawn. These fraternities used a bridge of sorts, called degrees of initiation, wherein at each stage the aspirant was let in on one of the secrets of the universe (Sort of, ha ha, at the lowest degree they taught the Hebrew alphabet!). Their effective training mainly involved two things which will be quite familiar to students of Hubbard's work in the early 50's: exteriorization and mockup (mental image) exercises. Their series of degrees of initiation were broken in two places, separating their bridge into three sections. The lowest section we can ignore. It mainly involved book learning and a few preliminary ritual exercises. The second section was that of the "adepts" and was characterized by the magician at those levels being able to exteriorize from the body at will. As an adept the magician was capable of using theta sight, contact and gain access to created sub-universes through visualization, use the energized etheric body from the Magic Universe era as a substitute for the material body, and generally bend reality at least slightly to his/her will. Ah but with all that, the adept was still quite human! To put it in Scio terms, the adept had increased self-determinism, but was still well short of pan-determinism. Between the second and third sections was something called the "Abyss." The nature of the abyss was cloaked in mystery and terror! It was dangerous! Blah blah blah... Sounds a little like the confidential levels in the Co$, doesn't it? Trust me, the abyss was dangerous to them, but far less dangerous than not confronting it. All the abyss really was, is the gap between being human and being god. And therein lay the horrible danger! For these magicians had thrown off the chains of Christianity, and with those the Christian humility. And forget it, they didn't have Scio Grade 4 to handle their tendencies to make themselves right by making others wrong. Therefore these poor bastards hurled themselves into the abyss trying to get from human consciousness to divine consciousness with full baggage of Grades case intact. In the third and highest section of the Magickal system, the "surrender of self" which begins by entering the Abyss is completed. I consider their term "surrender" to be unfortunate, because it places the aspirant at effect instead of cause, but I can understand their motivation for using the term. Anyone attempting to reach a divine consciousness without the benefit of a full Grades release (which they didn't have access to) would -instead of attaining a pure divinity -- merely gain power while clinging stubbornly to the precious "self". By "self" here I do NOT mean beingness, I mean limited materialistic
identity and personality. Any magician who empowers "self" while not also becoming and empowering others ends up becoming what is known as a "black" magician. What happened was that they usually grew egos as big as all outdoors, all "Me, me, me, I'm right and all of you are wrong and need to be taught by me!" They were sure they had made it, and were usually mistaken. (For further on this read "The Hubris Trap.") To give Crowley his due, he may have made it. He certainly behaved as though he did in his later life. But it's also very possible that he may have been fooling himself. Always remember that the man was trained in a system, which used enslaved entities on a regular basis as part of its practices. Someone(s) must have made it, or at least keyed out enough to cognite on the area, otherwise why would the Magician's initiation be arranged like that? But what had they seen? What were they after? What was this supreme state to which they were instructed to aspire with such devotion? I know. I've seen it. I've been there for a few timeless instants of calm and immense love. It's described in the upper end of Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale! Those old magicians reached the tones above 100.0 on the scale. Up around "Truth", "Awareness" to "Multiple Deity" it's easy from there to see "Single Deity", which is the unity of all theta. At Single Deity is true pan-determinism. At Single Deity all games are playing with yourself. Above that is Native State. Has anyone made it to Native State, then come back from Native State to tell us that we can get all the way out of the trap? Gautama said he did. I really don't know if Gautama did; the old tales were passed down by word of mouth and finally written down hundreds of years after he died. But if you read the Pali language texts, that's what they claim. I didn't get that far. I didn't even make it to Single Deity; I merely got close enough to see Single Deity. And do you know who Single Deity is? Forget "God", its you and I. All of us. Ouran
updated 4/21/01
#19 THE TONE SCALE, GROUP MINDS & THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE There have been several attempts made by researchers in the field of the mind to explain the phenomena of group minds. Much ancillary phenomena was explained, yet as far as I can see none of them penetrated to the root of the matter. No one seems to have asked the magic question: "How can this happen?" Or if they did, the answer wasn't apparent. I found a way to get that answer. First some background. The various phenomena of the mind can be found to occur at specific locations on the Expanded Tone Scale of Geoffrey Filbert, which he brilliantly correlated to an equally expanded Know to Mystery scale. If you are not familiar with these scales I suggest you stop reading right now, follow the link I've provided and study it thoroughly before returning to this article. My understanding of the tone scale took many years to develop. Like most people I believed what I read about it in Hubbard's and Minshull's work -- specifically that a human being was "at" a single tone somewhere on the human range of Enthusiasm 4.0 to Death 0.0. I sort of ignored for a long time a few mentions of the spirit being at one tone, and the body usually at quite another. Eventually I came around to the notion that I as a spiritual being might "be" at a different tone than my body. I might be cracking jokes -and "be" as a spirit at Approval from Bodies -3.5, and my body expressing itself at Antagonism 2.0. But I noticed something odd, which nagged at me. I got mad one day at a guy who was quite a bit larger than I physically. I noticed a weird thing: I was "at" Anger 1.5, but I was also "at" Fear 1.0. Both of these emotions could be felt simultaneously. They conflicted, settled into a sort of balance inside me, and what came out of my mouth was No Sympathy 1.2 and Covert Hostility 1.1! The more I considered that, the more it bothered me. Wasn't I supposed to "be" at only one tone? But I could feel TWO tones at the same time! How could this be? This was the first hint I had that a person could operate at more than one location on the tone scale. The second hint occurred after I had partially "woken up" as a spirit in the mid 90's. I had not yet seen Filbert's tone scale, but I had already figured out that Hubbard's version was only a section of the occult "planes", which I had learned from Theosophy and the magical literature during the mid 70s. In those "planes" are levels of thought (mental), which lie just above the emotional areas of the astral. It dawned on me one day that I was operating as a spirit at a tone above the emotion band when I did creative work, like when I was doing intense visualization of new ideas. I was sophisticated enough to realize that Hubbard must have omitted some tones for thought -- somewhere around, but maybe below his Serenity of Beingness 40.0. Filbert's scale puts these areas of thought both above and below Serenity of Beingness 40.0. The first time I saw his expanded scale (late 1999!) whole sections of data,
knowingness and observations just flew into place in my mind. Suddenly it all made sense about the damned tone scale and the occult scale too. They all lined up perfectly. But what really blew me away was the very top. I had already gotten far enough up, bootstrapping myself into and above the area of Inspiration and Aesthetics (without knowing exactly where they were in relation to other tones), and had a major cognition about the unity of all theta. I saw the single thetan we all are, and it created a major case change! *grin* So when I finally saw Filbert's scale it validated the hell out of me (thank you for the acknowledgment) and created vast relief that someone else had seen it too: second from the top, "Single Deity." Part of the chain reaction of cognitions I had as a result of perceiving Single Deity 320.0 (Static) was that I gained an entirely new understanding of communication (see: The Nature of Communication). All communication turns out to be telepathic. And telepathy is duplication. And duplication is DONE AT SINGLE DEITY! Every person understands what another person is intending to say only because they duplicate that intention very high on the tone scale, at the point where both persons are the SAME BEING. The next cognition in the chain was that since I was operating that high on the tone scale... and I looked and realized I was operating at several other locations on the tone scale. Sheesh! It blew me away! I was duplicating at 320.0, perceiving truth at 100.0, enjoying and creating aesthetics at 70.0, creating artistic inspiration at 60.0, making postulates at 30.0, imposing considerations just below that, making opinions at 22.0, feeling thrills and exhilaration as a being at the top of the emotion band, motivating my body from conservatism to cheerfulness, touching areas in my mind which felt like they were in apathy .05 or below, flowing effort band energy to move the matter of my body, doing "efforts to think" just below that, creating "thought forms" (see below) somewhere in that area, and finding things in hiding which didn't wish to be found even farther down. The whole tone scale was mine to use. That cognition changed my entire outlook. I stopped worrying about where I "was" on the tone scale and concentrated instead on expanding my ability to access the entire thing consciously. As a side note I want to point out that various tones are taken simultaneously by us, separated by wide enough gaps between them to provide a flow of energy (between the different potentials). Each position taken on the scale controls and motivates the position below. Therefore an idea (thought band) will trigger an emotion (emotion band), and that emotion will drive the effort, which in turn moves the physical body. Therefore one could say that each band controls the one beneath it. But what, you ask, does that have to do with group minds? It has EVERYTHING to do with it. See, it's not just "me" who is using the whole tone scale all the time, while unaware of doing so. Everyone else is too. By the "whole scale" make no mistake, I mean the very top too. Therefore (take this one to the bank): ALL THETA IS IN CONSTANT TELEPATHIC CONTACT WITH ITSELF AT ALL TIMES. That means every spirit, every entity, even cold, hard matter. Beingness, or theta if you would, is a single being which is aware of all its parts. It has divided into parts, which parts have hidden from themselves that they are parts of a whole. Therefore each part (person) is deliberately being unaware of being that single
being at "Single Deity." Filbert seems to have seen it. As for others, Ken Ogger (The Pilot) came closest to seeing the truth, he just didn't extrapolate backwards from what he already knew. Look at him get close here (from Super Scio #6A): “One point that is still under research is whether or not we have multiple self-aware operating centers. In other words, we might each be a number of different people and making a point of not knowing about our other selves from any of the individual viewpoints. This might be like a computer running multiple programs and shifting memory banks as it timeslices between the different programs. Or imagine setting up a 4 player card game and playing each of the 4 roles. You might mock up a personality for each one (maybe one is greedy and one is skillful and one is having fun and one is trying not to make a fool of himself) and then intentionally pretend to not know what the other 3 are thinking as you play each role.”
Then he makes the same mistake that Hubbard did: “... don't make the mistake of thinking that you're everybody else. You'd only be a small percentage. Maybe one in a billion. But the galaxy is large and even that ratio might mean that you are millions of different people. We used to operate this way on the early track, but we were aware of doing it.” On the other hand Hubbard contradicts himself in 1952 when he says the truth: “If you notice on the column on the Chart of Attitudes, up at the top of the column, at some unimaginable number height way above 40 - you've got "everyone." You would have everyone; you really would have. It'd come back to the main theta body, the BIG theta body. And if you could back up the Tone Scale far enough or high enough, theoretically you could be everyone, theoretically.”
I don't see why he would think anything has changed about the way we operate, ha ha! Actually I do. Like most people, he doesn't dare allow himself to have that thought. It's considered a dangerous thought. The consideration is that the information I'm giving here if placed in the awareness of a sufficiently able thetan is capable of unmocking the entire game. I don't know if that last statement is true or not, but that is the consideration as I've recovered it. Enough digression, back to the parts (thetans) of the whole (static). These parts retain the ability of the Single Deity in that they are able to divide into more parts. That's how there are so many thetans. These self-aware parts (thetans) also have the ability to divide and separate awareness into new locations, which are not self-aware. We call these non-self-aware entities. Another word for them is "thought forms." They can be quite alive, nearly thetans themselves and have very complex minds. Or they can be as simple as a dot of mass with a single thought or command inside it. At this level they begin shading into those effort level thoughts, which are often seen in the mind as symbols. The more complex of these entities retain the ability to divide and make new non-self-aware copies of themselves. This is how we have so many genetic entities running life forms. This also explains the behavior of BTs, etc. And it explains the cluster of entities. So stiff, pedantic classifications of beingness are not exactly true. Theta can become, divide and create whatever it can envision. There are infinite shades of being.
Separate beings and entities are always in duplication of one another (telepathy), and can become aware of it if they have a lot of communication, which comm leads to increased affinity, and if they are sharing the same space. That latter two are probably the key actions leading to the formation of clusters on the BT level and group minds on the thetan level -- AFFINITY and SHARING OF SPACE. Reread the main article on triangles. Those are first column actions, leading to at least a partial as-isness of postulated differences, putting the beings or entities more in contact with one another at Single Deity. With the BTs, sharing of space is achieved with force. One of the main implant tricks is to take something upscale like Static or Native State, and equate it to something downscale like agreement or a mystery. In the case of clusters, affinity and force (not-is) have been combined. The result is enforced affinity -- ick! Reality is the dream of Single Deity. ALL of reality, and that includes cold, hard matter, is the dream of Single Deity. (Please do not confuse Single Deity with Christian ideas of a personal God who is "over" you. Single Deity is not an overwhelm of you. It is not you at effect, while it is the only cause. Single Deity is YOU, but it also just so happens to be me too, and everyone else.) To the extent that individual beings (thetans) have agreed on a universe, to that extent they share that universe and all postulates which create it. The postulates of the current universe are based on the postulates of all the previous ones, going back all the way to at least the first common, shared universe (agreements), and probably much much farther than that. Many of those postulates are extremely aberrated. Many of those postulates exist at the bottom end of the tone scale, in the Unknowable range. Therefore, not only does each individual being have "case", but the physical universe has "case" as well, and in fact seems to possess some very solid seeming machinery and a reactive mind of its own. That could be deemed the group reactive mind of all beings inhabiting this universe. And we are putting it there, all of us. As for the mechanics, much fascinating information can be found in the works of Rupert Sheldrake; and also on Edmund Meadows' Viking Remote Viewing & Psychic Self Defense site. Some of that latter is quite hair-raising. Membership in any group apparently implants the mind of that group, which consists of a sub-universe separate from, but interacting with the physical universe via the members. As agreement is enforced reality -- which is to say a must-have on some reality and a must-not-have on other reality -- then the group mind of any group such as for instance the Marine Corps or the Church of _____ will seek to limit disagreement via the actions of its members against other members and outsiders. Edmund Meadows goes into great detail about these sub-universes; I highly recommend reading his site. I also want to warn you that his material is separated from enforced agreement with most groups, therefore it will probably seem strange and unreal to most people who read it. It is not for beginners. You will know you have arrived above enforced reality when you can comfortably read Edmund without having to agree or disagree. The viewpoints of others can be duplicated without enforcement. All of this occurs in the +20s range of the tone scale, which could be called the Objective or Extroverted Mental Plane. This is quite different from the introverted mental activity,
which occurs at thinkingness. The Objective Mental Plane is thinking by interaction with other viewpoints. This plane has the appearance of a vast space containing interconnecting points, which are separated, by empty space. The physical universe, which is below tone 26, appears to be divided into four planes. The highest of these is the Objective Mental, which is called by occultists the element of fire. Ouran
#21 ARCHETYPES AND TIME IN THE MIND & UNIVERSES I didn't originally intend the Ghost Danse articles to act as a commentary on other people's work. Nevertheless I find that I am drawn to quote from and add to, much that has been written by others, especially Hubbard and Ogger. I came across an extraordinary passage in Ken Ogger's Super Scio (#7C) which touched upon something I've been investigating on my own during my isolation from my peers. He laid out a marvelous series of procedures for expanding a person's overall abilities (thinly disguised as training in levitation!), one of which is so badly named that I must assume he got it in some form from Hubbard: 12.11 Acknowledgment of the Object 12.11 a) Spot the object as a communication from an originator in the distant past. Consider the object itself to be the comm line stretching through time to give you a perfect duplicate of what the originator mocked up. b) Send an acknowledgment through the object back to the originator. c) Now you send the mockup of the object back to the originator (send it back through the track of the object). d) have the originator send an ack back to you.
Ken comments beneath: Oddly enough, this process works and produces a very interesting release and increase of havingness. It seems to sidestep the apparency that other MEST was alter-ised to make the object and it also bypasses the manufacturing considerations. Mass produced objects were postulated by somebody or some bodies even if a machine was used to make vast numbers of copies.
"Oddly enough"???? I don't find it odd at all! That procedure above works because it is based upon a fundamental postulate which we've been using as a foundation for most if not all the universes we've inhabited over the eons. I discovered this postulate during my investigation of astrology. Later I realized that it was behind the need to locate a "basic" when running chains of engrams in Dianetic therapy. The postulate may be stated thus: A THING EXISTS ONLY IN THE TIME (MOMENT) OF ITS FIRST CREATION. This is of course derived from the primal triangle of creation "AS-IS, ALTER-IS, NOTIS", which itself is little more than another way of saying "FIRST postulate, SECOND postulate, THIRD postulate". The truth is always the first postulate, the as-isness -- which is why it is necessary to locate the first "thing". From this you get the following corollaries: THE "TIME" OF ANY OBJECT IS THE EXACT MOMENT OF ITS CREATION.
THE "TIME" OF A LIVING BODY IS THE EXACT MOMENT OF ITS BIRTH. ALL HUMANOID BODIES ARE BASED UPON AND HAVE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FIRST HUMANOID BODY EVER MOCKED UP. (This would be quite a bit prior to the current universe.) The same holds true for, say, a drinking cup. The first cup ever made acts as the archetype on which all subsequent cups are based. In order to get past the not-isness (3rd or more postulates) to the real isness of a particular cup one would locate the moment that specific cup was made, and then the moment the first ever cup was made. These actions would undercut most of the not-is accumulated on that specific cup by treating the cup almost as the most recent incident on a chain -- then instead of "grinding" away at the recent cup, going back and running "basic." THE "TIME" OF A PHYSICAL SPACE (A UNIVERSE) IS ALWAYS THE FIRST MOMENT OF ITS EXISTENCE. This of course means that our personal universes are a hell of a lot older than this current MEST universe! This is behind the phenomena Hubbard and his researchers encountered when they would ask someone to come to "present time", only to discover that the person had instead gone to the beginning of his track! THE "TIME" IN A MENTAL IMAGE SUCH AS A MEMORY OF AN INCIDENT IS THE MOMENT OF CREATION OF EVERY OBJECT OR SITUATION WHICH APPEARS IN THE MEMORY. This is why Dianetic (regression) therapy can run chains which associate almost anything which appears in the first incident located. If the processee locates a recent incident in which he was hit over the head with a hammer by his father causing pain in the head, that incident can be run as a series of incidents associated with any of those items. It can be run as a series of "pain in head" incidents. It can be run as a series of "hammer" incidents. It can be run as a series of "father" incidents. And it's possible to get a release any of the three ways! Dianetics really needs to be revamped (again) given the above data! It's really something that the ancient Greek philosopher Plato managed to get deep enough into his mind to spot the existence of archetypes. The old guy, or whoever he got it from, must have been quite able as a being. Believe me, it isn't easy to do -- requires some extremely deep introspection. Ouran
#22 A NEGLECTED KEYOUT, AND THE CURE TO THE HUBRIS TRAP (Do not read this article until you have read and understood all of the previous ones in the second section -- with the exception of the two on astrology, which you may ignore for now.) By the time you reach this article you should be in possession of a clear mental image of the upper (causal or spirit) area of the tone scale. To recap though: there is a Nothing, which is beyond Cause, which made a decision to be (postulate = to exist). The resulting single beingness is called Single Deity on Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale. I usually call it the Static. The two tones on that scale just below Single Deity are where the Static decided in turn to partially not-know itself, separating into Thetans or spirits as a result (postulate = "I am me"). But saying "I am me." implied that you are not-me. Therefore the first dichotomy was formed, a lie which triggered all the lies to follow. The basic dichotomy echoed down into every area we pervaded, so that to know was to not-know, to be was to not-be, to have was to not-have, to love was to not-love. All of our goals and their GPMs cascaded down from this. Our major scales such as the tone scale and the know to mystery scale derive from it. All the implant series echo it. All of our universes and their functions only exist because of forcibly holding apart (yet at the same time smashing together into one) a function of near-theta and its metaphysically opposite proposition. To know is to totally not-know, thereby opening a space for its scale (Expanded Know to Mystery, as per Filbert). Because the top of each is based upon, and contains the bottom of each as part of its fundamental makeup -- every proposition implying its reverse -- the top and bottom of each scale are equated with one another in the mind in the A = A manner described by Alfred Korzybsky. This created the classic Problem, as defined by Hubbard. The individuation of the Static into thetans IS the ultimate, fundamental action, which is Basic to our whole mess. But, you might ask me, if it's so basic then knowledge of it should be helpful in processing? It should, and it does, but because of a quirk in the personal identity of Hubbard it was shunned in the Co$ and seems to be mostly ignored in the Freezone (though Max Sandor knows it well). Perhaps this was a good thing that Hubbard could not face the truth, because he and his research auditors built a bridge without the crutch of one of the most effective tools for keying out a being. Instead they found new ways to achieve clarity, without using the easy way. This knowledge is known in most religions in some form or another. Christianity, Buddhism, Christian Science, all use it. It is a powerful tool. It is a powerful vision that
takes the individual beyond his mere Self, and into true pan-determinism. It can be read clearly in the reported words and actions of both Gautama (the Buddha) and Jesus of Nazareth. The gist of it? Simple. There is only one Thetan at Single Deity. That Thetan is awake and aware of all its scattered parts, which do not seem scattered to it -- despite the fact that the parts (individual thetans and entities) are usually unaware of being it and also EVERY OTHER BEING IN EXISTENCE. And that's the big secret. You are everyone else. There is only one of us. Our separation is a lie. The other day I read an email message by Heidrun Beer in which she protested that a certain universal clearing process would produce individuation because it only ran the process on the first flow: self. She insisted that other flows -- involving processing the viewpoints of other people -- was necessary. Heidrun is correct. And the above is why. One cannot become totally free without processing everyone -- because one is everyone. Remember this: Hubbard's definitions of pan-determinism prattle on foolishly in mechanical description of a great breadth of control and responsibility. This is incorrect and limited. True pan-determinism is BEING everyone and everything. If you are something, of course you can control it! But if you are controlling something or someone without being them, then you are a tyrant, and your control is felt as other-determinism by the one(s) being controlled. This is the deadly mistake Hubbard made as a result of his hubris, thereby collapsing together the triangles of Scn. This information is why most religions in their highest aspects insist that love is the answer to everything. Love is the process, as described in both Buddhism and by Crowley. Boundless love. Love without desire or fixation upon objects or goals. Its result is an ascension up the tone scale to Static. (I have read it described as feeling love as an emotion at first, then as you rise upscale the love rises up tone too, and expands outward spacially. The best description I know is found in Max's Purple notebook, chapter 64 "Raising the Frequency of Love". Also see this section of the Sankha Sutta for an exact OT process, and the Metta Sutta for results. That's not what happened to me though. I got this release by concentrating on the fleeting instant of near static, which occurs just BEFORE a thought. Instead of having the idea of affinity, I "knew" it as a process upscale into the Thought range of 90.0 to 160.0 on the tone scale for brief instants. I can't even begin to describe those tones. It is NOT thinkingness type thought, it's more like aesthetic feeling except as knowing instead of feeling.) Therefore by extension one might also achieve this keyout by the oft ignored process "conceive a static", though I must protest that what I did was more along the lines of locating one. There is also a strong probability that actually reexperiencing the act of separating from Static through a regression process such as R3XD may produce a stabler form of the same result. That Buddhist process I first mentioned was simple wasn't it? Too simple for some people in their serious complexity. Yet it produces a key out of magnitude. Just love your way up the tone scale, and when you reach Static, you will discover that Single Deity is you. And
that all your friends and enemies are you too, even though they remain their distinct selves also. It works. Try it. If Gautama (the Buddha) knew why his process worked that information didn't as far as I know survive into the modern era. His process works because love, affinity, is fundamentally a matter of same beingness. By expanding outward with unrestricted love in all directions, the Buddha was reconnecting with all his lost and forgotten parts of himself. "Thou art god." --Valentine Michael Smith in "Stranger in a Strange Land" by Robert Heinlein
Yes you are. Just keep in mind that even though you are god, so is everyone else, lest you fall into the Hubris Trap. These processes if practiced can cure any being of hubris. The end phenomenon of these processes is a happy state where others are loved by you and important to you in a very relaxed, calm way. Any attempt to fake and service fac one's way into a false attest of this state would be easy to spot: the faker would remain selfish, and the love could only be faked at Covert Hostility which in turn would be prone to expressing it as Sympathy. Also an attempt to fake this release would result in a collapse of a person's space and a harsh trip downscale. So don't try faking it. Just do it. These processes would solve the Only One, the solipsist crisis of lonely self-awareness. (solipsist – 1. Philosophy. the theory that only the self exists, or can be proved to exist. 2. extreme preoccupation with and indulgence of one's feelings, desires, etc.; egoistic self-absorption.) Here are the processes again in a nutshell. – Buddhist: boundless love without fixation on desire, object or goal. Take it upscale by whatever means, and outward spacially. More Scn oriented: simply locate a static. I did. Ouran
#23 INSIDE/OUTSIDE One of the most fundamental aberrations of a being is the idea of self. We didn't used to insist so strongly that our personal identities were separate, but over a vast gulf of times we each have built up an armor of identity with which we enforce our individuation from one another. The primary means of enforcing self is the identification of each being's separate awareness -- in the classic A = A manner -- with whatever symbol, mask, field of energy and/or body each uses as a terminal for others to communicate with. By saying "I am _____" then filling the blank with the terminal (for example "I am this body"), each being set up an outer limit to what was considered to be itself. The tendency became one of only being that body, only viewing from that body, only being responsible for the effects caused by that body. Problem is, a being is much much larger than that. At and above Postulates on the Expanded Tone Scale the being decides meaning into large spaces outside and beyond its mere body. (As an aside let me point out again that the action of a being in creating a symbol in its mind is fundamentally the same as when it makes a postulate and impresses that postulate onto the physical universe. When making a thought symbol in the mind one creates a small bit of mass and assigns meaning to it. A symbol is defined as an object having mass plus mobility plus meaning. [This gives us a new triangle: col 1 - meaning, col 2 - mobility, col 3 - mass] This is exactly how a person thinks in the sub-death range of -3.0 to -4.0. A small mobile bit of mass is created and a meaning is attached/assigned to it. These bits of mass are then arranged, sorted, strung out in series', etc. in order for the normal person to "think." At Postulates a being does the same action on a wider scale. To impress a postulate upon all of physical reality one is assigning a meaning to it. It's the same action.) Part of going downscale is that a being occupies less and less space. Eventually a being occupies very little space, only takes responsibility for its mere body (if that much), and abandons everything else that exists. The result is a false dichotomy of Self vs. Other. This can also be called Inside vs. Outside. I've studied astrology for more than 30 years. In astrology they have a saying: "As above, so below." This means that the outer universe is reflected in the mind and beingness of a person -- and vice versa. Over years of observing the interactions of people with the overall universe through the framework of astrology I saw that the whole outside/inside dichotomy was a lie. For instance the horoscopes of serial killers possessed the same special features as their victims. This is a well known phenomenon in astrology, but I don't think most astrologers have made the leap of understanding to realize that the victims are creating serial killing just as much as the perpetrators! Which means that the victims are cause over their own demise!
The above action implies that the oppterminal is as much the processee as the terminal. Just because the processee has assigned the label "self" to the terminal, and "other" to the oppterminal, that doesn't make it true. If the processee isn't also at the oppterm, then why the devil is the oppterm there at all? It's arbitrary, just as so much of identity is arbitrary. Sure, sure, one must get the right ownership, but that may be little more than ripping away sufficient not-is to get at what precise assignation was made. Keep in mind -- a person can and should run an incident from as many points of view as necessary. Much as we've lied our thetan asses off denying it, we're still all parts of the Static, the "main body of theta" if you wish. We can run each other's points of view, run each other's incidents, view one another's whole track as if it were our own, and even access anything and everything that was ever done in this or any universe (this has been called "reading the akashic record"). It's been said that all life is connected. It's been said that all theta is connected. It would be more accurate to say instead that all beingness is one beingness at the top of the tone scale. So how big is a "self?" If a would-be victim can bring a serial killer to it from 70 miles away, that's a pretty good reach, viewed from a "normal" and "reasonable" perspective. But how can that victim bring the killer? By postulate? That's merely a via. By beingness? Ah, there's the rub! How many bodies is the victim controlling? Two? It’s "own" and the killer's? So just how big IS a being? I mean REALLY? I know. Size, reach and identity become irrelevant at the Static (Single Deity - 320.0). But stepping down from there a bit, in more practical terms a being can and does assign meaning to the entirety of reality. In more down to earth terms that anyone can use, you can walk your body around on this planet -- say, walk down the street and be your body, be the sidewalk, be the kitten watching from the window, be the shrewd, slightly evil intentioned crow flapping above, be the oak tree growing in the yard, be it all. Why would "you" be a human body any more than you would be the pigeon sitting on the building ledge? There is no inside or outside. Ouran
(latest update 8/06/01) gold = main scale aqua = know to mystery scale red = Beingness scale white = boundaries formed by decision
#24 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GRAND TONE SCALE The scale before you is the combination of the work of many people, brought together here in an attempt to lay out a more accurate map of the mind and therefore of reality itself. The oldest root of this scale is from Theosophy (which in turn owes a huge debt to Tibet). The Theosophists described the scale as "planes": Causal, Mental, Astral, Etheric, and Physical.
In this scale the Causal is the level of spirit, the Mental that of pure thought, the Aastral that of emotion, the Etheric that of effort, Body thought and sensation, and the Physical that of matter and unconsciousness. I've retained the name Causal, renamed Mental as Thought, used Emotional instead of Astral, used Effort instead of Etheric (both from Scn), and renamed Physical as Mystery. The greatest major contribution is from the research of LRH and his staffs. A critical expansion of that work was made by Geoffrey Filbert, without whose insight this page would not be possible. Geoffrey laid out the tones he saw in sequence, but he didn't go into detailed descriptions. The work of many others has helped. You will find their names scattered through this document. This full scale derives primarily from observing processees who in reliving past incidents pass through these tones as they experience relief. From professional processor Robert Ducharme a while back came this observation: "...in unraveling a somatic one finds suppressed emotion, and in unraveling emotion one finds considerations. Once those considerations are cleaned up, the persistence of emotions and somatic ends. Release the effort and one finds the emotion. Release the emotion and one gets the thought or consideration. Release that and one gets reality - along with the affinity and communication that accompanies it."
A familiarity with Filbert's Expanded Tone Scale is necessary for study of this page. Study that first. Keep in mind when reading this page that egos are irrelevant. This is not about me, or LRH, or any other being, which says "I." This page is about the knowledge we all possess within us concerning the structures of our minds and shared universes. So the more viewpoints the better. Reality is never about any single "me" -- the "Cosmic All", as Doc Smith used to phrase it, can not be seen from only one point of view.
All three major scales of Know to Mystery, Affinity (Emotional tones, etc) and Be -- plus all other scales -- are united within TOTAL EXISTENCE at the top. They have a unity at the bottom too, which exists despite the horror of everything being fragmented there - but it is a unity of NOT-BE, ABSOLUTE HATE and UNKNOWABLE as TOTAL NONEXISTENCE. Every action identified as occurring above where a spirit is located on the scale is still there, but out of sight. So for instance at the tone Considerations the spirit is still making a postulate, and above that a decision, whenever it has a consideration. With an emotional tone (such as Enthusiasm for example) there is a fixed attitude (actually an attitude is a solidified opinion), above which is a fixed consideration, above which is a prior postulate, above which is a decision. It's merely that the higher actions are usually out of view. Reality itself appears different at different points on the scale ( Perceptions of Reality) Please note that the "bands" (from Theosophy) are only a convenience, as these bands blend into one another. More important than the Theosophical bands are the decision points in white. These are points of shift and change, which create great cumulative damage on the way down, or intense relief when passed through in session on the way up. Within the span of the grand scale formed by TOTAL EXISTENCE vs. TOTAL NONEXISTENCE lie all our scales and triangles, not to mention all of our universes. Checking the archetypal area I find that every major triangle is based on a dichotomy, and forms a scale between the poles of the dichotomy. This scale between poles of the dichotomy is expressed through the third item of the triangle (see GD7.html for a list), which resolves habitually to one or the other pole. Many of the dichotomies behind these triangles are found in GD38.html, with the important ones correlated to the tone scale. The tone scale, the dichotomies, and the triangles form a system, which is the basis of everyone and everything, we experience. It should be blatantly obvious that we do not yet possess all of the data on these phenomena. A discerning person will notice holes and gaps in this data. In some cases we have the triangle, but not the full scale (Creation triangle); and in others we possess a rough, incomplete view of a scale, but no idea what triangle goes with it (Effort band, Mystery band, and also the Vibration scale). This is a research line. I will correct and add to this document as I and others rediscover the pattern of laws underlying all of reality. From Max Sandor I learned the viewpoint (Buddhist in origin he tells me) that case consists of not being whole. Therefore I have roughed out this scale as the Fragmentation of Being. There is a recurring pattern within the grand tone scale where smaller dichotomies and triangles repeat themselves in what can be described as a fractal manner. Within the grand scale are two smaller scales, which also form triangles. The top one appears to have Static at its top and Individuality at its bottom. This is the Causal band below Native State. The 2nd scale below that is the Know to Mystery scale, which is coexistent with the Existence triangle (see Ghost Danse #34 for diagrams). These latter operate inside universes.
The Know to Mystery scale contains the remaining bands of Thought, Emotion, Effort and Mystery. Physical universe matter lies somewhere within the Mystery band; if it wasn't a mystery it wouldn't be so darned solid! The Thought band is a smaller scale within the overall pattern, and functions by means of the Creation triangle of as-is, alter-is, not-is. It seems to have smaller scales and triangles within it. The Emotion band begins to operate below Opinions -- below which single, separated viewpoints allow sufficient distance for affinity, the operation of communication, and the "solution" (3rd item) of reality. Therefore the ARC triangle (Affinity triangle) operates in the Emotion band, which is yet another fractal repetition of the pattern. There are the same sorts of things occurring in the Effort and Mystery bands. Effort seems to be a triangle based on the survive vs. succumb dichotomy. I'm still researching. Inside these smaller scales/triangles I'm spotting smaller cycles. The overall pattern seen from the abstract area of primal archetypes (in the Thought band) is one of repeating fractal shapes based on the numbers 2, 3, and 4. 2 is the dichotomy, which seems caused originally by separation from static. 3 is the triangle, possibly laid in by the Penalty universes described by Ken Ogger (Super Scio). 4 is the oppgoal, which seems to originate in the Treadmill implant researched by Ken Ogger (Super Scio). I have not yet run either Penalty or Treadmill so I cannot vouch for the accuracy of either. But I can vouch for the pattern of these scales and triangles. They had to have come from somewhere. So I'm correlating Ken's work (and others') with mine here in order to communicate as complete an exposition of the tone scale as possible at this time. I want everyone to be aware that these implants might be dub-in, so read Ghost Danse #41 for some cautionary data. That was the introduction. Are you ready to look at the entire tone scale? Start: CAUSAL BAND BE The Causal band is characterized by decisions made solely on the
subject of being. The Causal band is above being inside universes, yet controls by decision those parts of themselves which are the beings manifested within universes. Actions taken at the levels of the Causal band usually appear to us to be postulates. They are not postulates; and attempts to represent these decisions as postulates or ideas using language often results in what sounds like madness and nonsense. Actions taken in the Causal band are decisions regarding beingness, which sometimes doesn't translate into language worth a damn. Aleister Crowley in his book "Magick in Theory and Practice" pointed out that "There are three main theories of the Universe; Dualism, Monism and Nihilism."
Crowley knew that all three are correct. Nihilism is viewing reality as Native State. An example of this is Buddhism. Monism is viewing reality as the unified top area. Duality is viewing reality as dichotomies and polarities.
+400 Native State
Neither existence nor nonexistence. Neither perception nor non-perception. Neither unity nor division. Nothing is manifested here, not even potential. No decisions are made at this tone. This is above everything. (Existence/awareness boundary) +320 Static
This can be described as both zero and infinity in that it appears to be an infinite zero! Viewed from within universes it appears as a total stillness, silence, no vibration -- yet possessing (from a viewpoint within a universe) an infinite potential in comparison/relation to any terminal within the universe. This is the single beingness called by Filbert "Single Deity." The Buddhists' "Nothingness." Static and Coexistence are modifications of this and form the top triangle of existence. The decision at this level creates the grand dichotomy of EXIST vs. NOT-EXIST, which extends to the bottom of this scale. This tone is still above decision as a verb. LRH apparently got a limited view of this when he remarked during a lecture in 1952 (PDC #14): "So, you want to know what your highest echelon of knowledge could possibly be. It would probably be complete freedom to make the postulate to form any... any datum or group of data without even making the postulate to do so." +160 to +120 Coexistence/Individuality
Filbert's names for this are excellent, so let's use them. I originally accepted the view of these being separate, but this changed when I became aware of the existence of primal dichotomies. Now I know that these two are merely opposing aspects of one another. Viewed as Coexistence we are still fully being one another, but are occupying multiple centers of awareness semi-separately. The Buddhists describe an area called "Infinite Consciousness" which would seem to be this. (The not-know beingness boundary -- differentiation begins at Individuality) Viewed as Individuality this consists of beingnesses of Coexistence who have decided to not be one another -- or to say it with perhaps more accuracy, to not know that they are each other. According to Ken Ogger's descriptions each spirit at this level is capable of assuming a myriad of viewpoints simultaneously. By only being oneself, and not being others, this creates the span between BE and NOT-BE. Here is the "Infinite Space" of the Buddhists, caused by full separation of being into individuals. Here is the origin of "me", which is individual identity separated from others. The only way I can conceive of separating beings from one another in the absence of any universes would be to create an infinite empty space in which to be conscious in part of and not other parts; this would not be a material space.
The first "particles" or "anchor points" would have to be individual consciousnesses, not matter. One of my observations when in the zero of deep meditation was that instead of LRH's "Space is a viewpoint of dimension" (Which is little more than saying that one perceives a distance. LRH flubbed that one.) I saw that space derived directly from the division of the static into individuals. Therefore perhaps one could express it as: SPACE IS A DIVISION OF BEING
The infinite zero of static expanded infinitely in all directions as it decided to not-know various parts of itself as viewed from various other parts. In deciding to thus not-know, each part that individuated created a not-know within itself, which eventually became the bottom of the chart of attitudes, bottom of tone scale etc as characteristics were later assigned to the universes. An additional observation was made about this level by a friend, which helps clarify "be" and decisions. This observation is that Causation also fragments. If I may quote "M": I seem to find a decision done at the end of the causal band, at "individuality". This decision would be: "Everyone his own source of postulates". Like after Coexistence, we would have decided to be able to postulate and cause things in the universe to come on the next level down the tone scale (in the thought band), but with different flavors: "I will postulate and you too, but with different cause and effects, and some interferences". Hence several cause, source points with space in between, and reality being result of interferences between what is flowing from all those various source points.
Decisions are conscious and deliberate (verbs) from here down. K-M: Not-Know and Know -- LRH erred in separating these, they are opposing aspects of one another: the perception vs. non-perception dichotomy. This is without a via. It just is awareness, as a creative certainty. Or perhaps I should say the certainty of one's creation. Here affinity is still perfect so there is no need to pervade as an action. A spirit simply creates the thing known, manifested as certainty without hesitation (comm lag) or thought. There is no separation in space or time between the creation and the Being. This is true pervaded reality as a boundless state of being. +110 Awareness/Perception (see K-M "Not-Know and Know" above) THOUGHT BAND DO
The Thought band is characterized by ideas made about the contents of universes. Here are all postulates, considerations, ideas, ideals, archetypes and opinions. At this point begins the Know to Mystery scale (K-M), as KNOW separates from BE and AFFINITY. In fact AFFINITY is still part of BE from here down to Games. Above this point KNOW and AFFINITY were part of BE. The upper third of the Thought band (equivalent to Know on the K-M scale) is the primary range of postulate making. The middle third of the band is the results of postulation. The lower third is withdrawal from those results.
+100 Creation (Dichotomy: truth vs. non-truth, masking create vs. uncreate. Triangle: as-is, alter-is, not-is)
Filbert's Truth. This tone is the source of the living dream, or what I call the dreamer who dreams with eyes open, whose dream is himself. Discarding such poetic language, at this tone a spirit is finally making realities. The image of the living dream itself occurs around +60 to +50 and is represented by the Hebrews as Binah. This tone is Kether. (In Western occultism, Binah is seen to take the raw force of Chokhmah, and to channel it into the various forms of creation. For example, in a car, you have the fuel and an engine. While Chokmah is the fuel, pure energy, Binah is the engine, pure inert mechanism. Either one without the other is useless. In its role as the ultimate Object, as opposed to Chokmah as the Subject, its role is similar to the role of Shakti in Indian mysticism. It is feminine , because it literally gives birth to the whole of creation, providing the supernal womb , with Chokmah providing the raw energy.) (The Sephirah (or Branch of The Tree Of Life) called KETHER in Kaballah connects the individual with "Macroprospectus" or the ability to see the Whole of one's reality from the perspective of our Creator. Not only the poet Burns but all of us at times have wished the gift "to see ourselves as others see us;" and it is here at Kether that this is possible. The word Kether means "Summit" or PINNACLE; a tall peak from which one can see everything around you. Anything that centers the attention at the crown of the head is Life's way of telling us that WE MUST CLIMB ABOVE OUR NORMAL LIFE, AND LOOK AT OUR PLACE IN THE WHOLE SCHEME OF THINGS. )
Since this is below Individuality, these have the appearance of personal, private universes -- just as this tone has the appearance of Truth. These are WHOLE creations, not pieces, and the apparency is that they are FULLY PERVADED. They appear pervasive because they are absolutes, that is to say they have the appearance of infinities. Filbert called this "exponential", which is another way to look at it. No matter how one looks at it, the creation done here is of infinite absolutes used in the construction of everything. All tones above this one I call "lights reflected upward" because they are creations. Ultimately there is no higher tone than this. The creation done here, which is an act of lying because creation is separation of self (unwholeness), is first reflected downward into "Creation as Effect" at tone -100. All tones above +100 and all tones below -100 are constructs and definitely afterthoughts. The next act seems to be the creation of perception of what was created. So the sequence is: 1. +100, 2. -100, 3. +110. Next would come separation of beingness, then everything vs. nothing, etc. These "lights" at the top are reflected downward into the shadows below -100. This occurs because reality is postulated or created as bipolar in nature, so that any creation automatically contains it contradiction.
I suppose this tone could be called the highest level of postulation, which is postulation of entire universes. But from the viewpoint of a common garden-variety thetan, this is rather above the usual action of making "a" postulate. Lower down a postulate is perceived as a thought or idea made with absolute certainty -- but this is a level of absolutes, which in turn create universes instead of a single idea. (Know to Mystery: below this tone every "know" is on an ever increasing and complex via as one descends.) The dichotomy behind this tone is as-isness either as theta the nothing, or as as-isness the total creation. The dichotomy could also be described as TRUTH vs. HALLUCINATION, because that's how it appears from a viewpoint located in space. This tone is both the silence of as-isness causing the vanishment of creation, and the vastness of all universes and everything. That latter description sounds a lot like the top dichotomy at Static. Not to be confusing but the sequence of these is arbitrary from this tone up. Buddha placed Perception at the top. That's just as true probably. Linear views are lies in these upper tones. I cannot convey in words how thoroughly these upper tones are just viewpoints of one thing separated by ignorance. The occultists divide the Thought band into upper and lower halves, which they label "abstract thought" and "concrete thought." That's okaaaay, but clumsy and limited, not to mention wrong. Their concrete thought is actually below emotion, and abstract thought is the mental plane just above emotion/astral. The thought band is actually divided into three areas: the living dream from Creation to Postulates, post-creation pervaded reality, and objective reality. This entire Thought band functions as modifications on the Creation triangle. In processing, resolution of high level case by depolarizing the top three dichotomies above should result in only this tone remaining, and the vanishing of the tone scale as a solidity. +90 to +75 Archetypes/Ideas Triangle: PERCEPTION-EVALUATION-JUDGEMENT.
Here are many values, which have their origin in the tone above. Here are fundamental reasons why in a universe. Here are "this is good", "this is bad", "this follows that" and "this object's purpose is", and thus the most primal underpinnings of values and logic regarding creations -- especially of thought -- are at this tone. The basics of mathematics were formed at this level. Various codes are here, usually placed in a base 2 multiplied by itself (ex. 64, 256, etc) format. (codes- primordial dichotomies or GPM’s. see GD#38) These are complete creations which act as templates. The realities behind much of what is on this page lies at this tone. Archetypes have several subtones, including Filbert's Decency. The most fundamental dichotomy in operation over Archetypes/Ideas appears to be good versus evil. This is the highest "association" in mental activity. +70 Aesthetics (Creation of) Beauty is affinity of creation(s), often resonating with one
another. This is of necessity below Ideas.
+65 or so: Ethics Ethics is aesthetics applied to relations between beings. I perceive
ethics as a subset of aesthetics, so I place this in a different sequence than did Filbert. This is probably Judgment in the triangle above. +60 Inspiration The outpouring of a (limited) portion of new creation.
(Boundary --end of creation, beginning of mechanically pervaded realities; end of boundless empathetic "telepathy", beginning of increasing personal isolation.) +50 Agony Loss of the views of other beings, to experience reality from the views of
other spirits. The mental anguish is excruciating as one separates and falls away. Experienced as a loss of self or beingness, and in addition it seems to be the loss of easy co-creation. (I passed through this tone running a pre-MEST incident in session with Robert Ducharme. It seems to be a transitional tone rather than a resting point.) This is probably a lower harmonic of the not-know between Coexistence and Individuality. Binah begins below here approximately and continues through to about +30 Postulates. This is the cycle, which is seen as "not-is" of the triangle at tone +100. K-M: Know About -- is after the fact of creation, requiring a reach to achieve a complete sharing of space with what's known. Mechanically this means the Being knows by the act of artificial pervasion. If you want to know something -- mock it up again. +40 Perfect Affinity Hubbard called this Serenity of Beingness - tone 40. This tone is
below complete pervasion of the reality in which one is operating. Buddha described a state he called "equanimity" which would seem to be this, and above. Below this tone, affinity is only partial and therefore the operation of spacial affinity, most of which are emotions beginning at +16, actually begins to gradually fade into existence below here. Because pervasion deteriorates from here, the person in terms of mental space divides into those locations where they are being ("identification") and those locations where they are not being ("disassociation"). +33 an equivalent of fear in this cycle. +31 an equivalent of apathy in this cycle.
Note: a new cycle starts about here. I do not yet know its nature. +30 Postulates This is Creation passed down to deciding about existences in mental
universes. Sorry but this is so hard to describe I cannot do so at this time. Ultimately, who can decide the existence of anything? Only static can do that, and static is everyone. This is a lower band, lower universe manifestation of the actions at Creation, and should perhaps be better named Viewed Postulates. +28 Considerations A consideration is after the fact of postulation. You are no longer
being it perfectly, but may become it at will in order to know it or act on it. If Postulates is viewing the as-isness, then Considerations is viewing the alter-isness (at tone 80), which forms an apparent state of isness. (LRH's four types of "-isness" found in his Phoenix Lectures are a trifle misleading. Three of them -- as-isness, alter-isness and not-isness -- are VERBS [and form an important primal triangle], that is to say they are
actions taken by theta. The fourth -- isness -- is a NOUN, and is the result of actions taken to produce a stable creation.) +26 Apparencies Are Reality Accepting the results of creation as real. One no longer
sees the reality behind the universe, and instead takes the apparency as being the reality, which is the viewed consideration (the tone just above it). +24 Universes The playing fields are finished apparencies. But note this is a plural. A
Being exists in multiple universes. The entire area between tone 40 (Perfect Affinity) and Universes is the formation of spaces. The reality of this band has the appearance of points in an otherwise empty space. (Objective viewpoint boundary, end of pervaded realities, first use of mental not-is. Affinity scale begins to strongly manifest itself below here because of the decisions to not be in the same space with viewpoints, energies and objects -- therefore the forming decision is: NO-PERVASION. This distance creates the need for affinity.) K-M: Lookingness -- has lowered affinity. There is now distance between self and what is known, i.e., the thetan in one location, what is viewed in another location. Max Sandor described this area as "'single viewpoints' or 'object-oriented perception' (as opposed to boundless states/views)". Here is the expression of rational thought about things seen. This is one of the "knows" which trigger and are attached to MEST thoughts in the Effort band. Look is also Opinions on the K-M. +22 to +21 Games / Play / Opinions (located self vs. others dichotomy) Here the person
relinquishes affinity, knowledge, control and responsibility for part of the universe they are inside. No longer can he pervade at will. Here are opponents, which the person is not being. Here is only being a self, a single viewpoint and its remotes. As John Lester so profoundly expressed it: "...viewpoint is the section in which its creator loses all viewpoints except one. The top of this section would therefore correspond with "clear" or uncluttered self determinism, including the implied flavour of "Fuck you Jack, I'm all right, etc. but with its creators belief system sufficiently in alignment with universal principles for them to be able to believe that they could determine their own existence, albeit based upon belief instead of observation and knowingness."
At this point AFFINITY and BE definitely part company into separate scales the same way KNOW (K-M scale) separated at the top of the Thought band. The best way I've found to describe the phenomenon is to say that BE splits into IDENTITY and AFFINITY. Here Beingness separates from the traditional tone scale (affinity) at "Wanting to Be Here." But it is affinity, which is falling away. There is no separate affinity scale visible above Games because above this tone there is no distance wherever there is pervasion (affinity is perfect inside pervaded spaces). Opinions is describing this tone as a "know" (K-M scale), rather than "Games" or "Spirit of Play" which is describing it in terms of affinity. An expanded definition of Games/Play
might be "games against opponents one is choosing not to be." If a being is not occupying the others' POV, then his "know" is merely an opinion! This is also the range of reason and logical thought as normally practiced. This is the tone where the Thought band as I originally learned it in the early '70's begins. But as Cause is outside of universes, I have extended Thought into the postulate range as well. That old occult scale had the Thought band divided into Abstract and Concrete thought. Just as use of energy operates in a series of cascading levels, so does thought. The roots of reason and logic are formed in the upper thought band, echo down into Opinion where they can be viewed, which in turn is echoed as the basis of MEST thoughts as manipulated in a body's brain. This tone is characterized by the ability to assume multiple specific viewpoints from which to play as a single self. From Excalibur Revisited by Geoffrey Filbert: "If a person is into the spirit of play of things, in other words, amusement, they have about half of their postulates on winning and half on losing."
K-M: Abstract Thought -- this subtone of the K-M sees through to basic principles and expresses them in a simplified form. This is "Lookingness" directed toward Archetypes/Ideas. +20 Action A 50/50 level of responsibility versus abandoned responsibility. Really just a
subcondition of Games, where they are not quite as much fun and the Spirit of Play is acquiring too much opposition. This tone is the higher scale harmonic of Antagonism. Or another way to say it is that Antagonism is Action where the "opponent" has been assigned the label of Enemy. But instead of violently rejecting like Antagonism, Action strongly engages others with much communication and affinity. This tone assumes only those locations on one side of a game, refusing to be the opposition locations in space. K-M: Concrete Thought -- this subtone could indeed be labeled "object oriented perception"! This is "Lookingness" directed toward the results of creation, i.e. the middle Thought band headed by Considerations. +16 Aesthetic Feeling (Sensation) Viewing beauty hits this serene tone. Single Viewpoint Here is the Being located at one location in space. No remote
viewpoints are used. This may also be the same tone as Exhilaration, as I find by inspection that Exhilaration is a single POV radiating spherically out from a spot in space. This is the garden-variety thetan viewing from one location only. There is anecdotal evidence indicating that the Being at some higher (and pervasive) tone operates a number of split viewpoints which are thetans existing usually no higher than this tone. Beingness is disassociated from entire physical universe except one location, with which the person is identified.
(This area from Games to Exhilaration is a very large span containing much activity. Unfortunately it has not been mapped out very well, yet! Please read this view of the intersection of Single Viewpoint, emotion and effort.) EMOTION BAND HAVE Every tone in this band is possessed of a fixed attitude. And
in relation to the average human I do mean "possessed!" Every emotion has its element of theta, which will appear alive, and to some people to be an obsessing entity. I must protest that I do not see Filbert's Sensation as a separate tone between Action and Exhilaration. Perhaps "Sensation" is meant to convey the beginning of the conversion of high thought into emotion? This is also the beginning of my perception of flows of what I think of as physical energy. Though the emotional scale of affinity from Enthusiasm to Death is reinforced by the body and takes up much of our daily attention, I'm certain that it's far less important than the fact that an individuated POV begins at Games/Play/Opinions and continues down through this band. My descriptions of the body tones are deliberately cursory. Full explanations of them are found in the writings of LRH. The best practical book on them to date, however, has a different author: Ruth Minshull's "How to Choose Your People". Edmond Meadows of the Viking Remote Viewing and Psychic Self-Defense site had this observation: Survival for all. Enthusiasm. Interest. Conservatism. Boredom. Survival for self. Antagonism. Anger. Concealed hostility. Fear. Survival for no one. Sympathy. Propitiation. Grief. Death. The reality of the Emotion band has the appearance of energy emitted from and/or moving toward (a soliditied view of) the points in space seen in the lower Thought band, these then acting as terminals for the flows, ridges and dispersals. K-M: Emotingness -- is certainty through feeling. This is observed in people feeling that something is right or wrong. This "know" via feeling is filtered through whatever emotional tone they are occupying.
+8 Exhilaration Affinity triangle: affinity, communication, reality (Wheeee!!! Just try
staying wholly inside your body at this tone! Hee hee!) I do not perceive Filbert's Courage at all, and I see his Thrill as a low volume Exhilaration. "Maybe" on Thrill. Action: blowing out one's space clean as a dispersal outward in all directions. A dispersal. (Here begin the body tones. Even though we have quite a number of them, they actually occupy very little space on the scale. There are only 4 areas of body tone: a strong positive attitude starting at Enthusiasm, a doubtful slightly positive one beginning at Conservatism, a rejecting negative attitude starting at Antagonism, and a caved-in, collapsing attitude starting at Fear and running down through Death.) +4 Enthusiasm Very positive. Very energetic. Returns motion constructively.
It is exceedingly odd that the human body tone scale should start with a tone that is a flow, because a flow is "change" rather than "start" on the cycle of action. This is also seen in the circle of astrological signs, which cycle flow-ridge-dispersal (change-stopstart) rather than dispersal-flow-ridge (start-change-stop). It is obvious that tones run in precise triangles (cycles of action) down most of the scale. This could be continued into the emotional band by observing that ExhilarationEnthusiasm-Conservatism forms a cycle of action. Why then does the cycle break down farther down the scale? For instance, the next main three, Boredom-Antagonism-Pain run dispersal-flow-dispersal. Either there are hidden (suppressed) tones we don't know about, or the cycles of action were deliberately broken up and disrupted. Something is wrong here, and I do not yet know what... Enthusiasm is a flow. +3.5 Cheerfulness Moderately positive, less energetic. Turns motion to advantage. +3.3 Strong Interest Slightly positive and less active. +3 Conservatism Skeptical, but still positive toward familiar activities. Holds motion at
a status quo. A ridge. +2.9 Mild Interest Slightly active. +2.8 Contented Would almost rather watch than do. +2.6 Disinterested Balanced between watching and being involved. +2.5 Boredom Sit and watch, a disinterested spectator. Moves with any motion. A
dispersal. Like light gray smoke. +2.4 Monotony Even watching doesn't work very well. A faint unhappiness.
(Affinity reverses to repulsion as evil intentions are assigned to other beings. Resistance starts here, beginning of not-is as a normal operating basis. Flows go dark. Effort level energy may begin as far up the scale as Antagonism. The reason it may begin creeping in here is because of this pair of observations: 1. ALL EFFORT IS RESISTANCE, IT PUSHES AGAINST SOMETHING.
2. REAL EMOTION MOVES AND/OR OCCUPIES A SPACE WITHOUT RESISTING ANYTHING, I.E. WITH AFFINITY. From this I conclude that at and below Antagonism efforting increases gradually until it overwhelms free emotion around Death. There is some residual emotion below Death, but by Punishing Bodies it is completely gone.) +2 Antagonism Slaps back at anything, which comes in. Vigorous rejection. Bats motion
back. A flow. +1.9 Hostility The flow of Antagonism is beginning to flare and blow outward. +1.8 Pain A dispersal. +1.5 Anger Holds motion, to destroy. A ridge. A black emotion. +1.4 Hate Solid and less communicative than Anger. +1.3 Resentment Anger held in. +1.2 No Sympathy Cold hostility with no apparent feeling. +1.15 Unexpressed Resentment Neither hostility nor fake friendliness are expressed. +1.1 Covert Hostility Hostility concealed behind a facade of engagement. Avoids
motion, moves secretly. +1.05 Anxiety Starting to worry. +1 Fear Trying to fend off attack. Avoids motion. A dispersal. +0. 98 Despair Can't defend.
+0.96 Terror Run away. +0.94 Numb Caught! +0.9 Sympathy. A flow. +0.8 Propitiation Selectively pays off others. +0.5 Grief At low volume this is sadness. Relieves part of the charge by expressing a
caved-in responsibility for the failure. It is molded by motion. +0.375 Making Amends Will give anything. +0.3 Undeserving Making self smaller. +0.2 Self Abasement Making self as small as possible.
+0.1 Victim +0.07 Hopeless +0.05 Apathy Effort begins dominating. Is pierced by motion. A ridge.
+0.03 Useless
+0.01 Dying 0.0 Death Physical death, and also abandonment of opinion and attitude acquired at the
Objective Viewpoint Boundary (Games/Play/Opinions). Not only is this tone "leaving the body" it is also "entering the body." A dispersal. Death is usually viewed as the end of a cycle. But as it is a dispersal, it is really the beginning of a new cycle of action. (Disassociation boundary -- beginning of increasing elsewhereness, forced behavior, and gradual takeover by entities.) EFFORT BAND NOT-HAVE This band is characterized by physical sensations
(including pain), the energy frequencies used to operate a body, human thoughts as they occur in a brain, and the assignment of meaning to mental shapes by visualization (otherwise known as Symbolizingness). An effort is below death. Matter in the universe is below death on the tone scale. That includes the matter of "living" flesh, which is why it normally takes effort to move a body. All actions are reactions and resistances. These tones are psychotic. Here are automatic circuits and programmed animal instincts which operate as (using LRH's quaint term) "demon circuits." Effort actually begins taking over around Apathy as emotion gradually shades into effort. Emotion is finally gone at Punishing Bodies. For convenience's sake I'm placing this band right below Death. -0.05 Failure It's dead. Separation. (I'm dead) -0.1 Pity Poor dead body. -0.2 Regret I wish it was alive. -0.3 Accountable I'm responsible. -1 Blame "They're responsible" and/or "I'm responsible". This is seeing the tone
emotionally. When viewed from within the effort band this area of 0.0 to -1 has the appearance of Total Responsibility! Please understand that emotion and effort cross over/overlap in this area. This is the top of the KRC triangle! K-M: Effortingness -- know through (re)action. Also means "feel" to many people, but it's a certainty, which feels robotic and mechanical to me. -1.4 Punishing Objects (Bodies) The effort is now solid enough to motivate (as in a
"motivator") action. Overt action. -1.5 Controlling Objects (Bodies) Enter them and make those wrong bodies act right. -2.2 Protecting Objects (Bodies) Cave in on failed overts and failed control.
K-M: Thinkingness -- is an "effort to think" and is roughly the level at which thinking with a brain occurs. I've examined this level of knowing meticulously through eastern meditation technique, and I would like to report that a Thinkingness thought consists of a speck of effort level
energy with a bit of meaning attached to it. These then are strung in rows, manipulated in various ways, and used in interaction with the brain. This is a very peculiar process to watch. The calm, rational knowing is attached to particles, which are then manipulated. It is literally a combination of Thought band and Effort band activity. By definition then, a Thinkingness thought is a symbol as defined by LRH, as it possesses mass, meaning and mobility. But the mass is small and nondescript. -3 Owning Objects (Bodies) Must have. A forced interiorization into MEST, which can
be, expressed as either being a body, or assignment of meaning (a thought) to MEST. -3.5 Approval From Objects (Bodies) Must have attention/energy from bodies. Must
obtain knowingness from others' ideas (an inversion!). K-M: Symbolizingness -- is solidified Thinkingness. More mass is needed, also a shape is required to impart meaning. Here one's body is one's symbol. -4 Needing Objects (Bodies) Must become a symbol in order to exist. Here is someone
"being" a man or woman or name that symbol. Solid identity. K-M: Eatingness -- is an inversion and collapse of space from Symbolizingness. To know at Eatingness, one pulls a MEST object into oneself and "pervades" it in a very mechanical fashion that's like a bad parody of true pervasion. (Worshipping Bodies and Sacrifice appear to be the range of heavy sensations. Yes I mean physical sensation.) -5 Worshipping Objects (Bodies) Interiorizing even farther. A new level of overt of
blanketing, surrounding, eating -- which is collapsed from into Sacrifice. K-M: Sexingness -- is a dramatization of joining and fusing of beings (through MEST). This is losing oneself into another. -6 Sacrifice Beautiful sympathy of death, the second harmonic of Aesthetics beneath it
(Sympathy is the first). Die to live. Every orgasm is a little death. Spawning salmon and male black widow spiders dramatize this one expertly. Dramatization of giving oneself completely to another sexually (sexual surrender). MYSTERY BAND NOT-DO The Mystery band is characterized by deepening
unconsciousness and progressive loss of the ability to postulate (definition of solid matter: unaware and no-cause). When processing an incident, which contains unconsciousness, the processee's incident is rising upscale out of this band. K-M: Mystery -- know through various degrees of not knowing, which get worse and more complete the farther down one goes. -8 Hiding Hiding from others. Black space. -10 Being Objects Hiding in MEST. -20 Being Nothing Invisible space.
-30 Can't Hide Can't even be invisible. -40 Total Hiding Hiding self from self. Unaware of self. -60 Should Hide Failed hiding from everyone. -80 Surrender Another cave-in level similar to apathy. Personal space established by
MEST anchor points becomes zero. (PTS (victim) to SP (suppressive) conversion threshold -- being becomes suppressive from here down.) -100 Destruction Inversion of zero space. Swings around to negative goal(s) of GPM(s).
"Making" space (clearing it out) by destroying the objects in it. EVIL BAND NOT-BE The Evil band is characterized by "other-consciousness". This is
the transfer of one's beingness to others, sort of the ultimate in irresponsibility. But it's more than that at Spiritual Death. There it is the splitting or fragmentation of consciousness, which was created high on the scale at Individuality, whose result fell to the bottom. Therefore one's consciousness as other "individuals" (what Rowland Barkley calls "source self" in the L13 materials) is at Spiritual Death. Another name for the tone could be "Being Other Individuals" because that's where that beingness has fallen to. The Evil band exhibits such extreme PTSness that reality itself goes to pieces at all levels. Geoffrey Filbert did a great job of describing it in "Excalibur Revisited": A suppressive person sees everyone as an enemy attacking them and they don't see the physical universe as it is. They are dealing with their dub-in of the physical universe. A suppressive person is surrounded by entities and identities other than what you or I see. A suppressive person is stuck on the time track and is totally back there in another time and space. ... they are not responsive to treatment of any type; they refuse auditing; they cannot confront their own minds (they go into fits over it); they are terrified at the idea of looking at a mind; ... they will not complete cycles of action (because they have time and space collapsed up); ... they will uniformly support destructive groups; they destroy decent groups; they will approve of bad actions and inhibit constructive actions; they consider help to be bad and harm to be good; ... they will consider ownership to be a pretension and that no one really owns anything; ... they have a tremendous feeling of importance and dominance quite often; ... they won't get off any tone arm action.
From this description of an SP by Filbert (most of which would seem to be the tone Delusions) a number of characteristics of this band can be seen: solidity of identities, expansion by destruction of others, inverted intentions which all boil down to an intention to not be, and from this latter intent comes no case gain in session. This band like all the other bands is present in every person, whether visible to them or not. This band can become visible in a person's behavior when they do a crossover from goal to oppgoal and term to oppterm of an actual GPM. -120 Evil Deliberate counter-intentions. (valence shift into a suppressive entity/identity)
( Evil – overwhelming the intentions/purposes of others. A valence shift occurs when my own intentions are overwhelmed and I cannot be what the other being wants me to be so I
adopt his intentions/purposes. Thus, the valence shift is not necessary for evil to occur. PMc) -160 Delusions Can no longer confront good or evil. Can't be evil entity either.
Agreement is so complete that it's all very unreal. This level of hallucination is probably the Buddhist hell. Note: Filbert may possibly have Evil and Delusions reversed in sequence. -320 Individuation of Self "The center cannot hold." Multiple personality disorder gone
rampant. The center of identity is apparently disintegrating. What's actually happening in this tone and the one below it is that conscious awareness is fragmenting into separate parts as part of the process of going beyond unconscious. -360 Being Entities No center of consciousness remains. Only the pieces are dimly
aware as demon circuits (entities). Some of them. LRH described this as a PC exterior from the body into numerous ridges. -400 Spiritual Death "Be" has become an inverted everything else. At the top of the
Thought band a person "is" everything it creates, and is being the space(s) created as Cause. Farther down these creations can be viewed across distance, which is our normal consciousness. At this level however the person is being the whole universe as an otherdeterminism, as an enforced have. The result is a total unconsciousness as self. This is also the "dark soul" level from which group minds function. In Ifa divination, this is called Oyeku. (Like the I Ching, Ifa combines a large body of wisdom literature with a system for selecting the appropriate passages from it. Unlike the I Ching, however, Ifa poetry is not written down but passed down orally from one babalawo(priest) to another.) The Bottom Here are all opposition items, the greatest of which creates the span of this
scale. First, foremost (in the beginning, now and forever, blah, blah, you know the drill...) of these is NOT-EXIST. Also: NOT-KNOW (Unknowable), NOT-BE, Absolute Hate, Can't Do, Can't Have, No Communication, No Reality, No Thought, No Memory, etc. In other words, the three great triangles are crashed. Total NOT-IS. The goals of GPMs are here too when looked at from above. Please take note that this is a false bottom, it is a bottom for beings. Beings are created too. So once this area is cleaned up and DO replaces the polarized BE and HAVE, then the actual bottom at -100 comes into view. Additional notes: Max Sandor indicates to me that The Bottom is also a route to the top. His contention is roughly in line with my observations and the theoretical basis on which I build this scale. Roughly. I see it this way: it should be possible for a thetan who has contacted and is aware of his own top level, to hold the top and bottom simultaneously -thereby duplicating the entire span of reality within the decision to exist. This might resolve all universes existing between the poles of EXIST and NOT-EXIST. Or perhaps not, but it's worth a look.
For processing purposes the PC locates, dates and resolves the precise decisions made which equate top scale items (such as Native State & affinity) with the bottom scale items. These bottom items are: not-know, not-be, total hate, can't have, can't do, no reality (which is agreement), no communication, no thought, no memory, no awareness, no self, no identity, no space, impossible, hopeless, nothing there, it can't be done, I am without energy, my motion is impossible, etc. My only caution concerning this view is that I have observed many cycles of going to bottom of smaller cycles (like Death in the affinity/emotion band of the scale) with a release once the zero at bottom is achieved. The problem with this is that it is part of the dwindling spiral phenomenon, and each release is a little lower than the previous one. Be wary of attempting this approach in this manner. On the other hand, the bottom must be duplicated to achieve as-isness. Therefore my conclusion is that the processee should take pains to ensure that the top is achieved rather than degradation and release through death. Cognition (10/27/00): The tone scale is a series of cycles nested together. The whole scale is itself a span of total existence whose triangle escapes me at the moment -- but inside that for instance the Causal band is a cycle starting at Native State, which ends with Individuality. Below that the Awareness triangle takes over and contains the scale down to Mystery. The entire Thought band is a cycle based on the Creation triangle of as-is, alter-is, not-is. It runs from Cause at Creation down to Effect somewhere around Exhilaration. Then the next interior cycle starts: the Emotion band from Enthusiasm to Death (ARC triangle). Hidden inside the emotion band is three smaller cycles: one from Enthusiasm to Monotony, the next from Antagonism to Numb, and the other from Sympathy to Death. Then the Effort band would be the next cycle down, from separation (Failure) to Hiding (death of effort). The next cycle down would start at Being Objects and cycle through to Surrender (sexingness, lost in matter). Then the last would start at Destruction and end at Spiritual Death. I am not a Christian this lifetime (thank GOD, ha ha ha!), but a phrase from the Bible comes to mind, which is normally quoted as: "Wheels within wheels." Indeed. (11/2/00): The span of existence is formed by a division into two, giving us the top and bottom of the scale, the location of GPM goals in the bottom, etc. Then the whole was modified by three, whose middle component altered the middle of the scale into infinite shades of alter-is. But we weren't done, here's the new one: The next action was four, which added a component of destruction to the bottom, extending the bottom even farther down. Four created a new idea, that of alteration by FORCE, rather than alteration by alter-is postulate. Force has two interesting aspects to it, which I've noticed recently: (1) it's composed of group agreement, (2) it operates in four dimensions instead of three. The mental activity, which comes from four, is disassociation.
Five seems to resolve this double goal oppose of four by squirting the effect off onto a
new, non-involved terminal. This is the innocent victim of the five way GPMs. This is also the human body, for five is the number of Man. (cognition 1-10-01) I suddenly see why the occultists refer to the tone scale as "planes." Each band is a level of reality. That's the cog. Conjecture: it's possibly created by a person's operational energy in an equivalent universe on the whole track. Each band or plane of the tone scale is a complete cycle of action from infinity to zero for that old universe. So the Emotion band would be the operational level for the magic track, i.e. using emotional energy to affect the MEST of that universe, which would be our current level of Effort. Each time we create a new universe, it adds another cycle to the tone scale. This is only a theory, but it is based on the clear observation that the tone scale is cobbled together in sections. Ouran
#28 CAUSE AND EFFECT ON THE TONE SCALE
I have mentioned before how a spirit in the normal condition we are accustomed to seeing, places an operating location for itself in each band of the tone scale: It occupies a tone in the Causal band -- almost always Individuality 120.0. At this tone it is a separate thetan, an individual. It occupies a tone in the Thought band -- in many humans this will probably be Opinions 22.0 most of the time. It occupies a tone in the Emotional band -- via the body, which can only rarely express and experience anything other than the range from Enthusiasm 4.0 to Apathy .05. It occupies a tone in the Effort band -- probably somewhere between Controlling Bodies -1.5 to Needing Bodies -4.0. It also occupies a position in the Mystery band from Hiding -8.0 to probably somewhere in the Unknowable area. That position is unconscious! In order to experience universes as a player, it must also be occupying the very Bottom (the Deep), where all opposition items are placed in a single unity of NOT-EXIST. The way a spirit often operates at cause is to use each band location as a terminal of greater potential to create a flow between it and the next terminal in the band immediately beneath. Therefore the Thetan (Causal band) creates a thought (Thought band), which triggers an emotional response (Emotional band), which emotion is used to power effort (Effort band) to achieve some unknowable / unbeable / unhaveable (Mystery band) goal. Without this element of hidden "cannot" in the Mystery area (ultimately arising out of the Bottom) there can be no goals. Otherwise the Thetan would instantly possess whatever it desired -- and there is no game in that at all! This is the tone scale anatomy of the GPM. But wait, there's more! When a spirit is at effect instead of cause -- like in a situation where it is experiencing "case", reactive mind, neurosis, etc -- The chain of locations in the bands has its energy running the other way. So when "keyed-in" the spirit identifies something in the present with something in the past that contains one or more bottom scale elements where the person has refused to BE (confront, know, occupy the beingness of), linking the person to that condition: Out of the deep the spirit is then occupying what I call the Bottom, a location of nonexistence which is both the metaphysical AND literal opposite of separation from static (and created in the act of separation from static I might add!).
That reacts against the position held by the spirit in the Mystery band, inflicting unconsciousness on the spirit, which unawareness travels up the scale through the chain reaction... Which unawareness reacts against the position held in the Effort band, causing an effort band energy flow, which is most often felt as pain. The Effort band's pain triggers misemotion in the Emotional band. The misemotion flows up into the Thought band to that terminal, causing faulty considerations and bad postulates. These ideas in turn trigger shifts, separations and fragmentations in beingness and identity, which operate as valences, entities and misidentified others in the Causal band. Got all that? This view of the actions of spirit against the backdrop of the Expanded tone scale gives us a sort of unified field theory equivalent -- for the above combines the anatomy of engrams (Dianetic case), the hidden basis of GPM structures, and beingness based views (such as the NOTs case) all at the same time. Please note that the Expanded tone scale itself is nothing more than a decay scale, which was constructed by ourselves some time in the distant past. It is not an absolute of any sort. But without the presence of the Bottom, there would be no place to construct such a scale. The scale exists between the poles of Native State (the Static) which is unmanifested knowing and being "all" forever, and the metaphysical opposite of manifested unknowing and nonexistance (the Bottom). In GPMs the goal is placed in the Bottom. Ouran
(latest update 1/7/01)
#34 DIAGRAMS OF THE SPAN OF EVERYTHING I've spoken quite frequently in these pages of things like the grand dichotomy of existence, the primal postulates, and the triangle of creation. It occurred to me that some people might want or need a visual aid, something symbolic to give these concepts an illusion of mass and havingness. Here's how they fit together. The vertical line between EXISTENCE and NON-EXISTENCE is the tone scale itself! Remember, this is only a symbolic representation...
This is an "as-is, alter-is, not-is" of TOTAL EXISTENCE, not of creations inside universes as we know them. (The more mundane Creation triangle of "as-is, alter-is, notis" of spaces and mockups operates within the Thought band.) These two triangles are my best to-date representation of the fundamental threefold basis of reality itself. My first attempt to do so, the article on numbers, is insufficient and incomplete. Please understand that it was my first real direct awareness. That pair of primal decisions/postulates mentioned in "Prime Decisions and Postulates" which I expressed as "zero equals two" (opposed) and "one equals three" (three is the antithesis of one) result in a linear up and down scale with infinity at the top and a collapsed zero at the bottom; which bipolar scale is being actively altered by a triangle whose second proposition of "alter-is" creates change (or a "flux" as Ken Ogger called it) between the poles.
Above the "as-is" at the top of the triangle of Total Existence is beingness, which is not inside universes as we know them. This too seems to form a triangle with only Native State above it. The triangle consists of Static, then the flux or alter-is of Coexistence, then the 3rd item of Individuality.
This static triangle fits just above the Existence triangle. They combine to give us the grand tone scale as laid out by Geoffrey Filbert:
Please note that the triangle of the Thought band operates as a creation process, the thetan as a weaver of dreams and realities. The triangle of the Emotion band operates as a process of communication through the apparencies of the old emotional tone scale. The triangle of the Effort band operates as efforts to survive. The triangle of the Mystery band operates through the solid persistence of matter of various types (not just what we think of as physical universe matter). The Thought band is HUGE. There is more going on in that range than anywhere else on the scale. It's just filled with archetypes, templates, considerations considerations arranged in patterns (or not), and a host of other stuff. Various levels of codes, Ifa types, energy patterns, apparent gods, identities, astrology, tarot, I Ching, etc. are created here and act upon apparent reality below. (codes – primordial dichotomies or GPM’s. see GD#38) The whole scale seems to have originally been put in place by a decision to BE or EXIST. Which in turn instantly created its opposite of NOT-BE, which is a primal dichotomy, and probably behind the deepest, toughest of all the GPMs. The dichotomy, like all primal ones, was turned into a process by alteration into a triangle, in this case the BE - DO - HAVE triangle. This would have created the scale all the way down to Death 0.0. Then something went terribly wrong with existence (at least wrong from the viewpoint of anyone stuck inside it), and the decay scale was extended below Death. This gave us our full tone scale as we know it in this universe. Keeping in mind these are approximations of the ranges into which each action dominates, it looks roughly like this: Tone # 400. BE 120-100 DO 28 HAVE 0.0 NOT-HAVE -30 NOT-DO -80 NOT-BE -400 With the scale viewed in this manner, BE is pure existence, DO is the range of creative thought and postulation, HAVE is viewpoint, opinion and emotion inside apparency, NOT-HAVE is resistance (not-is) to HAVE (and therefore is effort), NOT-DO is counterthought where the person's postulates have finally gone to shit, and NOT-BE is the loss of space and disintegration of beingness.
The whole tone scale once analyzed in this manner gives the appearance of having been cobbled together in sections over vast amounts of time, with the sub-Death area looking like it was added as an afterthought and with little or no planning. At the time of this writing (1/7/01) the tone scale seems bizarre and to be disintegrating via as-isness into a mere apparency. Ouran
Latest update: 7/02/01
#38 PRIMAL GPMS
A "GPM" is a goals problems mass. That is to say, it is the accumulated mental mass or charge, which has resulted from a long term pattern of failures to achieve a goal. The earliest mention of them I have seen is in the Yogasutra of Patanjali. Much work on figuring them out was done by LRH and his research staff during the early to mid 1960's. (dichotomy is any splitting of a whole into exactly two non-overlapping parts) Ogger and others investigated further. GPMs form around goals, which have as part of their idea the concept of the opposite idea. These opposing pairs are often called dichotomies. The dichotomy creates the problem by stimulating a person to create his own opposition while pursuing the goal (which is only half of the dichotomy). There appear to be three classes of GPMs: 1. Implant GPMs. These rely upon the charge of actual GPMs for force, and act to
collapse different different GPMs together into a mess. Their goals rely entirely on actual and primal GPMs for force. 2. Actual Personal GPMs. GPMs form around identities, called terminals in Scn. Each
identity has a goal that it is programmed programmed to pursue. This identity is in turn opposed within the mind by an identity, which opposes that goal, called an oppterm (opposition terminal). A person person pursues their goal in violation of the spiritual "law" that all flows are two directional. Eventually it backs up enough that the person switches to the opposite goal (crossover). Actual GPMs are in a long series designed to be a circle, which repeats itself endlessly. Ogger researched a further routine for processing these. Some of the above are addressed in the Clearing Course and old OT2. Please see Electra and Ralph Hilton on this subject for further discussion of implanted and personal goals. 3. Primal GPMs. Actual Personal and Implant GPMs draw their force from primal
GPMs. Primal GPMs form around dichotomies, which are so basic they appear to be part of the fabric of reality itself. A primal GPM goal is characterized by an idea that truly cannot exist without its contradictory statement, the two of which form a single idea. A harmless example of this arrangement arrangement is "illuminated "illuminated vs. dark". Illuminated implies that it has light and therefore is not dark. Dark means lightless, which is without illumination. The one concept concept cannot exist without the other. Therefore they are a single idea.
The discovery of this third group as being GPMs has its origin in my study of the writings of Aleister Crowley, who did a lot of work in this area. Crowley didn't call them GPMs, any more than Patanjali did, but as they consist of goals formed into a problem by their opposite propositions, which then accumulate mass (charge), it can be seen that these are a type of GPM. These Primal pairs are called "Primordial Polarities" in Zamora Slavinski's PEAT processing. They are also known as "Codes" in Alan Walter's Knowledgism system. Max Sandor discusses them (calling them "Prime Axioms" Axioms" part of the time) in his Purple Notebook in articles 66 66,, 667 and 668 668.. I was reading a chapter of "Excalibur Revisited" by Geoffrey Filbert called "The Death Of The Gods" for only the 5th or 6th time (I'm a little li ttle slow on the uptake) when it dawned me that he was describing some sort of very fundamental GPM phenomenon: "There have been some powerful operating Thetans which, in the past, designed "theta traps". Some of these were successful successful forms of entrapment, in that they are evident in people and their conduct today. The three most prominent prominent ones are these dichotomies: 1.
good/evil,
2.
survive/succumb, an and
3.
love/hate.
Most, if not all, people have spent their entire existence existence and time in the physical universe looking through one of these only. only. It is sort of your own 'dark glass' you look through. This personal 'dark glass', or Achilles heel, that each person has is erasable through auditing. Unfortunately, until it is, it is the only meaningful context on which the individual can be addressed or appealed to. The purpose of these 3 theta traps was to eliminate the competition and to render the recipient recipient blind and ineffective as an operating Thetan. One of these three, at the least, got laid into them prior to t o any involvement in this physical universe, and it gets reinforced reinforced once they are in it, and it accumulates engrams locks and secondaries (not to mention GPMs, Reliable Items and Service Facsimilies) very rapidly." rapidly."
Like I said, it only took me 5 or 6 times before I spotted "love/hate" as being the basis of a GPM in the emotional tone range. From there it took mere seconds to spot "good/evil" as thought and "survive/succumb" "survive/succumb" as effort. It fit into what I already knew so perfectly I sat down and worked the entire pattern of them out, and wrote this article. Ken Ogger, in "Super Scio", gives the opinion that the Scn Grades area of case is senior to all other case addressed in Scn. He is correct, but I must point out that the Grades address some of these primal GPMs, relieving the charge accumulated on these goal/oppgoal goal/oppgoal dichotomies. Further research should be directed toward creating processes, which knowingly deal with these as discrete GPMs, rather than merely adding to the
spotty Grades approach. Please observe that session out-rudiments would seem to be locks on primal GPMs. The way a dichotomy works to limit a person is this: The person chooses one half of the dichotomy to be, to do, to have. This causes the person to abandon part of theirself because theta is both sides. With good vs. evil for example, when the person pursues good, they cannot be evil. When they are being evil, they cannot be good. This causes the person to abandon HALF OF THEIR OWN BEINGNESS on the subject. Viewing case as fragmentation or a lack of wholeness (thank you, Max Sandor), it can be seen that the more dichotomies a person chooses halves of, the smaller they become as a being. The person relieves these by recovering the willingness to be either end, both ends or none of any dichotomy, at will, without effort or force (not-isness). Max wrote a first rate article on the subject of goals which treats the dichotomy aspect rather differently than I am explaining it here. Please Pl ease read his approach for broader view of this subject: pnohteftu subject: pnohteftu chapter 733. 733 . These are going to seem terribly familiar to anyone from the Co$ or Freezone who is well read in the subject. The point of laying this out in this manner is to identify them as the causes of various sorts of case, so that they will become more effectively effectively dealt with in processing. These primal GPMs appear to operate at various levels of the tone scale, and in fact appear to CREATE IT, so I am correlating them below in this manner. Primal goal masses appear to be created by this basic alter-is of the postulate: 1.
Make the initial initial postulate postulate (the as-isness as-isness)) a postula postulation tion of the thing AND it’s it’s opposite,
2.
Then alter Then alter-is -is it it with with a 2nd post postulat ulatee saying saying that that you you only post postula ulated ted one one of the two (not the opposite).
A simple statement of these in words is impossible. Each of these creates whole classes of phenomena, so use the pairs as guidelines showing you where to look. To begin, the top of the tone scale looks like this structure: Native State: no goals and no dichotomies, un-manifest and beyond either existence or non-existence (and no decisions/postulates) Strictly speaking, Native State is above the tone scale. Static: goal - Exist! postulated dichotomy - both b oth zero existence and infinite existence Coexistence/Individuality: goal - Separate! postulated dichotomy - both no space and infinite space
Awareness (K-M Know/Not-Know): goal - Perceive! postulated dichotomy - both know and not-know
Tone Scale Bands: Causal band (beingness) Existence vs. non-existence
Also expressible as "total existence vs. total non-existence", non-existence", "be vs. not be", or even "nothing vs. infinity." Manifestation out of Native State. This is behind everything... everything... This one is so deep I can't think of any process, which can fully resolve resolve it. This is not only far above human reality, its problem is almost incomprehensible. The first half, "existence", appears to be an infinity of any and all qualities one might want to name. The second half, "non-existence", appears appears to be a zero, a total stillness which LRH described as a static. BE, which is to say a goal reading something like "to have existence", is pursued heavily by most people. It's very rare (and disturbing) to see anyone switch to the opposing goal and pursue NOTHING. So to make anything vanish is experienced as a "loss" reacting on this goal (which is basic to all losses of all kinds). This of course affects the person at their PU terminal as well (personal self/Thetan located in space), usually as some variant of Shakespeare's famous scene in Hamlet. ;-) The highest processes of which I know only achieve the static, but do not resolve this dichotomy into Native State. Gotama (the Buddha) is alleged to have resolved this one. I have no opinion about whether he succeeded. Max Sandor, in his novel "The Logs of JD Flora" expressed this awareness: "Nobody can leave who wants to leave. Nobody can leave who wants to stay." ... "Not wanting to leave, not wanting to stay, stay, I will cease to create my existence." Goal: "Exist!" "to have everything!"
One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness)
Also perceptible as "no space vs. infinite space". Separation from static into Coexistence. Even though fragmentatio fragmentationn into entities occurs near the bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its resulting GPM, which are subtly involved in entity problems such as attachment and obsession by "BTs." The entire subject of self is from this dichotomy, and all the problems of such derive either directly or indirectly from this. This would seem to literally create separated tha t Theta is individual in dividual Thetans" --Raymond J. Krenik, Krenik, Jr. Jr. spaces. "... the consideration that Goal: "Separate!" Perception vs. non-perception (this is from Buddhism, but maybe predates Gotama)
Also called know vs. not-know. You could also call it aware vs. unaware. Creates the Know to Mystery scale. Filbert claims that LRH was wrong about what all wisdom boiled down to, and that the most fundamental word of wisdom is "Aware!", which is this level. Damned close, but "Exist!" is senior. That's okay, Filbert is seeing and operating a hell of a lot higher than LRH! (see "Survive vs. succumb" below) Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Thought band (postulates, considerations and opinions/viewpoints) Truth vs. lies (upper thought band, creation)
Here we have the basis of all reality, in the archetypical area. This dichotomy is the basis of the as-is, alter-is, not-is triangle. It is from this point on the tone scale that I write all of these Ghost Danse articles. Therefore please be advised that all the views on the causal area above this point are distorted. Nothing above this point is perfectly expressible in words by anyone. Goal: "Create!" Meaning (import) vs. meaningless (middle thought band, alteration)
Or perhaps this is quality versus no quality. Also important vs. unimportant. Single/combined or simple/complex on the subject of creations. Here we have the basis of values, in the archetypical area. The triangle is: perception (of the creation), evaluation (alteration of creation), judgment. This can also be expressed as good vs. bad, beauty vs. ugliness, and valuable vs. worthless, etc. There's a lot of thought level charge built upon this into a GPM. As this is above "personal self vs. other selves" there is no way any personal identity is going to solve this dichotomy -- please view what is sometimes called "christ consciousness" for the solution. The primary mechanism of getting an as-isness to persist is to "tag" it with meaning. "This means before." "This means after." "This means good." "This means bad." "This is important." "This means I didn't create it." "This has value." "This means I don't know it." "This means... This means... This means... " Etc. etc. etc. ... This is a secondary creation atop a first one, an alter-is, which obtains persistence for a creation, for an asisness. Buddha is seen admonishing his monks against this action in the Mulapariyaya Sutta. Goal: (I'm Having difficulty expressing this one perfectly, so as close as I can get it right now is) "Import!" or "to Judge!" ("This means ____!")
Personal self vs. other selves (lower thought band, separate viewpoint/location in space)
Perhaps this should be better described as "personal self versus everything else". This is the dichotomy directly senior to "actual" GPMs. It is activated by having only a single viewpoint, i.e. an identity such as an actual GPM terminal. The actual GPM terminal is most likely created by whatever laid in this GPM dichotomy. There have been reports for almost 30 years of processees reliving incidents where they started the incident as a big being who is a whole crowd of people, and end the incident only being one of that crowd. Please note that though this superficially resembles separation from static, it is not the same thing. Please see these excerpts from a conversation between myself and John Lester for a discussion of the dangers inherent in this dichotomy, the dichotomy it echoes [self vs. other], and thoughts on their resolution. (Please discern the difference between the goals of "self vs. other" and "personal self vs. other selves." The former is a pure self, while the latter is the self projecting a false self image. "Myself" has two parts: "my" and the "self" it is having. The former is a separate awareness -- the latter a personality, which has opinions.) Beingness above this dichotomy is pervasive, below it there is only a single near point location in space from which reality is viewed. Heidrun Beer has written an excellent article with process commands addressing this dichotomy at: http://www.sgmt.at/gce/gce1.htm . Even though fragmentation into entities occurs near the bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its resulting GPM, which are subtly involved in entity problems such as attachment and obsession by "BTs." This is the actual area being audited when dealing with apparent entities and BTs -- and therefore this dichotomy and its section of the tone scale around Games is what the occultists call the "lower astral plane". Therefore NOTs processes address this problem. The Thought band is a complete cycle of action and decay scale for thought. As such this third, lower portion consists of the dead mass of postulation. An identity at Opinions is a postulate mass? Apparently so. Goal: "Myself located!" (to be there!) Flemming Funch discusses this dichotomy in Technical Essay #42 "Beingnesses": When you assume a viewpoint it implies that there are points you are not viewing from. Those are called dimension points. The separation of viewpoints and dimension points creates space and it allows an interchange to occur. The viewpoints can have considerations about the dimension points and the dimension points provide something for the viewpoint to experience. It usually gets more involved than that. Various viewpoints and dimension points get grouped together and the being decides to be all of it and pretend that it is one thing. That is what we could call an identity. One is being that and not being everything else. The "not being" part is the outside world that the identity is dealing with.
Emotion band (emotion) Love vs. hate
Could also be called "affinity vs. antipathy." This isn't a generalized ARC triangle manifestation so much as personal love versus personal hate, i.e. the problem being held by the single viewpoint of "personal self vs. other selves". Creates emotional tone scale. This activates as desire and accumulates tremendous charge on the identity terminal due to losses. Buddhist craving. Goal: "Communicate!" Effort band (pains, physical sensations, body level thoughts) Survive vs. succumb
This activates as clinging to bodies (ex: Needing Bodies on the tone scale). Buddhist attachment or clinging. LRH claimed that "Survive!" was the most fundamental word of wisdom. (Please note where this is on the tone scale, below death, and what GPM was providing the force driving his personal [terminal] actual GPM goal of "to have wealth.") Goal: "Survive!" Hubbard's discovered goal "Survive!" rules the effort range of the tone scale and therefore is the goal immediately senior to MEST. Theta interacts with MEST at that level, producing life forms exhibiting an effort to survive. Narrative incident running with Dianetics addresses this area. Mystery band (matter, unconsciousness) Persist vs. destroy
This is below normal human behavior, but can be seen active in psychotic behavior. Solid rocks and nuclear weapons exemplify this dichotomy. CCHs address this problem. Goal: "Solidify!" There is another band below Mystery. It is a band of universal evil purposes and individuation of self. Don't have it sorted out yet. Seems to be: Evil Band Other be vs. Not-be? Goal: "To be you!"?????
These probably should be addressed from the bottom of the scale up if possible. Viewed from the bottom up this would be: Persistence (solidity) This is addressed with CCHs. Efforts (survival, resistance) Incident running and R6 material until clear by definition of free from force in pictures. Affinities (ARC, emotion) Viewpoints (self separated from all else) NOTs is a backwards leap at this. EP is pervasion. Values (evil, ugliness, right/wrong, etc.) Truth (as-isness anyone?) Knowing/Perception (yes, Virginia, there is reality above truth) Self separate from theta (coexistence)
Total existence (don't ask...)
I've begun compiling a power processing approach to these: Primal Goal processes. Each of these governs a section of the tone scale. Each of these has a triangle, which is a process. Each of these is founded on a dichotomy. See how low one sort of "clear" really is? The levels above efforts (for which I have not provided any advice on processes) are addressed using different Scn, TROM, Pilot, etc. materials. None of which have been sorted out in an orderly manner... Sometimes a person will experience an ascension, which brings these realities to light. Here is a recent one: Dale Askew. LRH remarked more than once that being there and communicating were the only crimes one can commit in the universe. I think you will find, if you consider each primal goal pair carefully that the positive goal of each is considered a crime. LRH was looking at the goals for dichotomies 6 and 7. Here are the CRIMES, ha ha! Goal # #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 #10
Goal (the crime) to be total existence to be individual to know (to be aware/to perceive) to create to judge to be there (thetan located as "Myself") to communicate to survive to persist as a solid shape to cluster in agreement???
As with everything else I'm working on, this page will change as more knowledge comes to light. Ouran
PRIMAL GOAL PROCESSES It has become evident to me that two of the processes used in Grade 5, AKA Power, are a direct address to two of the ten primal goal pairs listed below. Extrapolating from that single observation, I posit that the same approach could be tried with the other primal goals of the Causal and Thought bands. The effect of relieving these basic pairs should be to exteriorize/expand beyond each specific band of existence (and section of the tone scale) held in place by each corresponding GPM. There is a tendency among spiritually awakened people to dramatize one side or the other of the top two goal dichotomies. With the top goal pair, either the person absolutely declares an infinite God, or else declares a non-existence such as Hubbard's "static" or modern Buddhism's "anatta" (no self). With the #2 goal pair, the person declares either a universal consciousness or else a godlike individual uniqueness. These are incomplete views. That's right: Hubbard's "life is a static" is a dramatized half of the #1 pair, the zero half. The other end of which is infinity and can be experienced as an infinity of living universes wherein all thoughts, matter, etc are one living beingness. On that #2 goal pair (the one atop coexistence), some people declare that "we are all one", while others insist on their individuality. BOTH VIEWS ARE INCOMPLETE IN EACH CASE. BOTH VIEWS ARE HALF THE TRUTH. The following processes, which are Power processes or Power style processes, should always be run to EP on BOTH commands of the pair. When an F/N VGIs is reached on one command, ack, indicate; inform the PC that the command is finished and that they will now run just the other command. Then do so. Failure to reach EP on BOTH commands of a primal goal pair will leave the unrelieved goal in hidden restimulation, and the relieved goal DRAMATIZED. I posit that Hubbard EP'ed on half of #4 only (probably while running "Tell me a source."), which would account for his declaring himself Source. Goals are incredibly powerful, and even dangerous, due to the direct link they have to ourselves at Native State. GPMs formed atop implanted goals and their absurdly inappropriate oppositions are bad enough, and the actual GPMs have the full force of the identity terminal behind them - but primal goals tap into even greater power. Consider the force behind affinity for someone (#7), or the way a person defends a mere point of view (#6). And we all know how much force is behind the urge to survive.
Because of this potential I consider the Power approach to be sheer genius because it relieves the dichotomy without restimulating the force. Let's see if Power can be expanded a little to address more of these goals... I anticipate some people will dub the subjects below to be "old hat" and "we've been processing that stuff for 50 years." That's right, you have. But until now, no one that I know of has spotted the fact that these dichotomies hold in place -- nay are used to CREATE! -- The entire span of existence itself with all its details of structure such as emotional tones, mental archetypes and sequences of aberration. Knowing as we do that a person can fixate on, or obliterate from sight, various parts of themselves as depicted using the tone scale as a model, then a knowledge of EXACTLY what puts any portion of that scale in existence should give us a far better handle on deaberrating it. Past processing sequences were working semi-blind, almost hacking away at the jungle with eyes closed. Sometimes the "bridge" would get part of its sequence correct, then wander off with these things only partially handled. For instance, running Dianetics (#8), then Grade 0 (#7, communications), then cleaning up the identity terminal in various ways in Grades 1-4 (#6 dichotomy) is a logical sequence. But then Grade 5 is slipped in! Its 1-3 processes are nice set ups doing more #6 clean up, but then it addresses #1 and #4, without touching #2 and #3! Then The R6 and Clearing Course materials, Grades 6 and 7, address the details of SOME (not all) of #5. Dichotomies #2 and #3 are still untouched by that bridge, though I seem to recall processes that have existed since the 50s, which go after them! And that is exactly why this data is so important for processors. Let's not do any more skipping around and missing things. I'm not saying that one absolutely MUST take these in sequence from the bottom up, though I suspect that's the best course (No need to be too anal in that regard. I remember a PC named Trevor who came in for processing so screwed up from years of heavy drug use that the Power processes were run on him first with great results!). But leaving any dichotomy unhandled is a mistake. And leaving any dichotomy discharged on one end only is a gross auditing error with dire consequences to the PC. The result can even be a bit bizarre. A perfect example is Hubbard (not to beat the poor guy to death, but...), who possessed enormous abilities gained from processing, yet exhibited the dramatizations resulting from the discharge of only one end of #2 and one end of #4 (possible also #1). The effect of this was a demigod who insisted on his spiritual individuality, and enforced himself as Source of Scn. Observing a person dramatizing one end or the other of a primal goal pair can now allow a CS in possession of this data to prescribe processes specifically aimed at the dichotomy! Wouldn't it be nice to have clears and OTs who didn't dramatize these things?
I would very much like to thoroughly explore the possibility of designing Power style processes, which take on all of these. I especially like the wording of "tell me a source/no source" because it is arranged to extract one's awareness from a stuck location in the universe and one's terminal in the universe if run properly. (Frankly the EP given by Hubbard in the bulletins on Power is a mistake; Filbert indicates the correct EP in "Excalibur Revisited".) Calling the linear apparency created by these goal pairs a "tone scale" is a bit awkward. It is better described as the span of all existence. A person's disability or case can be described mechanically as being aware only in small portions of this span. Using this model, clearing would consist of achieving awareness and cause over the entire span -- from godhead at the top to the unknowable fragmentation of self at the bottom. So I'm suggesting, not an entirely new paradigm, but an expansion an old one: the approach of Dianetics. In incident running via Dianetic technique, case is brought up the tone scale. I am suggesting that this is correct as far as it goes, but beyond a certain point in processing a processee should recover the ability to be at ALL TONES ON THE EXPANDED SCALE. The entire thing from top to bottom. Naturally I would expect that at some point in processing the scale would vanish, just as track had vanished earlier in processing when going "clear". The end product would be a pure simplicity, and the tone scale an amusing complexity which one no longer requires. Okay, here's the tone scale as its major goals with my (incomplete) notes in regards to processing them. 1. Existence vs. non-existence (total existence/total non-existence), nothing vs. everything, zero vs. infinity.
Goal: "Exist!" as "to have everything" (basic havingness) Power process: What is? / What isn't? (McMaster) (This would appear to be a potential "one shot clear" process due to its allencompassing command. If you could get it to run on all levels.) A process to try: Tell me a nothing. / Tell me an infinity. Or as an OT drill: Locate a static. / Locate an infinity. (I deliberately wrote this to be quite insidious. "Locate" means place inside a space, which cannot actually be done in either case! The intention here is therefore to lure the PC into expanding beyond existence.) 2. One self vs. individuals, one vs. many (no space vs. infinite space). Goal: "Separate!" This pair gets dramatized as "We are all one" versus "I am alone/unique". Power style, try this:
What is alone/separate. / What is one/united? "tell me a unity/tell me about it; tell me a separation/tell me about it" to EP on BOTH commands! Or maybe "tell me what everyone knows/tell me about it; tell me what everyone doesn't know/tell me about it; tell me what one person knows/tell me about it; tell me what one person doesn't know/tell me about it" commands along those lines. That second group uses #3 dichotomy as a lead-in to the #2.This needs much more research... 3. Perception vs. non-perception, know vs. not-know. Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Power style, try this: Tell me an awareness. / Tell me an unawareness. (This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") Also plug in "know": What is known? / What is unknown? (This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") OT drill: "Be aware at your location in space." "Be aware that you are unaware in all other spacial locations than that location. Decide to 'not-know' all of those locations." "Change your mind and decide to reverse that by not-knowing at your location in space, while being aware in all other locations." Alternate those two conditions until you experience an expansion. Lots of early 50's processes address this. Look them up in the old PABs. 4. Truth vs. lies. Goal: "Create!" Power process: Tell me a source. Tell me about it. / Tell me a no source. Tell me about it. (McMaster) Eps: "Tell me a source" - Cognition is "I am source". // "Tell me a no source" -
Cognition is "The source which I am is not in this universe, and is not this identity I am being." Creative processes of all sorts are drills. 5. Meaning (import) vs. meaningless, important vs. unimportant. Goal: "Import!" ("This means ____!") Power style, try this: Tell me something important. / Tell me something unimportant. (This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") This is a HUGE area of mental templates and archetypes (middle thought band of the tone scale). This is NOT the assignment of meaning to a location in space occupied by something -- that is symbolizingness. These meanings are timeless/above time. The R6 implants seem to be held in this area. Please understand one thing about implants: they can have no effect whatsoever upon a spirit which is empty and without mental structure. But once these goal pairs are in place, they give the implant something to latch onto. R6 Implants (Incident II) The R6 Implants were the work of the Galactic Confederacy's tyrannical leader, Xenu , 75 million years ago. According to Hubbard, Xenu blew up his billions[5] of captured subjects during Incident II by dropping them into volcanoes and then attacking them with nuclear weapons.[6] The subjects were also forced to watch a "three-D, super colossal motion picture" for thirty-six days. This implanted pictures "contain[ing] God , the Devil , Angels , space opera , theaters, helicopters , a constant spinning, a spinning dancer, trains and various scenes very like modern England ."
What an implanted dichotomy latches onto is this primal fact about ideas caused by the #1 goal pair: EVERY IDEA IS SPLIT INTO A POSITIVE AND A NEGATIVE EXISTENCE. For example there is no idea "light" or idea "dark"; those are half ideas. The actual idea is "light/dark". That's how the mind is created, via these pairs. That's why pairs of opposites must be tapped to resolve mind. That single fact is behind all goals and GPM phenomena. Once an existence is created as a division into two like that, then it can be further altered with doingness verbs. Remember: the basic triangle behind the scale of existence (tone scale) is the BE-DO-HAVE triangle. That is the hidden engine running the whole show from dichotomy #1. 6. Personal self vs. other selves, single location in space vs. pervasion.
Goal: "Myself!" Power style: "tell me where you are located. tell me about it." alternate with "tell me where you are not located. Tell me about it." Clean up ser facs, actual GPMs, then find some way to address viewpoint oriented opinions. Use #5 against #6 with "Who is important? / Who is unimportant?" This has to unlock the person from mental anchor points, fixed points of view, etc. EP should be pervasion, which is beyond a completely free POV, a "Thetan" which can assume any location in space/time at will. Clean up of this goal should free a being from identity defined by anchor point opinions such as ser facs. An assist (IMD-swap process): When resistance is noted between individuals. Place your viewpoint at those terminals. Between two people: Be Person A. From that terminal look at Person B. Tell me about them. Be Person B. From that terminal look at Person A. Tell me about them. Repeat until the charge blows. IMD-swap uses the senior position of primal pair #2 to relieve resistance between terminals at the level of #6. 7. Love vs. hate, affinity vs. antipathy. Goal: "Communicate!" (This is affinity/desire via communication) Pervade with affinity? Buddha's OT drill goes here. Grade 0 processes. Many, many Scn processes address this area, but none of them I recall directly go after the dichotomy in the Power manner. Also "From what distance could..." etc. EP should be a christlike affinity. 8. Survive vs. succumb. Goal: "Survive!" Resistance keywords on this one: need, must, can't, etc. Resistance begins at Antagonism 2.0 on the tone scale. Therefore Dianetics which follows "somatics" (R3R) cleans this up. The definition of clear as no longer subject
to the force in pictures is a clear on this level. Much of the excellent work of Hubbard addressed this. 9. Persist vs. destroy, concentrate/condense vs. annihilate. Goal: "Solidify!" This is real/unreal of the physical universe. The best processes I know of which address this are CCHs. Since the goal command is to solidify, when this level is screwed up a person experiences unreality. Agreement with matter reinforces this and makes the PU thin and unreal. So in addition to CCHs, run "disagree". There is some narrative testimony concerning this as an implant at the beginning of this universe -- about which I must caution any Scio to read "The Shape of Apparent Reality". 10. Too much vs. not enough. Goal: "Make nothing of!" (suppression) (There is at least one last goal pair here at the bottom. It seems to govern such phenomena as evil intention toward self and fragmentation into entities. I cannot perceive it clearly yet... I posit that it is probably the cause of the entity phenomena addressed by some NOTs; of the extreme PTS condition known as the suppressive person; and the delusional telepathic voice haunted sort of insanity.) Or "Other people's consciousness."?? Get some people to answer me these: main questions: What goal would a BT have? What goal would a BT oppose? (Would be opposed by a BT) Secondary questions if the first two don't bite, then go back to them after these: How would having a BT stuck to oneself assist one's survival? How would having a BT stuck to oneself hinder the survival of others? How would having a BT stuck to oneself make one right? How would having a BT stuck to oneself make others wrong? How would having a BT stuck to oneself help one dominate? How would having a BT stuck to oneself help to avoid domination? (also replace "BT" above with each of the following: thought, viewpoint, dimension point, anchor point.) Also: What would make one abandon a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor point?
What would make one pull in a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor point? What would make one push away a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor point? What would make one cover up a thought? A viewpoint? A dimension point? An anchor point? There are many other goal pairs than the above ten (I have 9 spotted). These seem to be the basic ones, atop which the others are built. The processes above are by no means complete. Any highly trained processor could instantly think of dozens, which I missed. Frankly, processing is not my forte. My real strength is my ability to access truth directly. I am a meditator of the old school in the style of Gotama or Patanjali. Zivorad has developed a technique called PEAT which unburdens these and others, read about it here: http://www.beotel.yu/~zivorad/techniques.htm#peat
Each GPM is powered by a dichotomy. Of each dichotomy, one of the pair is being pursued, usually the one we think of as the "positive" one of the pair. To use LRH's favorite dichotomy as the example, survive is opposed by succumb. Most everyone pursues survive. And that traps one. A quick read through the history of spiritual enlightenment will show that great spiritual teachers sometimes deliberately starved themselves or otherwise came close to death just before enlightenment. I'm not advocating starvation as a clearing procedure, ha ha! But it does point up that relief of survive/succumb by deliberately taking over (start-changestop) the succumb end is effective. Knowing what we do from Scn, it shouldn't be too difficult to come up with an entire battery of processes to as-is the resistance to death. And that's just survive/succumb. With ANY dichotomy on which a GPM has formed, the same basic approach can be used. It can be used with generic dichotomies like survive/succumb or love/hate. It can be used with dichotomies which have nouns attached (end words and terminals/oppterms). Just find, which end the PC, is pursuing and get them to take over and make their own the opposite end, so they can be-do-have BOTH. This is ancient tech. It is also modern LRH style tech. It just happens to be how people's minds are arranged... NOTES: From Homer on ACT: Alan's process,
"Tell me a positive" "Tell me about (item)" That would have to be properly processed thus: "Tell me a positive. Tell me about it. / Tell me a negative. Tell me about it. Other dichotomies I observe which have so much charge on them that I must assume they create GPMs (not correlated to the tone scale or part of main Primal series): Communication vs. separation/isolation
The Co$ and Freezone partially address this one in Grade 0 processing. The Co$ is too dumb to realize they are cleaning up a GPM. Based on similar dichotomy in causal band. This is emotion band, and a submanifestation of #7. Cause vs. effect
Probably an echo of #4 goal. Communication inflow vs. communication outflow
This is wrapped up in the problems of the ARC triangle, such as duplication vs. agreement. A lot of "must" and "can't" involved in this one. This dichotomy is senior to the "self vs. other" identities dichotomy, but is dramatized heavily in the effort band. This may just be a special case of cause vs. effect. Male vs. female
This one is so charged up on the terminal that a person usually cannot confront ever being or having been the opposite sex. The usual Co$ and Freezone handle on this is to clean up the overts and motivators in this area. This should be done narrative style, if this approach is taken. I recommend R3XD for this purpose. But there should also be a direct GPM running approach possible, something similar to the method of relieving actual GPMs. I had hopes that Ogger would unravel this one, as it is a source of case for him. Hasn't happened yet. It is curious to note that those people who have risen above this dichotomy -- such as cross-dressers and some homosexuals -- seem to report that it is liberating and a huge relief. Homosexuals in particular exhibit higher average income and creativity than the norm. The most spiritually liberated person I ever met was homosexual: John McMaster. I have noted that the average American male ridges heavily on other males, unable to express unrestricted affinity. There is an obvious automatic games condition between the sexes, which has been described in detail in the literature of psychology, and other places. From all this I infer that relief of this GPM gives a person vastly increased affinity and creativity. The usual way this has been dealt with in the past is to not deal with it -- witness the chastity of nuns, monks and contemplatives over much of this planet. This one is locked onto the 2nd dynamic (sex). Help vs. harm
The entire idea that a person is so much at effect that they can be either helped or harmed is ridiculous. Nevertheless here we are. Valid vs. invalid
A 3rd dynamic dichotomy. Another 2nd dynamic (sexual) goal dichotomy is "to be desired" vs. "to be hunted/stalked".
#44 WHAT IF THE TONE SCALE WASN'T LINEAR? This has been bothering me for months now. I keep getting glimpses of the tone scale being broken up into sections, instead of one long continuous scale. And worse, I keep seeing correspondences between specific tones in one section and similar tones in another. I have to ask myself: why? Why does Individuality 120.0 look so damned much like Opinions 22.0? And why does Antagonism 2.0 look like both of them in a weird way? What if it were a single cycle applied to different levels? Then it would be a group of separate cycles, each one following the same pattern within its "plane". Is it really correct to say that they are higher and lower "harmonics" of one another? And even if we do use LRH's term, what the hell does it mean? I could be mentally lazy and accept LRH's theory of "harmonics", but I've learned that the old man made many mistakes in theory. Could this be another one? Attaching the label "harmonics" to the phenomenon does give it the appearance of meaning, but it doesn't really say anything, does it? What the hell is REALLY going on here? I'm not going to "reason" it out either. Logic is a liar, as Crowley pointed out almost a century ago. Instead I'm going to lay them out side by side and see what I get. Lay it out and LOOK. Perhaps the ancients were not total screwballs when they talked about "planes" of existence. If reality consists of multiple interpenetrating universes (spaces) arranged in a gradient of increasing solidity, then what we might have is a single cycle/triangle, which manifests a little differently in each of these spaces. I am considering this possibility because I have already observed that prior/higher universes still exist for me personally. I already know that each section of the scale seems to operate as a cycle of action. So they should correspond. Let's see -- effectively they should match this pattern: Start
Affinity
As-is
Dispersal
Change
Communication
Alter-is
Flow
Stop
Reality
Not-is
Ridge
Right? A first theta element, followed by a change or "flux" (as Ogger put it) element, and then a final, decayed anti-theta element. These are our basic triangle pattern in some of its various manifestations. So I look at sections of the tone scale and spot the correspondences, with each tone named being roughly the start point of each subsection (very roughly!): Static 320.0
Truth (Creation) 100.0
Exhilaration 8.0
Coexistence 160.0
Importances/Values 80.0
Enthusiasm 4.0
Individuality 120.0
Opinions/Games 22.0 - 20.0
Antagonism 2.0
Continuing below emotion: Death 0.0
Being Nothing -20.0
Protecting Bodies -2.2
Surrender -80.0
Being Objects -10.0
Destruction -100.0
That gives us (in order): the Causal band, Thought band, the Emotion band, the Effort band, and the Mystery band. But we haven't reached the bottom of the scale! Good grief! That indicates that there is ANOTHER level below Mystery! Look: Evil -120.0 Delusions -160.0 Individuation of Self -320.0 This works, it totally works! But it also means I have to find the dichotomy which creates that bottom section from -120.0 to -320.0, and insert it into the article "Primal GPMs". Persist/destroy isn't the bottom dichotomy... But what is? What could be below solid matter? My tone scale research is leading me toward some rather bizarre views of the tone scale: 1. The full tone scale is composed of sections, each of which operates in a specific "plane" of reality. 2. These planes are mere viewpoints we take. 3. Each plane of the tone scale -- which is a plane only because we are using a viewpoint creating it there -- has existence only due to a specific dichotomy, which is the basis of that viewpoint. 4. Each plane or band of the tone scale is a decay scale showing the cycle of action, which occurs as a result of taking its dichotomy and expanding it into a triangle using the postulated characteristics of the number 3. 5. There is really only one cycle -- based on the number 3 -- which is repeated fractally throughout all planes, bands and universes with which we have contact. We are in contact with them simply because that is what we are creating. To create something different would put us in contact with something else probably. This has nothing to do with reality as agreement. 6. The top group of tones from tone 100 up are merely different looks at the same thing and aren't really sequenced in any particular order. They and their sequence are only useful for people using viewpoints. For that purpose they are valid. 7. Successful clearing causes the vanishment of all this phenomena: the tone scale, the dynamics, the time track, and the mechanics of auditing. Please note that Rowland Barkley now operates directly when clearing, using no crutches of mechanical "tech". He clears the way Jesus is reported to have cleared. Ouran
updated 7/20/01
#45 DICHOTOMIES, TRIANGLES & SCALE SECTIONS
Keep in mind that these things seem to blend into one another. For instance "emotion" seems to begin faintly at around tone 16, which really ought to be retitled "Aesthetic Feeling". The "personal self" centered around Games/Opinions seems to begin around tone 40. So treat many of the tone positions below as only approximations, or better yet centers of focus, okay? Native State (neither existence nor non-existence, no singularities nor dualities
whatsoever) Causal band (BE)
Goal: "Exist!" Dichotomy: Total existence vs. total non-existence Triangle: unity - duality - diversity? (1-2-3) Triangle tone scale sections: #1 - Static 320.0 Goal: "Exist!" Dichotomy: Existence vs. non-existence, Be vs. Not-Be #2 - Coexistence/Individuality 160.0 - 120.0 Goal: "Separate!" ("I") Dichotomy: One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness) #3 - Awareness 110.0 Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Dichotomy: Perception vs. non-perception Thought band (DO) [the only action of theta is decision/postulation]
Goal: "Create!" Dichotomy: Truth vs. alterations (lies) Triangle: as-is - alter-is - not-is Triangle tone scale sections: #4 - Truth (Creation) 100.0 (as-is) Goal: "Create!"
Dichotomy: Truth vs. lies (note: differentiation) #5 - Importances/Values/Meaning 80.0 (alter-is, attachments to the as-isness) Goal: "Attach!" ("Import!" or "This means ____!") Dichotomy: Meaning vs. meaningless (importance, an alteration, an association attached) Triangle: perception (know) - attachment - judgment (evaluation) (note: association)
#6 - Imaging Goal: "Image!" or "gelling!" Dichotomy: a stopped or frozen creation vs. universes Between 6 and 7 lies the "Abyss" of the magicians. THE ABYSS Goals numbers 7, 8 and 9 are spacial. #7 - Viewpoints 28.0 - 16.0 (not-is, not being in some locations, unattached i.e. disassociated there, while identified [theta located] in another or others.) Goal: "Myself!" (located) Dichotomy: Personal self vs. other selves (separate viewpoint/location in space) (note: identification in one or more locations, disassociation elsewhere) Emotion band (HAVE) #8 - Felt distance 16.0 - 0.0
Goal: "Desire/Want!" (affinity) Dichotomy: Love vs. hate Triangle: affinity - communication - reality Tone scale sections: Aesthetic feeling 16.0 Exhilaration 8.0 Goal: "Curious"? Enthusiasm 4.0 Goal: "Desire"? Antagonism 2.0 (reality [resistance] begins faintly at 2.0, and through Apathy) Goal: "Enforce"? (tones 2.0 through 1.1)
Goal: "Inhibit"? (tones 1.0 through 0.1) Goal: "No"? (tone 0.0) Effort band ( NOT-HAVE) #9 - Control 0.0 - -10.0
Goal: "Survive!" Dichotomy: Survive vs. succumb Triangle: responsible - control - know (by effort) Triangle tone scale sections: Death -0.0 Protecting Bodies -2.2 Being Objects -10.0 (actually to -16.0) Mystery band ( NOT-DO) range of unconsciousness (Since "DO" is the action of
postulation, then the disability of theta which has become matter in the physical universe is one of "can't postulate".) #10 - Being Nothing -20.0 to Total Hiding -40 Goal: no space! Dichotomy: ?????(invisible vs. visible; conceal vs. found out ?? PMc) #11 - ??? -60.0 #12 - Surrender -80.0 (MEST is in a state of surrender?) Goal: ????? (become other controlled in hope of no harm? PMc) Dichotomy: ??????(other controlled vs self controlled? PMc) #13 - Matter Goal: "Solidify!" (thoughts on the Mud or "persist" universe) Dichotomy: Condense vs. dissipate Triangle: for matter is "solidify - persist - dissipate". Destruction -100.0 Entropy ????????? Shadow band ( NOT-BE) The shadow band is a psychotic reflection below the +100 to
-100 range of created reality. It corresponds to the Causal band. Triangle: ??? - ???? - fragmentation? Triangle tone scale sections: #14 - Delusions -110.0 Goal: "Deceive!"
Dichotomy: Illusion (maya) vs. apparency #15 - Evil -160.0 Goal: "Dominate!" Dichotomy: Domination vs. submission Filbert seems to have had these in the wrong order. #16 - Individuation of Self -320.0 (soul level?) Goal: ""? (conceal or protect myself by seperating into parts ???PMc) Dichotomy: Other be vs. Not-be? (seperate into parts and hide vs. exploding to destroy everyone?? PMc) Please note the cycle of existence in red: the BE triangle and then its inversion. Wheels within wheels... Ouran
#46 TONE BAND CROSSOVERS I've mentioned before how the different bands of the tone scale blend into one another. Okay, here's a table showing that. 50.0 Agony (lost pervasion) Loss of the viewpoints of others 40.0 Serenity of Beingness \ (perfect affinity*) | 30.0 Consideration (viewed Single viewpoint postulates) | 26.0 Apparencies are Reality | 24.0 Universes / 22.0 Opinions / \ (first faint feeling, very high 20.0 Spirit of Play single frequency) 16.0 Aesthetic Feeling viewpoint | 8.0 Exhilaration plus emotion Emotion 4.0 Enthusiasm \ | 3.0 Conservatism / 2.5 Boredom \ / 2.0 Antagonism | Attitude: 1.5 Anger | (viewpoint 1.0 Fear Emotion plus effort (negative fixed by 0.5 Grief emotion) effort/resistan | 0.0 Death ce) / -1.0 Blame \ \ -1.4 Punishing Objects / | (Bodies) | -1.5 Controlling Objects | Effort (Bodies) Circuit | -2.2 Protecting Objects (dead thetan) | (Bodies) | / -3.0 Owning Objects (Bodies) | \ | | -3.5 Approval From Objects \ Effort plus Unconscious (Mystery) (Bodies) -4.0 Needing Objects | / (Bodies) / | -5.0 Worshipping Objects \ | (Bodies) | Matter -6.0 Sacrifice Unconscious | -8.0 Hiding | | -10.0 Being Objects / \ -20.0 Being Nothing
-30.0 Can't Hide -40.0 Total Hiding -60.0 Should Hide -80.0 Surrender -100.0 Destruction -120.0 Evil -160.0 Delusions -320.0 Individuation of Self -360.0 Being Entities -400.0 Spiritual Death (out the bottom)
/ | Fragmentation
Qliphoth & grouped demons
| \
*This is a state of equanimity, which has perfect affinity for the viewpoints, and dimension points of everyone, despite having lost the ability to BE them at will. Please note that affinity implies distance. Below tone 40 one's space shrinks gradually. In regards to the tones from -120 down: please note that -120.0 Evil is the BEGINNING or START of the final cycle of action in the tone scale. Since the beginning point of any cycle is always the theta equivalent inside that cycle (see Ghost Danse #7), contemplate what sort of cycle begins with evil as its most theta existence! Ouran
#53 CASE AT EACH PRIMAL GOAL My friend Ingrid casually mentioned one day that all case was resistance. That set me to considering it. I'd been thinking basically the same thing, but calling it by different names. I'd say "not-is" in one context, and "force" in another... But it did all boil down to various types of resistance. So I decided to lay out resistance against each of the primal goals. #1 goal "exist!" Resistance at the level of infinite existence is HAVINGNESS. Losses, emptiness. This is the biggest impediment to clearing because it causes the person to mock up their case again. #2 goal "separate!" Resistance at the level of separation is INDIVIDUATION. The only one. The lonely one. #3 goal "perceive!" (aware! know!) Resistance at the level of perception is UNKNOWING. Unknowableness. Non-confront. #4 goal "create!" Resistance at the level of creation is NOT-ISNESS. Refusal of responsibility of creation. #5 goal "import!" (meaning!) Resistance at the level of meaning and significance is IMPORTANCE. The more important something is, the more it is enforced and its alternative resisted. #6 goal "myself!" (locate!) Resistance at the level of self is IDENTITY (terminals). Who are you being (valence), and whose opinions & viewpoints you have acquired without fully viewing them. #7 goal "communicate!" Resistance at the level of communication is DISAGREEMENT (on the CDEI scale). Agreed-upon reality is enforced. #8 goal "survive!"
Resistance at the level of survival is FORCE (counter-effort). This is classic counter-efforts. #9 goal "solidify!" Resistance at the level of persistance is GRAVITY. Even thoughts become heavy solids. Hubbard noticed this, from Dianetics Today: "The tendency of the physical universe is condensation and solidification. At least this is the effect produced on the individual." And yes I do mean physical universe gravitation, what sticks your body to the ground. #10 goal "make nothing of!" Resistance at the level of hallucination is SUPPRESSION. Below solid matter lies the bottom solidity of evil intention. This is a weird inversion of the #1 goal. Ouran
#54 ALTERNATE NAMES OF PRIMAL PAIRS This is simply an attempt to list the different ways these primal dichotomies can be expressed. This is limited to English. That is the only language in which I am fluent, but this should provide people who think in other languages a better framework for translation. When I say "as resistance" I mean that it is how the dichotomy appears (seems to be) when filtered through the third leg of its triangle as not-is, force, etc. #1 existence vs. non-existence total existence vs. total non-existence be vs. not be all that exists vs. nothingness nothing vs. everything zero vs. infinity potential vs. actual (real) emptiness/loss vs. havingness (as resistance) (top dichotomy apparently also contains unity vs. duality) #2 one self vs. individuals one vs. many one consciousness vs. separate consciousnesses #3 perception vs. non-perception know vs. not-know aware vs. unaware consciousness vs. unconsciousness knowledge vs. ignorance confront vs. non-confront (as resistance) #4 create vs. destroy cause vs. effect power vs. inability to create and effect responsibility of creation vs. irresponsibility of creation truth vs. lies (as resistance) #5 meaning/import vs. meaningless quality vs. no quality important vs. unimportant (as resistance) good vs. evil (evaluation, another resistance) justice vs. injustice (evaluation, another resistance)
#6 personal self vs. other selves personal self vs. everything else I vs. not-I self vs. another single location in space vs. pervasion personal universe vs. material universe thetan vs. the universe one space vs. infinite spaces s mall (space) vs. large, i.e. being very small vs. being very large, or tiny vs. endless thetan vs. the universe #7 love vs. hate affinity vs. antipathy approaching vs. avoiding near vs. far agreement vs. disagreement (as resistance) #8 survive vs. succumb live vs. die living body vs. corpse #9 persist vs. destroy solidify vs. dissipate condense vs. entropy tidy objects vs. nuclear holocaust (as resistance) #10 too much vs. not enough resisted existence vs. resisted nothingness other be vs. not-be not-me vs. not be make everything of me being you vs. make nothing of you being me That bottom one is still hard for me to confront. Grant me lots of beingness if I've screwed it up. When I was first reaching for it I went and talked to Max Sandor in an attempt to get help. Naturally his words were just the opposite of what I was expecting! I was asking about the bottom in terms of horror and loathing. He replied in terms of richness and appreciation. I find that quite amusing now. Ouran
#60 ANOTHER NON-LINEAR LOOK - FOR EX-SCIOS The expanded tone scale is not a single scale. It is a series of decay scales, one atop the other, each of which is decay of a specific mental item. The oldest known part of the scale in Scn is the emotional tone scale. It is a scale of feeling, which begins around tone 16 with aesthetic sensation and decays down through exhilaration, enthusiasm, conservatism, boredom, antagonism, anger, fear, sympathy, grief, apathy and death. These emotional tones supply the motivation (not motivator as in overt/motivator, but rather motivation as in "desire for action") for taking actual actions in the physical universe. Taking action in the physical universe is itself an "effort". By effort I do not mean a resisting struggle (technically that would be a "counter-effort") but simply that energy used to accomplish things, which in its highest form is a rather "effortless" effort. ;-) Directly under the emotional band of the tone scale is another scale, for effort. Its highest point appears to be responsibility as blame and accountability when viewed from an emotional perspective; that is to say, when it is viewed from a viewpoint held in the emotional scale. It doesn't look that way when viewed from within the effort band however. Effort can appear low toned when viewed from an emotional viewpoint. Which is why the subdeath tones were written up in Scn as horrors. But they only seem like horrors from an emotional perspective. Effort is its own cycle, its own decay scale. When viewed from outside of emotion, it's highest point is TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY. This is the EP of the CCHs, which address the effort band via CONTROL. The tone scale band below effort is that of unconsciousness and matter. The tone scale band above emotion is that of "viewpoint in space", also known as a Thetan, which is a decay scale from serenity at 40 down to single viewpoint at 16. This gives us a series of bands via which we operate: Viewpoint/Thetan, which assumes a position in space (40 to 16) Emotion, which is an attitude held at that position in space and is used in turn to motivate (16 to 0) Effort, which is used to move (0 to probably -8 or -10) Matter, which is your body and car and computer. There is much more tone scale above the Viewpoint band. Very high up it, at tone 110, is KNOW without a via. Below tone 110, all knowing is on a via, by Looking, by feeling (emotingness), by Sexing, by Symbolizing, etc etc... When using Hubbard's KRC triangle, please understand that K is the weak link, and that the high point of that cycle is R. It is unfortunate that the scale was written the way it is, because tone -1 is usually viewed as something bad, whereas in fact it is high toned IN ITS CYCLE! So the high points/top tones of each of those bands above matter are:
Viewpoint = Serenity of Beingness, tone 40 Emotion = Aesthetic Sensation (beauty), tone 16 Effort = Total Responsibility (effortless or resistanceless), tone 0 As you might have noticed, the bottom of the Viewpoint cycle is the top of the Emotion cycle at tone 16; and the bottom of the emotion cycle at Death 0.0 is the top of the effort cycle at Total Responsibility 0.0. These are the points where they convert into one another. To summarize: the expanded tone scale can be viewed as a single scale, but if this is done then a person will usually view themselves and others as being only at ONE location on that scale. That is a less than perfect idea. The truth is that a person has a viewpoint in space, and they have emotions, and they have an approach to effort when handling matter. So a person is occupying a position in each band, in each cycle. Processing can then be seen to be bringing the PC up to the top in EACH SEPARATE CYCLE. Cleared efforts leads to an effortless control and responsibility at 0.0 in the Effort band. EP: TOTAL RESPONSIBILITY Cleared emotions leads to an emotional beauty, which is very calm and joyful at tone 16. EP: TOTAL AFFINITY Cleared viewpoint in space leads to the expanded self viewpoint and limitless affinity for other persons at tone 40. EP: TOTAL IDENTITY. It is unfortunate that this data has not been previously known, and confusion has arisen, with the effortless control and responsibility of the top of the effort band often being called "tone 40", which it is NOT. It is actually tone ZERO. heh heh! But don't let that top=death apparency worry you. Because the tone scale is NOT a single cycle. It is a series of cycles, each concerned with its own sphere of activity. Take your PCs to the top within each cycle. Ouran
#61 THE TRUE TOP The actual top dichotomy is CREATE/DESTROY. This is senior to all other pairs, which are indeed mere creations, which result from CREATE/DESTROY. This means that the hidden top of the tone scale is at +100. It seems to have worked this way: Initially there is a creation, which is the goal end of the dichotomy. In order to obtain a persistence, the creation must be altered. Part of this is that the tone scale gets reflected upward into an illusion of three pairs above it: nothing/everything, one consciousness/individuality, and aware/unaware At this point CREATE/DESTROY itself gets altered and hidden behind a new tone (and its dichotomy) which becomes tone 100. This new dichotomy is: TRUTH/LIES. Filbert calls the tone TRUTH, because the goal end of it is TRUTH. Please notice that the goal has swapped ends! I want to make that last point very clear, so here it is again: Dichotomy:
Goal:
CREATE/DESTROY
CREATE
TRUTH/LIES
TRUTH
"So what?" you ask. So here's what: CREATE = LIES TRUTH = DESTROY So the original goal is to LIE! This has been hidden and replaced with a false goal of TRUTH! But people don't really want the truth as a general rule; they prefer their lies. Only perverted, anti-life, anti-games seekers like Gotama are actually looking to destroy the lies with the truth! Please notice that it is quite a valid technique of liberation to swap ends of these dichotomies and pursue the anti-goals. The eventual end result should be the merging of the two ends into a singularity.
I spotted this while studying Ifa and immediately emailed it to Max Sandor, framed in the terms of Ifa rather than the tone scale. Of the 16 basic archetypes in Ifa, there is a certain one, which is labeled as the first. I spotted that this wasn't true, that a different one was first. He was flabbergasted. I had apparently just told one of the secrets of Ifa which I wasn't supposed to know because I am not an initiated babalawo! (Ifa-In traditional Yoruba culture, Ifá refers to a system of divination like I Ching) But truth is truth -- and I am a very destructive person. And therefore I am also a very creative person. Work BOTH ends of all dichotomies to merge/neutralize them and regain cause over them. As a sidebar to the above, since The tones above +100 are false (creations reflected upward), then the tones below -100 are also false, and have no real existence. They are maya, reflected down to the bottom opposite the false tones of the top. These tones of Evil, Delusion, Individuation of Self, and Being Entities are so false that they only appear in the physical universe as manifestations of insanity. They are the flipside of the created "highest" tones in the Causal band. The span of reality is between +100 Truth (CREATION) and -100 Destruction (LIES). Notice how the names are confused on Filbert's scale? He named Truth as +100, and Destruction as -100 -- both of which are the SAME end of the basic dichotomy (TRUTH = DESTROY). And that is the action of successful processing and meditation: truth destroys created lies. The truly bizarre thing about both these two tones is that each of them contains BOTH ends of their dichotomy fully visible. So Filbert did not screw up, he merely failed to make the expanded tone scale clear and easy to understand. Ouran
494. Prime Manifestations of the Prime Polarities As mentioned already several times, the manifestations of the Odu (Prime Polarities) should never be mistaken for the Odu themselves, a warning that cannot be emphasized enough. One of the main difficulties in isolating the most basic polarities is their fractal character, which implies duplicities in traits that are being shared amongst different odus. For example, 'Osa' appears as 'Viewpoint' as a prime manifestation but 'viewpoints' as such can be found in other prime manifestations as well. Another basic difficulty is the determination at what point a quality is a pole of a certain kind and at what point it becomes 'more of its opposite' character. To use 'Osa' again: a 'viewpoint', when solidified, becomes its polar opposite ‘Ogunda’, which, as a prime manifestation appears as an 'anchor point'. While in theory it seems clear that the quality with the 'greater charge' is the dominant one and determines the overall character, this determination is unfeasible in praxis even if the 'quality' or 'pole' is 'cleared' from all debris. Before giving explicit examples, here is the list of prime polarities as a summary. Legend: Manifestational Realm (example: "Existence"): a global heading for the area of the
manifestation that is covered by the basic polarity; 8-fold Path Name (example: " samma-sankappo"): the traditional (Pali) name of the part
of the path according to Gotamo Siddharto (the 'Buddha'), cp Majj. Nikaya iii, 141; Ifa name (example: Ogbe): the traditional names for both positive and negative
directions; Vectors: positive and negative directions; 'Plus/Minus' or 'positive/negative' are not meant
as evaluative in this context but rather in a scientific/engineering way. Binary code (example: "0100"): There are several different possible considerations when
assigning the digits for the binary code. Here we are assigning 1=='turned ON' and 0=='turned OFF' which makes the basic code look similar to a 'Byte' in today's computers. The more traditional way would be to add '1' to both sides which makes it mathematically 'more correct'. Important Notes: - The labels given to the odus in the following are meant for processing only!!!! - Some of them could be used as-is for meditation purposes (as a special form of processing);
- However, the latter is not recommended at this point in time since the labels for the prime manifestations provided here are 'dangerously' close to the original templates. Their full manifestation can have unexpected and potentially dramatic side effects (see next note); - Determination and explanations of specific life paths resulting from the manifestations of odus for persons is the sole domain of a 'babalawo' which requires proper initiation to be able to handle the energies that may manifest during the work with the odus; - Most of the labels below have been crystallized by Ouran through intense, arduous study. They have been confirmed as workable in actual processing and/or in SkyWork ; - A temporary 'key-out' may occur at any point of working one's way through the 'Matrix'. These key-outs are signs of being on the 'right way'. The 'End Phenomena' of the resolution of the 'Matrix' cannot be discussed in public. E-mail Max if you have uncertainties or questions in this respect.
List of Prime Manifestations of the Prime Polarities (Odu) Existence (samma-sankappo): Ogbe: 1111 ordered/chaos Oyeku: 0000 manifestation
Vectors:
(positive) manifesting order (negative) destroying order (Chaos) (positive) before manifestation (not-yet-manifested) (negative) after manifestation (un-manifesting) Space (sammaa-samaadhi) : Iwori : 0110 size of spaces Odi : 1001 density of spaces
Vectors:
(positive) Large spaces (negative) Collapsed space (positive) Solidity in space (negative) Vacuum Wave (Energies) (samma-kammanto) :
Irosun: 1100 (energy) motions Owonrin: 0011 (energy) fields
Vectors:
(positive) Flowing energy (negative) Stopped flow of energy (positive) Image/Focus (negative) Dispersed (no image possible) Consciousnesses (sammaa-vaacaa) : Obara: 1000 everyone (others)/only I (self) = beings Okanran: 0001 know (perception)/not know (non-perception) = awareness
Vectors:
(positive) Hero, savior, self as a god (negative) Bad lone wolf or dictator (positive) Know/perceive (negative) Not-know, oblivious Points (physical or mental) (sammaa-ditthi): Ogunda:1110 anchors for leverage (strength) Osa: 0111 change of viewpoint/fixed ideas = viewpoints
Vectors: (positive) Anchored (negative) Adrift, unable to hold onto, loss (positive) Viewpoint (negative) Other's viewpoints / all viewpoints Survival (of created living existences) (sammaa-aajiivo): Ika: 0100 life/death = survival of bodies or life forms Oturupon:0010 oppressor/victim = survival of spirits
Vectors:
(positive) Physical life (negative) Physical death
(positive) Spiritual life (negative) Spiritual death Distance (sammaa-sati): Otura: 1011 affinity (emotions) Irete: 1101 freedom (obligations)
Vectors:
(positive) Love (negative) Hate (positive) Freedom (negative) Attachment Values (sammaa-vaayaamo) : Oshe: 1010 Aesthetics Ofun: 0101 Ethics
Vectors:
(positive) Beautiness (negative) Ugliness (positive) Honesty (negative) Deception
EXISTENCE Description: Existence vs. non-existence. Also expressible as "total existence vs. total non-existence", "be vs. not be", or even "nothing vs. infinity." Manifestation out of Native State. This is behind everything. This one is so deep I can't think of any process, which can fully resolve it. This is not only far above human reality, its problem is almost incomprehensible. The first half, "existence", appears to be an infinity of any and all qualities one might want to name. The second half, "non-existence", appears to be a zero, a total stillness which LRH described as a static. BE, which is to say a goal reading something like "to have existence", is pursued heavily by most people. It's very rare (and disturbing) to see anyone switch to the opposing goal and pursue NOTHING. So to make anything vanish is experienced as a "loss" reacting on this goal (which is basic to all losses of all kinds). This of course affects the person at their PU terminal as well (personal self/thetan located in space), usually as some variant of Shakespeare's famous scene in Hamlet. ;-) The highest processes of which I know only achieve the static, but do not resolve this dichotomy into Native State. Gotama (the Buddha) is alleged to have resolved this one. I have no opinion about whether he succeeded. Max Sandor, in his novel "The Logs of JD Flora" expressed this awareness: "Nobody can leave who wants to leave. Nobody can leave who wants to stay." ... "Not wanting to leave, not wanting to stay, I will cease to create my existence." Goal: "Exist!" "to have everything!" Alternate names: existence vs. non-existence; total existence vs. total non-existence; be vs. not be; all that exists vs. nothingness; nothing vs. everything; zero vs. infinity; potential vs. actual (real); emptiness/loss vs. havingness (as resistance); (top dichotomy apparently also contains unity vs. duality) Goal: "Exist!" Dichotomy: Total existence vs. total non-existence Triangle: unity - duality - diversity? (1-2-3) Triangle tone scale sections:
Tone: Static 320.0 Goal: "Exist!" Dichotomy: Existence vs. non-existence, Be vs. Not-Be Case characteristics: #1 goal "exist!" Resistance at the level of infinite existence is HAVINGNESS. Losses, emptiness. This is the biggest impediment to clearing because it causes the person to mock up their case again. Processes: 1. Existence vs. non-existence (total existence/total non-existence), nothing vs. everything, zero vs. infinity. Goal: "Exist!" as "to have everything" (basic havingness) Power process: What is? / What isn't? (McMaster) (This would appear to be a potential "one shot clear" process due to its all-encompassing command. If you could get it to run on all levels.) A process to try: Tell me a nothing. / Tell me an infinity. Or as an OT drill: Locate a static. / Locate an infinity. (I deliberately wrote this to be quite insidious. "Locate" means place inside a space, which cannot actually be done in either case! The intention here is therefore to lure the PC into expanding beyond existence.)
CONSCIOUSNESS Description: One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness). Also perceptible as "no space vs. infinite space". Separation from static into Coexistence. Even though fragmentation into entities occurs near the bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its resulting GPM, which are subtly involved in entity problems such as attachment and obsession by "BTs." The entire subject of self is from this dichotomy, and all the problems of such derive either directly or indirectly from this. This would seem to literally create separated spaces. "... the consideration that Theta is individual Thetans" --Raymond J. Krenik, Jr. Goal: "Separate!" Alternate names: one self vs. individuals; one vs. many; one consciousness vs. separate consciousnesses Coexistence/Individuality 160.0 - 120.0 Goal: "Separate!" ("I") Dichotomy: One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness) Case characteristics: #2 goal "separate!" Resistance at the level of separation is INDIVIDUATION. The only one. The lonely one. Processes: 2. One self vs. individuals, one vs. many (no space vs. infinite space). Goal: "Separate!" This pair gets dramatized as "We are all one" versus "I am alone/unique". Power style, try this: What is alone/separate. / What is one/united? "tell me a unity/tell me about it; tell me a separation/tell me about it" to EP on BOTH commands! Or maybe "tell me what everyone knows/tell me about it; tell me what everyone doesn't know/tell me about it;
tell me what one person knows/tell me about it; tell me what one person doesn't know/tell me about it" commands along those lines. That second group uses #3 dichotomy as a lead-in to the #2.This needs much more research...
Readers without a scio background should perhaps skip this message. It refers to data, which is only found in Scn, and it is written VERY densely. On Creation The way to erase "invalid creations" is to create them. This relates directly to what the Pilot said that one does not have to BE in order to DO. Using the model of the expanded tone scale, the "highest" tones (the BE tones) of +400, +320, +160, +120 and +110 are all false (reference: http://www.censorthis.com/ouran/GD45.html ). They are all creations resulting from the placing of static at BE... which it isn't. Static located in any manner is no longer static. The actual top of the tone scale, out of which the entire thing is generated, is the tone +100, which Filbert calls Truth, which I call Creation, and between those two names there is no conflict whatsoever except perhaps in a reader's mind, not in mine. I have merged the polarity (Prime Polarity = PP) of Create/Destroy and can report to you that the *apparent* conflicts between the extremes of that PP -- which can be expressed in words as create/destroy, create/uncreate, lies/truth, etc. -- are mere apparency. Uncreation IS creation. Lies are creations. Truth is a creation. Destruction is a creation. It is all "create", which is found at +100 on the tone scale. All of the tones above +100 are creations. All of the tones below +100 are creations. Create is the top "button", the single attribute and action of life. Create's PP like I said can be expressed a number of ways, the most common of which seem to be create/destroy, create/uncreate, and lies/truth. Create's triangle, which describes its cycle of action (which runs on the CDEI decay scale) is "as-is, alter-is, (not or un)-is". So BE is a creation. There is only DO. The only action of DO is Create, which is "decision", also called "postulation". But decision and postulation are partial illusions caused by viewing the action (DO) of creation through a viewpoint in space. BE and HAVE only seem to be realities when a person is polarized. When the polarity (PP) of existence/non-existence behind the BE/DO/HAVE triangle is merged, its extremes become one again (be and have still exist, but are no longer problems), and the middle of the triangle of that polarity (DO) becomes its characteristic once again. All PPs resolve to their DO aspect as the extremes merge and are neutralized. The DO of create/destroy is nonstop creation, also known as alter-is. Look around at the physical universe. It's continuously changing isn't it? Welcome to alter-is, to true creativity. The physical universe is the opposite pole of creation. Notice that on Filbert's expanded tone scale that the tone -100 is called Destruction? So there's your first range of reality:
from +100 at Create to -100 at Destroy. But since Filbert called +100 Truth (I call it Creation, not Filbert), then in order to be consistent he perhaps should have named -100 Lies instead of Destruction? Perhaps, but that would be logical and logic is a creation too. The truth is that tone -100 is both Destroy AND Lies, and because it is both, it is the foundation of the physical universe. Both poles of create/destroy or truth/lies are found at the extreme tones of +100 and -100. MEST (matter/energy/space/time) is at -100 on the tone scale. It is there as Effect. MEST is at +100 on the tone scale as Cause. I realize that made no logical sense, but it is truth, which is senior to logic. I call the tones below -100, the "Shadows", as they consist of insane reflections of the tones, which are above +100. They are illusions, and "Qliphoth" in Kabbalistic terms. The Hebrew Tree of Life is an attempt to depict what scios call the tone scale. I have most of it worked out; it's lying around somewhere on this computer... It'll end up on the site eventually. (Qliphoth-Shells or husks like on a nut) Malkuth for instance is tone -100! (These words may not mean much to ex-scios who have never studied the Kabbalah, but I'll bet Zivorad, who has studied it, is saying, "I knew that" and smiling as he read it!) So there is no real conflict among these systems, merely differences in the way they are expressed in words. And the words are not the realities, to paraphrase Alfred Korzybski. So... how to erase these "invalid creations"? Discover exactly what you are creating. When you do, create it. Remember your Hubbard back in the days when he wasn't nuts (the early 1950s): if you wish to STOP something, practice START and CHANGE on it until it is under your control. Additionally, the PP data generated by both PEAT and my private research indicates that the beginning and end of any cycle of action/triangle (true triangles are always cycles of action) are the parts, which become polarized. So if you get sight of even a little bit of one of these "invalid creations" then take it up as a problem and run PEAT on it! Zivorad has given us a marvelous tool to use. Thank you very much Zivorad! :))) Use it. Ouran
Let's talk about attachment! Way back when, a guy named Hubbard had spoken of "alteris", but never went into any great depth about its mechanisms. 2 1/2 thousand years before that the Buddha had spoken at length about attachment, and also something, which is translated into English as "fermentations" in the mind.
Attachments They were both talking about the same thing, though I suspect Buddha knew far more on the subject than Hubbard. There is a thing that a person does. It is one of the most fundamental actions in the mind, we do it constantly, and we pay little or no attention to it while we are doing it. The action is one of taking one thing and attaching it to another. A person can take a postulate and attach an idea to it, thereby altering the postulate (and making it persist). spot it. A person can take an idea and attach it to a tiny speck of mental mass, the result being a thought which the body can think with. Spot it. A person can take an idea and tag an emotion to it, so that the idea always creates that emotion. Spot it. A person can take a primal creative energy, and flavor it with restriction so that it affects only certain spheres, such as "love and hate", or "survival and death". (Yes, the PPs) Spot it. This mechanism is senior/above/behind case. Combine this single mechanism, with knowledge of the CDEI scale of "thirst" (what is normally translated as desire from Buddhist texts) and how to unravel that, and one would probably have duplicated the heart of Buddha's tech. Always remember that the CDEI scale is the decay scale of goals, and that the PPs are goals! So what creates the "thirst" / the CDEI scale?????? Why do goals decay and polarize???? I wish I knew. Still looking...
Conditions of Spaces (Havingness) AWARENESS Description: Perception vs. non-perception (this is from Buddhism, but maybe predates Gotama). Also called know vs. not-know. You could also call it aware vs. unaware. Creates the Know to Mystery scale. Filbert claims that LRH was wrong about what all wisdom boiled down to, and that the most fundamental word of wisdom is "Aware!", which is this level. Damned close, but "Exist!" is senior. That's okay, Filbert is seeing and operating a hell of a lot higher than LRH! (see "Survive vs. succumb" below) Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Alternate names: perception vs. non-perception; know vs. not-know; aware vs. unaware; consciousness vs. unconsciousness; knowledge vs. ignorance; confront vs. non-confront (as resistance) Tone: Awareness 110.0 Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Dichotomy: Perception vs. non-perception Case characteristics: #3 goal "perceive!" (aware! know!) Resistance at the level of perception is UNKNOWING. Unknowableness. Non-confront. Mystery. Processes: 3. Perception vs. non-perception, know vs. not-know. Goal: "Aware!" or "Perceive!" Power style, try this: Tell me an awareness. / Tell me an unawareness.
(This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") Also plug in "know": What is known? / What is unknown? (This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") OT drill: "Be aware at your location in space." "Be aware that you are unaware in all other spacial locations than that location. Decide to 'not-know' all of those locations." "Change your mind and decide to reverse that by not-knowing at your location in space, while being aware in all other locations." Alternate those two conditions until you experience an expansion. Lots of early 50's processes address this. Look them up in the old PABs.
Conditions of Awareness
CONSCIOUSNESS Description: One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness). Also perceptible as "no space vs. infinite space". Separation from static into Coexistence. Even though fragmentation into entities occurs near the bottom of the tone scale, it is this dichotomy and its resulting GPM, which are subtly involved in entity problems such as attachment and obsession by "BTs." The entire subject of self is from this dichotomy, and all the problems of such derive either directly or indirectly from this. This would seem to literally create separated spaces. "... The consideration that Theta is individual Thetans" --Raymond J. Krenik, Jr. Goal: "Separate!" Alternate names: one self vs. individuals; one vs. many; one consciousness vs. separate consciousnesses Coexistence/Individuality 160.0 - 120.0 Goal: "Separate!" ("I") Dichotomy: One self vs. individuals (separate consciousness) Case characteristics: #2 goal "separate!" Resistance at the level of separation is INDIVIDUATION. The only one. The lonely one. Processes: 2. One self vs. individuals, one vs. many (no space vs. infinite space). Goal: "Separate!" This pair gets dramatized as "We are all one" versus "I am alone/unique". Power style, try this: What is alone/separate. / What is one/united?
"Tell me a unity/tell me about it; tell me a separation/tell me about it" to EP on BOTH commands! Or maybe "tell me what everyone knows/tell me about it; tell me what everyone doesn't know/tell me about it; tell me what one person knows/tell me about it; tell me what one person doesn't know/tell me about it" commands along those lines. That second group uses #3 dichotomy as a lead-in to the #2.This needs much more research...
Conditions of Energies (Motion and immobility)
MEANING Description: Alteration by attachment of one creation to another. Most people are going to read about these and consider that they apply to their thoughts. Well they do ALSO apply to their thoughts as a lower scale mockery of this level. This is not really about those thoughts, which occur in your body's head. These meanings are pervasions, which alter decisions, which are energies, that power/create the span of reality itself. As body thoughts: Meaning (import) vs. meaningless (middle thought band, alteration). Or perhaps this is quality versus no quality. Also important vs. unimportant. Single/combined or simple/complex on the subject of creations. Here we have the basis of values, in the archetypical area. The triangle is: perception (of the creation), evaluation (alteration of creation), judgment. This can also be expressed as good vs. bad, beauty vs. ugliness, and valuable vs. worthless, etc. There's a lot of thought level charge built upon this into a GPM. As this is above "personal self vs. other selves" there is no way any personal identity is going to solve this dichotomy -- please view what is sometimes called "christ consciousness" for the solution. The primary mechanism of getting an as-isness to persist is to "tag" it with meaning. "This means before." "This means after." "This means good." "This means bad." "This is important." "This means I didn't create it." "This has value." "This means I don't know it." "This means... This means... This means... " Etc. etc. etc. ... This is a secondary creation atop a first one, an alter-is, which obtains persistence for a creation, for an asisness. Buddha is seen admonishing his monks against this action in the Mulapariyaya Sutta. Goal: (I'm Having difficulty expressing this one perfectly, so as close as I can get it right now is) "Import!" or "to Judge!" ("This means ____!") "Attach!"? Alternate names: meaning/import vs. meaningless quality vs. no quality important vs. unimportant (as resistance)
good vs. evil (evaluation, another resistance) justice vs. injustice (evaluation, another resistance) TONE: Importances/Values/Meaning 80.0 (alter-is, attachments to the as-isness) Goal: "Attach!" ("Import!" or "This means ____!") Dichotomy: Meaning vs. meaningless (importance, an alteration, an association attached) Triangle: perception (know) - attachment - judgment (evaluation) (note: association) Case characteristics:#5 goal "import!" (meaning!) Resistance at the level of meaning and significance is IMPORTANCE. The more important something is, the more it is enforced and its alternative resisted. Processes: 5. Meaning (import) vs. meaningless, important vs. unimportant. Goal: "Import!" ("This means ____!") Power style, try this: Tell me something important. / Tell me something unimportant. (This can be tested both with and without the follow-up "Tell me about it.") This is a HUGE area of mental templates and archetypes (middle thought band of the tone scale). This is NOT the assignment of meaning to a location in space occupied by something -- that is symbolizingness. These meanings are timeless/above time. The R6 implants seem to be held in this area. Please understand one thing about implants: they can have no effect whatsoever upon a spirit which is empty and without mental structure. But once these goal pairs are in place, they give the implant something to latch onto. What an implanted dichotomy latches onto is this primal fact about ideas caused by the #1 goal pair: EVERY IDEA IS SPLIT INTO A POSITIVE AND A NEGATIVE EXISTENCE. `For example there is no idea "light" or idea "dark"; those are half ideas. The actual idea is "light/dark". That's how the mind is created, via these pairs. That's why pairs of opposites must be tapped to resolve mind. That single fact is behind all goals and GPM phenomena. Once an existence is created as a division into two like that, then it can be further altered with doingness verbs. Remember: the basic triangle behind the scale of existence (tone scale) is the BE-DO-HAVE triangle. That is the hidden engine running the whole show from dichotomy #1.
Conditions of Points or Locations - in Space(s)
VIEWPOINT Description: Personal self vs. other selves (lower thought band, separate viewpoint/location in space). Perhaps this should be better described as "personal self versus everything else". This is the dichotomy directly senior to "actual" GPMs. It is activated by having only a single viewpoint, i.e. an identity such as an actual GPM terminal. The actual GPM terminal is most likely created by whatever laid in this GPM dichotomy. There have been reports for almost 30 years of processees reliving incidents where they started the incident as a big being who is a whole crowd of people, and end the incident only being one of that crowd. Please note that though this superficially resembles separation from static, it is not the same thing. Beingness above this dichotomy is pervasive, below it there is only a single near point location in space from which reality is viewed. (The Thought band is a complete cycle of action and decays scale for thought. The third, lower portion of the thought band consists of the dead mass of postulation. Is this it? An identity at Opinions is a postulate mass? Perhaps not. The result of postulation would be solidified creation. But what would be its goal????? The answer would lie in what occurs at tone 50...) Goal: "Myself located!" (to be there!) Flemming Funch discusses this dichotomy in Technical Essay #42 "Beingnesses": When you assume a viewpoint it implies that there are points you are not viewing from. Those are called dimension points. The separation of viewpoints and dimension points creates space and it allows an interchange to occur. The viewpoints can have considerations about the dimension points and the dimension points provide something for the viewpoint to experience. It usually gets more involved than that. Various viewpoints and dimension points get grouped together and the being decides to be all of it and pretend that it is one thing. That is what we could call an identity. One is being that and not being everything else. The "not being" part is the outside world that the identity is dealing with. Alternate names: personal self vs. other selves personal self vs. everything else
I vs. not-I self vs. another single location in space vs. pervasion personal universe vs. material universe thetan vs. the universe one space vs. infinite spaces small (space) vs. large, i.e. being very small vs. being very large, or tiny vs. endless thetan vs. the universe Tone range: Viewpoints 40.0 - 16.0 (not-is, not being in some locations, unattached i.e. disassociated there, while identified [theta located] in another or others.) Goal: "Myself!" (located) Dichotomy: Personal self vs. other selves (separate viewpoint/location in space) (note: identification in one or more locations, disassociation elsewhere) Case characteristics: #6 goal "myself!" (locate!) Resistance at the level of self is IDENTITY (terminals). Who are you being (valence), and whose opinions & viewpoints you have acquired without fully viewing them. Processes: 6. Personal self vs. other selves, single location in space vs. pervasion. Goal: "Myself!" Power style: "tell me where you are located. tell me about it." alternate with "tell me where you are not located. Tell me about it." Clean up ser facs, actual GPMs, then find some way to address viewpoint oriented opinions. Use #5 against #6 with "Who is important? / Who is unimportant?" This has to unlock the person from mental anchor points, fixed points of view, etc. EP should be pervasion, which is beyond a completely free POV, a "thetan" which can assume any location in space/time at will. Clean up of this goal should free a being from identity defined by anchor point opinions such as ser facs. An assist (IMD-swap process): When resistance is noted between individuals. Place your viewpoint at those terminals. Between two people:
Be Person A. From that terminal look at Person B. Tell me about them. Be Person B. From that terminal look at Person A. Tell me about them. Repeat until the charge blows. IMD-swap uses the senior position of primal pair #2 to relieve resistance between terminals at the level of #6.
Another Voice - Phil Scott
The ultimate suppressive act may be to think oneself and others as _terminals. The next most suppressive act may be to process a person from his viewpoint and the viewpoints of other _terminals. You see, in this fashion life is compressed into dots (regardless the size)... one is individuated into boundaries described by the viewpoints... and in most cases, lets face it, those dots are mighty small. Even when one claims to have his little dot expanded to all the universes as some do, please notice the results to date. Almost uniform insanity, criminality etc. We have some good examples lately. The Slatkin mess, and the cult and sadly, its founder in many aspects. This notion that a being is a _terminal... sticks one there. Phil Scott 6/29/01
Conditions of Distances (Emotion and attachment)
AFFINITIES Description: Love vs. hate. Could also be called "affinity vs. antipathy." This isn't a generalized ARC triangle manifestation so much as personal love versus personal hate, i.e. the problem being held by the single viewpoint of "personal self vs. other selves". Creates emotional tone scale. This activates as desire and accumulates tremendous charge on the identity terminal due to losses. Buddhist craving. Goal: "Love!" When reversed becomes a goal of "Freedom!" Alternate names: love vs. hate freedom vs. love affinity vs. antipathy approaching vs. avoiding near vs. far agreement vs. disagreement (as resistance) Goal: "Desire/Want!" (affinity) Dichotomy: Love vs. hate Triangle: affinity - communication - reality Triangle tone scale sections: Aesthetic feeling 16.0 Exhilaration 8.0 Goal: "Curious"? Enthusiasm 4.0 Goal: "Desire"? Antagonism 2.0 (reality [resistance] begins faintly at 2.0, and through Apathy) Goal: "Enforce"? (tones 2.0 through 1.1
Goal: "Inhibit"? (tones 1.0 through 0.1) Goal: "No"? (tone 0.0) Case characteristics: #7 goal "affinity!" Resistance at the level of communication is DISAGREEMENT (on the CDEI scale). Agreed-upon reality is enforced. Processes: 7. Love vs. hate, affinity vs. antipathy Goal: "Communicate!" (This is affinity/desire via communication) Pervade with affinity? Buddha's OT drill goes here. Grade 0 processes. Many, many Scn processes address this area, but none of them I recall directly go after the dichotomy in the Power manner. Also "From what distance could..." etc. EP should be a christlike affinity.
Conditions of Survival between Spirit and Matter
EFFORTS Description: Survive vs. succumb. This activates as clinging to bodies (ex: Needing Bodies on the tone scale). Buddhist attachment or clinging. LRH claimed that "Survive!" was the most fundamental word of wisdom. (Please note where this is on the tone scale, below death, and what GPM was providing the force driving his personal [terminal] actual GPM goal of "to have wealth.") Goal: "Survive!" Hubbard's discovered goal "Survive!" rules the effort range of the tone scale and therefore is the goal immediately senior to MEST. Theta interacts with MEST at that level, producing life forms exhibiting an effort to survive. Narrative incident running with Dianetics addresses this area. Alternate names: survive vs. succumb live vs. die living body vs. corpse Goal: "Survive!" Dichotomy: Survive vs. succumb Triangle: responsible - control - know (by effort) Triangle tone scale sections: Death -0.0 Protecting Bodies -2.2 Being Objects -10.0 Case characteristics: #8 goal "survive!" Resistance at the level of survival is FORCE (counter-effort). This is classic counter-efforts. Processes: 8. Survive vs. succumb. Goal: "Survive!"
Resistance keywords on this one: need, must, can't, etc. Resistance begins at Antagonism 2.0 on the tone scale. Therefore Dianetics which follows "somatics" (R3R) cleans this up. The definition of clear as no longer subject to the force in pictures is a clear on this level. Much of the excellent work of Hubbard addressed this.
#73 THE FOUR VECTORS OF SO-CALLED "CREATION" A variety of different polarities related to "create" have come to light through processing and meditation. Because some of them are so different from each other, it puzzled me and came close to confusing me. But of course the way to avoid confusion is to release all anchor points and viewpoints (stable data and firmly held perspectives) and pervade the entire area. Then look around. Among the polarities related to creation are: create/uncreate create/destroy truth/lies truth/create Probably the most common one reported is "create/destroy". But what does "create/destroy" mean? What do any of them mean? Words are not what they represent. Definitions of these can be slippery, because different people mean different actual polarities when they say these words. "Destroy" for example gives me the impression of being an attempted not-ising view of uncreate, viewing uncreate as a negative pole. When one is resisting uncreation, it can seem like something negative: destruction. Instead of idiotically reasoning about these further, I decided to know them. I began to directly experience the processes of creation itself without any preconceived ideas or views. This is what I spotted: "Creation" and its assigned opposite are actually attempts to describe two different polarities. This is because creating consists of two different activities. One pair involves bringing some original, independent creation either into or out of existence. It could be described as: to manifest/to unmanifest existence/non-existence be/not be (and more fuzzily...) create/uncreate create/destroy (Hmm...) Hubbard called both ends of this activity "as-isness". To "as-is" makes something appear, but because it is a pure creation not attached to any other reality, or otherwise altered, it vanishes in the same moment in which it is created. The second pair involves taking the original, independent creations made in the first polarity, and sticking them to each other, combining them and saying that the result is one
thing instead of two (or more) things. This achieves a persistence. This activity can be described as a polarity thusly: sticking together/unsticking attaching/detaching creating/truth create/destroy (... Aha! Again? Not the same polarity, the wording of this dichotomy is slippery.) The latter two are what people sometimes call this activity; the former two are more accurately describing what people actually DO! Applied only to mental activity, sticking two things together becomes the activity of attaching meaning to something. Therefore one also gets: meaning (significance)/meaningless (no significance attached) Hubbard called the sticking together "alter-isness", and named the unsticking "as-isness" (that makes three different things he's calling as-isness) and also he sometimes described it as "differentiation". He never did fully spot the entire mechanism, despite the fact that it was indicated fairly plainly in the Pali texts of Buddhism. Perhaps he never had the opportunity to read those suttas... In the physical universe the second pair directly relates to a person's normal perception of time. There is no "time" as we usually think of it. The past does not exist. There is only the present and our creation of a future. With every pulse of the vibration of matter and energy, all matter and energy vanish and are created anew. And I do mean NEW! The new matter and energy are not the old matter and energy, despite the fact that we create slightly altered resemblances of the previous matter and energy. The huge lie of time is this: we attach the new creations to the old vanished creations, saying they are one continuous creation, enforcing what is not there. One of the brightest things Hubbard ever said is that time states the untruth of consecutive creation. Uncreation of a time track consists of simply detaching these creations from one another. Yesterday does not exist. Knowing that, using memory becomes seen as recreating mockups of what is not there. Now we know exactly how timebreaking works. By comparing the two it is simply detaching what IS (the present) from a hallucinatory convenient (and often inconvenient) illusion called the past. Most processing consists of unattaching things from one another, with occasional actions of reattaching (such as assigning correct ownership), and also the action of taking something completely out of existence. This latter is much rarer in processing than one might believe. Taking something out of existence sends a person's consciousness right out of the universe for a while. But of course it comes back because it has so many untouched polarized existences. There is a danger to taking something out of existence, and that is when one takes only half of something out, one pole, and leaves the other pole intact. This is the real phenomenon occurring when running a scn process, which is working a dichotomy, and leaving it unfinished. If the processor quits after one half of the dichotomy has been taken to extremely good indicators and much release, without taking its opposite out, then the person feels very very good for a while... and some time later crashes and burns because
the opposite pole is still there. This is especially important with the Power processes of scn. If for instance one runs Power process #4 (Source) and get the end phenomenon and huge release from "Tell me a source", then the negative pole is still there and in full restimulation! This is a sure-fire recipe for ascension/crash, because "no source" is the other half of the truth, is still fully in existence, and because it is no longer balanced by "source", will COME FULLY INTO MANIFESTATION! The person will become a no source and crash downscale and burn! The missing data in scn is the polarity tech being researched in the late 90s and 00s. The basic rules are these: One can detach bits of case from each other safely without having to work both sides of any polarities involved. (It's best to do so, but not necessary.) This is not true however with taking case out of the universe completely. When totally uncreating an item of case, both sides of any polarity involved must be taken out of existence, or the untouched pole will not merely persist, but actually increase its manifestation. If it's the positive pole the person will exhibit positive gain as a persistence, which is an untruth that will lead to obsessive and excessive positive behavior leading to a new massive service facsimile. If it's the negative pole, look out! One is in for a tough time of negative behavior and unhappiness. Ouran
#25 ASCENDING THE TONE SCALE BY DISSECTING A THOUGHT This is an exercise I use to enter the tone scale above emotion. It doesn't quite reach the area of static, but it sure works for me to exit through the top of the emotion band. You must be alone, and where you cannot be disturbed. Lock yourself in a room if possible. Get comfortable. If you have trained in Yoga, get into your lotus position. Most everyone else should sit in a comfortable chair. Personally, I lie down in bed -- but this action tells most people's bodies to fall asleep so I don't recommend it for most. Concentrate on the three dimensional space in and around yourself. With most beginners this means in and around your body's head. If you are exterior this part will be child's play -- just throw out eight anchor points in a box around yourself to define the space. In that space will often be mental images and thoughts, the latter sometimes racing at a very rapid pace. Without force or effort, quiet the mind, gently viewing each thought or image as it arises. Let each go and drop away from you until your mental space is relatively peaceful. So far I haven't had you do anything unusual. The above is pretty standard meditation technique. Now that your mind is quiet, select a single thought or idea -- something specific, yet innocuous such as "apple" or "coffee cup". Let's use "apple" for our example. Do not visualize an apple. Mental images are not what this procedure are after. Think the thought "apple". Watch yourself thinking the thought starting from BEFORE you begin thinking it. Do it again. Watch it again. Notice that there is a moment of concept, which occurs prior to the visible, thought itself. For a brief instant there was a fleeting something just before "apple" appeared in your mind. Perhaps it looked like the silent idea of apple, which became the thought "apple" an instant later? That first manifestation is what we are after here. It is the high scale thought itself, above the emotion and effort bands in which most people are stuck. The second manifestation -what is normally considered a "thought" -- is actually in the effort band. Before we go any further I wish to examine that effort level thought and take it to pieces for you. If your concentration is good then you will see the effort level thought as a tiny bit of something material. I see them as little beads of energy when I slow them down enough. That's not precisely accurate, because energy doesn't have a solid shape. Therefore they are also like little pieces of matter. Yet they move. You can move one of these thoughts around in your space. (In fact it's not easy holding them still!) Inside this mobile piece of matter is the original idea or concept of "apple", which is tagged or assigned to the mass. This effort level thought can be approached two ways: Using the Heisenberg Triangle Observer
Energy Matter
Though the concept is not an observer exactly, it is of such high vibration that it is relatively much closer to static than the other two components. The thought is mobile, therefore it has energy. The thought has mass, therefore it is matter. If you make a thought stop in space it will appear solid, and if it's moving it will seem more like an energy -- as per the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle. Using the Symbol Triangle Meaning
Mobility
Mass
That's right, your effort level thought is actually a simple symbol. Most symbols contain much more mass, and usually have some sort of shape, which has meaning of its own -which puts most symbols such as icons and logos into the halfway ground in between thoughts and mental images. (Note for advanced students, especially those on the magician's path: There is little difference between an effort level thought and a thought-form, or "thing". Essentially an effort level thought IS a simple thought-form except in one regard: a thought-form also contains INTENTION, in addition to idea(s). A single purpose thought-form will consist of a mobile mass of energy into which has been "inserted" or "tagged" as little as a single thought, or as much as a bare-bones program of instructions; and also it will contain an intention and/or purpose which it carries out on its own determinism.) Knowing that an effort level thought (a normal human thought) contains meaning (concept or idea), plus mobility and mass, then it becomes possible to ignore the mobile mass and concentrate upon the meaning itself. The technique is not to struggle to hold onto a thought and pry it apart with force or effort. Any such approach is doomed to fail. Instead just create the thought anew, over and over again. Each time put your attention on the concept or idea part of it that enters view first and expand THAT. Let it fill your vision. When I did that, the Thought band of the tone scale came into view more and more. And from the Thought band it isn't much farther to the Spirit or Causal band of static. Ouran
#27 A CLEAR VIEW OF CASE (wordplay in the title is intentional) First some basics: The tone scale has a top band, which consists of beingness. It could also be called the spiritual band or causal band. Below that is the thought band wherein are things like postulates, considerations, aesthetics, inspiration, etc Below that is the emotion band. Below that is the effort band. I was viewing the structure of this stuff -- while considering the isness of clears with no aberrative mental image pictures. Yet the fact remained that clears have psychosomatic pains in body, etc. They were no longer mocking up the pictures, yet they were somehow? Huh? So what was up with that? No Dianetic case visible, yet they had something going on... Then I recalled a clear making the remark of "no electronic field" (electronics is in the effort band) and the whole thing fell into place for me. There was no "force" in the pictures, but force was lower band stuff... I got a clear view of someone no longer creating the effort band elements of the bank. This would make the pictures go away for sure! But what would that leave behind? What would remain would be the beingnesses, emotions and thoughts. In a flash of insight I saw that that was the NOTs case right there: beingnesses and the considerations/postulates held by those beingnesses. Let me state this flatly: there are thought band elements AND theta (beingness) in any mental images. In the case of engrams and such, engrams are not being taken fully responsible for (that's why they are aberrative, right?). So if an engram is being resisted/disowned by a person, and you clear the person of mocking up the force and images, all that remains are thoughts and beingnesses, which the person is disowning! That's as good a way of describing an entity or BT as any I can think of offhand! Right? What's an entity? What's a BT? A BT is a fragment of being, which has ideas, postulates, considerations and other thought band stuff. One problem with having an unconfronted beingness (a piece of you, or a misowned piece of someone else) hanging around is that the tone scale works for theta by placing a terminal into each band, which then triggers the terminal in the next band down. So for example, the "big thetan" individuates into thetans, which action places a "me" into the lower causal band. That thetan locates a view into the Thought band from which to
consider. Thoughts trigger emotions (yes they do, there is no emotional response without an idea about things). And emotions are used to motivate effort in the Effort band of the scale. Therefore, even if a being is "clear" and has no visible emotion and effort band case, and even if the Thought band is cleaned up... IF THERE IS AN UNRESOLVED BEINGNESS IN THE CASE, THEN THAT BEINGNESS CAN GENERATE THOUGHT, EMOTION AND EFFORT -- CAUSING SOMATICS IN THE "CLEAR." Part of the problem in the causal band is seeing the correct ownership of beingness (and the "case" belonging to each beingness). This consists of two parts: 1. Stripping away the not-is in order to correctly discover what assignment of being was originally made. This is part of getting the correct ownership as normally understood. This is the action of Ogger's brilliant NOTs command: "Point to the being you divided from" for split pieces of yourself, and the older NOTs command "Who are you?" for misowned pieces of others. The second part looks odd as hell from low on the scale... 2. Expanding to encompass that other beingness, and all other beingnesses, after doing #1. At 320 on the tone scale there is only one beingness, one thetan. But that single thetan is aware of having itself divided into separate viewpoints, each of which denies being all the others. Get high enough on the scale and there is no more misownership possible -- because you ARE all beingnesses everywhere and everywhen. This is an important cog and produces a keyout of magnitude. Buddha gave explicit instructions on getting to this area by means of the most flabbergasting OT drill. Even a glimpse of it shatters an "only one" condition, allowing a return to intimate ARC. This explains why NOTs has been necessary after clear. This also explains why R3XD works on anyone: because it addresses those two top bands of the tone scale in addition to the bands below. I am SO relieved to have finally seen what's going on in this area. Ouran
#30 THE DYNAMICS The "dynamics" as they are known in Scn and the Freezone -- whether the four human dynamics of Dianetics, the eight of Scn, or the 16 backed by the 64 goals discovered in an implant by Ken Ogger -- are nothing more than an arbitrary construct. I realize that might sound like a radical statement to some people, but it's true. The dynamics are arbitrary, and they were apparently deliberately built. Obedience to these dynamics is part of the anatomy of a being's disability. Okay that was the second radical statement. It means that the dynamics act as an aberration. These statements might sound radical to some people for the simple reason that the Co$ teaches the dynamics as positive guides. That's a partial truth and a partial lie. Like any great lie, it is a mixture of truth and lies. Please don't get the idea from that second statement that the life indicated through dynamics should be ignored, or that a person should go on a rampage of destruction against survival on any or all dynamics. Hardly. Going ape and swinging on a vine over to assuming the oppgoal is never the way to go. The positive, creative actions involved in survival are good. But their very definitions are the problem. Having your mate be a 2nd dynamic instead of a first for example is almost inviting the husband or wife to become an oppterm instead of a part of "me." More on this later... Instead what needs to be done is to dig oneself out from under the fixed points of view laid in by these dynamics. For they are an "implant", whether by willing agreement or forced reality. An important thing to remember about them is that they have the effect of canalizing a being's point of view into narrow channels; and also they have the effect of reinforcing GPMs, which are tagged to and channeled through, specific dynamics. The truth is that a being is everything around him. There is nothing a person can encounter that is not that person. I realize that statement seems to conflict with other data that a being is a Nothing. The resolution of this apparent conflict lies in the characteristics of the life static, which when viewed has the appearance of an infinite nothingness. An "infinite nothingness" is both everything and nothing. Working back down from that higher truth it can be seen that any being can be said to be not any matter-energy-space-time, and all those things -and here's the important part -- at WILL. So that leaves us with a thetan/spirit/being, which is a nothing that can BE everything. This is the real pan-determinism. Pan-determinism consists of BEING everything. LRH put forth the idea of pan-determinism being a broad sweep of control and responsibility. That is a partial truth, but it fails to get to the bottom of the matter. True pan-determinism is high ARC BEING all terminals in a game. And if you are something, of course you can control it. But in a normal person this beingness has been divided into fragments.
Part of the anatomy of that fragmentation is the division of beingness into the broad classes called by us the dynamics of survival. This division makes it easier for a being to abandon an area because it can be viewed as not "self". This makes it easier for a person to narrow themselves down into only being the first dynamic. It also makes it easier for one dynamic to be set against another. It also makes it easier to create GPMs because the terminal, the oppterm and the goal itself are all parts of the being who is having the GPM. These parts are often at least partially defined by the dynamics. It's sort of a
game of "let's divide me against myself." These ideas can be disturbing. A person doesn't like to think that they are creating their own opposition, by splitting off and abandoning part of themselves. There are also some people who cannot "have", cannot allow themselves, the thought or idea that at the very highest levels of static and Native State they are everyone else. This disturbs them mightily, as if they were violating some powerful agreement made long ago. But denial is useless in the face of truth, and this truth explains much. Examples: The need to run other flows in session than zero, one and two. If you weren't also part of other people then why would it be necessary to audit "others to others?" There is such a thing as auditing over the telephone with the auditor holding the cans and seeing the processee's reads show up on the meter before him. Forget the usual puerile jibber jabber about telepathy, this works because the auditor by getting into ARC with the PC is actually experiencing the PC's case. That's telepathy alright, but not telepathy as it's usually explained. Telepathy is normally explained as a type of communication. Bosh. That's right, I said "bosh." All communication is for, is to establish duplication, which is a mutual beingness. Communication is affinity on a via. That's all it is. And in processing over a telephone the spiritual distance between auditor and PC vanishes, and whatdoyouknow! The PC's case is seen reacting on the meter whose cans are held by the auditor! Robert Ducharme and others are doing this with great success. But what would make that work if one wasn't on both ends of the phone? There is such a thing as auditing one person, and having another person receive case gain from it. This happened to John McMaster when he was at Saint Hill. He had a bad break in affinity with his father, and when John ran out the problem on his end in England, his father in South Africa cleaned up on it too! This is from Homer's archives, JM-1, a taped lecture given by John on 12/1/84: ...various wonderful things happened. Like I told you the circumstances under which my father had insisted that I came to Saint Hill. Now, during one of these sessions, to tell the truth, you know the goal “to tell the truth”, and running the Service Facsimile, you have got to be able to communicate to be right, sort of thing, I looked at the situation between my father and me. And I was able to take almost complete responsibility because I understood, apparently, so much more than he did, but I did not know whilst I was living in the same environment, that I understood so much more than he did. I just assumed he
understood and so I had been irresponsible in assuming that he knew more than I did because he was an older man. Fact of the matter is he didn't. And as I took responsibility for those things, which happened between us, and I blew all my own aberrations on it and the charge on it, a wonderful thing happened. It was in one session when I realized what I had done to bring about the situation between my father and myself. And all of a sudden, out of the blue, as long as it takes to get a letter from Durbin, South Africa to Saint Hill, Sussex, England, there was an airmail letter for me, from my father saying, "Dear John, I am so glad that you have found such a worthwhile thing to do in such a troubled world". And I just thought, my word, how wonderful, that there is this telepathic communication, because I hadn't written and told them anything.
Telepathy is an inadequate and misleading word. It only implies communication across a distance. A second being is cleared of an ARCx because the first one ran it out? How can that be unless they are the same being at some level? After all, this action implies MUTUAL CASE. (LRH barely touched upon this phenomena of beings who are one at a higher level back in 1952, then abandoned it. He speaks of this in Lecture 20A of the Hubbard College Lectures (HCL-20A) of 10 MAR 52, also issued as the third cassette of the Time Track of Theta series. This has also been called the History of Man Lectures I believe. Read or listen to that lecture.) Another example in the 2nd dynamic of sex and children: anyone who has experienced a marriage has had plenty of times when they just knew what their partner knew or thought or wanted. And it wasn't as if the information flew across the room either -- they just KNEW it. Isn't this BEING your spouse? Another example is in the "group mind" which often occurs in groups, even groups of apparent strangers. Another example is in the communion among BTs in clusters, and other composite situations. How can these beingnesses function as one in spite of their oneness being a 3rd postulate/not-is/use of forced affinity -- unless they were ultimately/originally one anyway? All of these examples above point at the truth, a truth that in the past has been badly represented in some cases, misrepresented in others, and flatly denied in still more. The usefulness of this truth is that it assists us when we take a fresh look at the composite structure of ourselves and recognize both abandonment and misownership. The dynamics are just another way we use to separate ourselves into individuated little bits. A wife and husband should each regard the other as a part of themselves, rather than a second dynamic separated from self. Always remember that separation is a lie. It was a lie to separate into thetans, it was a lie to separate the thetans by dynamics, it was a lie to split off denied pieces of ourselves when we placed them on others, it was a lie not to recognize the prior assignment of other beingness in pieces of others which we had accepted as
ourselves in present time. And even though they have come down the track through theta lines long separated from our own, it was a lie not recognize ourselves in cows, starlings, mosquitoes, trees, rocks, planets and galaxies.
Name a dynamic -- there you are. But don't canalize yourself into looking at the universe through only those dynamics. Free yourself from those narrow channels. Look at anything. It is yours. It is you. Ouran
#31 KNOWING ON THE KNOW TO MYSTERY "Know" is without a via. It is without any separation from what's known. It just is, as a creative certainty. Or perhaps I should say, the certainty of oneself in creation? "Know About" Has separated one's beingness or identity from what's known, yet affinity is still perfect, allowing a complete sharing of space with what's known. "Lookingness" has lowered affinity. There is now distance between self and what is known, i.e. the thetan in one location, what's known in another location. "Emotingness" is certainty through feeling. You get this a lot from people. Ask them about their certainty by phrasing it: "How do you feel about that?" Their "know" will be tied to whatever emotional tone they are at. "Effortingness" also means "feel" to many people, but it's a certainty that behaves like a demon circuit! Yikes! This is the level on the K-M scale equivalent to physical sensations, including physical pain. So when you are running pain out of a PC's incident, this is where it's coming up from on the tone scale. "Thinkingness" is still in the effort band of the tone scale. It is literally an "effort to think" and is the level at which the body's brain functions. I've examined this level of knowing meticulously through eastern meditational techniques and I would like to report that a Thinkingness thought consists of a speck of effort level energy with a bit of meaning attached to it. By definition then, a Thinkingness thought is a symbol as defined by LRH, as it has mass, meaning and mobility. But the mass is small and nondescript. "Symbolizingness" is solidified Thinkingness. The mass is much more noticeable. At this point there is meaning in the SHAPE of the mass. We are almost down to bodies here. "Eatingness" is an inversion and collapse of space from Symbolizingness. To know at Eatingness, one pulls a MEST object into oneself and pervades it in a very mechanical fashion that's like a bad parody of true pervasion. "Sexingness" is a dramatization of joining and fusing of beings through MEST. This is nearly the thetan being unconscious. "Mystery" is the unconsciousness and anaten in incidents. In running any incident in which there is unconsciousness, one is getting the PC to bring the incident up out of the Mystery band. Ouran
#32 AVOIDING THE BARDO I just finished looking over the Tibetan Book of the Dead. It is a fascinating and slightly frustrating read. On the one hand give them credit for being aware of the between lives area (called the "Bardo" by Tibetans). But on the other hand their handle on it consists of too much prayer and not enough drilling. The basics in the Book of the Dead seem to have been added to by well meaning but unenlightened monks whose lamentable tendency toward worship has added distractions from its workability. For the umpteenth time I found myself swearing at flowery, overblown use of adjectives by Mahayana Buddhists who seemed to have spent too much time being swept up in grand visions of beatitude and too little time doing good old Gautama's drills. If it weren't for the Zen and Pali flavors of Buddhism I would be tempted to give up on the lot of them. I have serious doubts as to the efficacy for most people of the Tibetan practice as described in that book. For one thing it assumes abilities to perceive and decide which are blocked in most people. Ex-Scios and others in the free zone are even more aware of the between lives area than the Tibetans. They have their own explanations for what occurs at that time between bodies -- explanations which may or may not be accurate. They also have a handle on the problem using processing, which is far superior to Tibetan Buddhism simply because it's a mixture of the latest subjective processes and exterior drills intended to free the spirit. Techniques have advanced quite a bit beyond what was available in India in the days of geniuses like Gautama and Patanjali (the man who codified yoga). Unfortunately most of these modern techniques do not keep a person from dramatizing any between lives automaticities hidden in the subconscious mind. Some do, and some people seem to be advanced enough to be safe. Overall the free zone techniques beat the hell out of any amount of prayer, whether Mahayana Buddhist or Christian. This is definitely the best route to go. But sometimes a person discovers that they have a disease, which will kill them in a matter of weeks or months, and not enough time remains to receive a full course of free zone processing. For those people there is a third possible way of which I am aware. It comes from the practices of magicians. First a little background. Most magick is done exterior to the body. Around the world various means are used by practicing magicians to get out of their bodies. Dancing, drugs, repetitive chanting, visualization drills, and fasting are some of them. Among those I would recommend the visualization drills obviously -- except that the Scios and freezoners have probably the best collection of exteriorization techniques on the planet, so why bother with anything else? But once exterior, some magickal groups drill their trainees in something the Scios and freezoners do NOT have. The next step by the magician is to create a "body of light" for use when exterior. A body of light is an energized mockup of the body, which has been
created by many hours, and days of repetitive visualization. (By the way, don't call it a hologram. I eschew that trendy word because it is unnecessary. There is no need to redefine reality as a projected three dimensional image. We already know that it's a created image, and the "projected" part implies an action which is not quite true -- as anyone who can visualize a three dimensional space knows.) The body of light is deliberately created with a full personality, that is to say, it is mocked up with a beingness of its own included in the process of its creation. The best advice for proceeding are to set up a sealed space from which all other entities and thetans have been banished, go slowly and precisely in your mockups, cap its awareness so that it does not become self aware or wonder what is happening to it, and maintain operational control of it. The body is projected out through the solar plexus, linked there by the "silver cord", and then reabsorbed into the body at the end of each session. The implanting of consciousness into it results in (stripping away the usual mumbo-jumbo explanations given in occult literature) what is called a "thing." What is a "thing?" A "thing" is an entity of the non self aware variety (it's aware but not aware of being aware, an entity like a GE, but not quite a thetan) which has been given a simple mind and a shape made of "ethereal" energies. Actually since "ethereal" is effort level energy, let me specify that a "thing" is composed of theta (like a BT, only you make it yourself) with thoughts, emotion and efforts, the latter being what its body is made of. The physical body you normally operate also contains an entity (unless you exorcised it), so this arrangement is nothing unusual. Creating a solidly mocked up body of light has a curious effect on the subconscious mechanisms of the mind: they accept the mockup as a "real" body. The body of light can even become real enough for people to see it -- I would assume Jesus was using one during his resurrection for example. My guess is that a body of light is a body like the ones used a universe or two back (probably Magic Universe, but maybe farther back). A method of creating a Body of Light can be found in the ritual called "The Magician" in Mysteria Magica, vol 3 of The Magical Philosophy by Melita Denning and Osborne Phillips. These two have made much of the old knowledge available. (1/23/01, just found a web link to the ritual here.) An amusing practice in some of the rituals is that the magician is instructed to visualize the seven planets inside the projected body's spine. I raaather would advise you to visualize the chakras a little more clearly than that! ;-) Warnings: because a body of light is run by an entity it can act out of your control. It should be tightly controlled at all times so that it doesn't exteriorize from your body without you. Also I would advise not using Ken Ogger's split piece command "Point to the being you divided from." around it. It might obey -- and its beingness vanish. But if it does go out of your control and causes mayhem (walks around pretending to be you, etc), the usual NOTs techniques should work on it instantly, especially Ogger's "Point to..." , unless it's been hijacked by a thetan. Even then you should still be able to dissolve it out from under the other thetan using NOTs tech and persistence.
There have been numerous accounts in the magickal and spiritual literature of magicians: Leaving their aging bodies and assuming younger ones. In some cases this consists of stealing fully grown bodies from their owners. Others have been more ethical and taken over injured adult bodies, which have been abandoned by their owners. Dying and haunting their houses or familiar neighborhoods as semi-visible ghosts who do not enter the between lives area (thereby retaining their full memories and identities). So what triggers the automatic mechanisms of the between lives experience? Death does: the sight and knowledge of the body's demise. BUT! But if the magician is accustomed to exteriorizing, and while exterior wearing a solid seeming body of light, then the magician may cheat the mechanism of the Bardo by abandoning the physical body in his body of light before the flesh is fully dead. No images of the dead physical body enter the mind, and besides, the subconscious sees a solid appearing body -- albeit an ethereal one. This is how some magicians on this planet have cheated the between lives mechanism by deceiving it. Lately I've seen accounts of people who made advances in spiritual clearing in past lives, only to lose most of their gains during the between lives period, reborn barely above normal rather than enlightened. Here's merely one example (from Ken Ogger): I have seen and heard of times when some young child originated some snippet from a past life in Scientology. I know of one case where a toddler saw somebody else's clear bracelet and distinctly said "my number is ...." and it was l ooked up and confirmed as having been the clear number of one of only a handful of clears who had died at by that time (this was years ago). And yet the few reborn Scientology OTs do not have a consecutive conscious recall of their previous lifetime. They have vague recalls and slight snipp ets of things which are in a few cases just barely good enough to be confirmed. If these people had come through with solid recall and consciousness, the orgs would be promoting it, at least among the upper level public. They act like they have been mindwiped. They seem to come through better than most, but they are a shadow of their former selves and coming back up from scratch.
If true this is a serious problem that badly needs a solution. But until a solution is found, perhaps it would be wise for anyone not completely freed and who is about to die, to maintain a continuous consciousness of identity and memory by means of a body of light (though ultimately it may be that identity and memory are the real problem...). It's worth a shot... Who the hell wants to start all over from scratch? Ouran
#35 THE STATIC PROCESSES "There is, monks, an unborn -- unbecome -- unmade -- unfabricated. If there were not that unborn -- unbecome -- unmade -- unfabricated, there would not be the case that emancipation from the born -- become -- made -- fabricated would be discerned. But precisely because there is an unborn -- unbecome -- unmade -- unfabricated, emancipation from the born -- become -- made -- fabricated is thus discerned." --attributed to Gotama the Buddha There is a Nothing, which creates all somethings. It is a Nothing, which can manifest itself within created reality behind the mask of an identity, or rather it does so through a very large number of identities. This Nothing is often called a "static", and sometimes THE Static. Awareness of being the Static is also a tone on the linear tone scale. Processes exist which assist an identity (a "self") to contact itself as the Static. I am calling these processes "the Static Processes." I suppose these could also be called the Diamond Cutters, after the Buddhist sutra. This is my attempt to compile all the processes, drills and commands, which seem to point in this important direction. The Zero Eight process: My first write up of this used the command "Locate a static." Since "locate" often means "place in PU location" to a scio, perhaps "find" might work better for others than "locate"... The commands are: "Find (locate) a static." "Find (locate) an infinity." "Spot" could also be used here, but would convert the process into a purely OT drill for most ex-scios because to them "spot" is objective rather than subjective. In all three versions it is patently impossible to carry out the commands because neither a static nor an infinity can be found, located or spotted in a universe. This makes the process a Zen style process where the processee essentially exhausts all of the plausible answers available in the universe and quickly has no recourse other than to go outside in order to carry out the commands. Because of this, it might not be runnable on most lower level PCs because they will be unable to cognite their way out of the apparently insoluble problem. Probably we should try to run this as many flows as possible as soon as the PC is pandetermined enough to do them. No restrictions should be placed upon how the PC goes about finding static. This would be the broadbased "shotgun" method. The PC needs to be in fairly good shape to do this one. It requires really knowing oneself to be NOT MEST (matter-energy-space-time), and to have non-body perception. The theta perception doesn't need to be sharp and clear, muddy will do, but it is I think
necessary to doing the process. Someone who can only see through the body's senses might cave in or experience loss of havingness trying this one. This version takes its shape from the fact that the life static appears to be an infinite zero when viewed from a physical universe viewpoint. Another way to go at it would be to get the PC to locate objects, energies, efforts, emotions, thoughts, the input of each of the senses, etc and examine them to see if there is distance (separation) between those things and the person him/herself. It's purpose is to discover to what the person is not. Eventually the entire outer universe and the personal identity both are rejected as not being "self" (Buddha's assumptions). The only thing which remains is not a thing at all, it is nothing. But we already know that it is a nothing, which is aware, etc -- definition of a static in other words. I have not attempted to rewrite that one yet as a Scn style process. The basic dichotomy comes into play here, because not only are these things not the self, but they are also not separate and therefore to be desired and clung to. Buddha is recorded to have expressed this latter as a sequence of manifestation arising in dependence. Both of these are core meditations used by Buddha, and from which the diamond cutter is derived. It's purpose is to discover to what in the universe the person is attaching, and conversely to dissolve any identification of "self" with the universe. Another I stumbled into by accident, but is related to the way Raja Yoga meditation is done as an internal view of personal space. It consists of seizing a single thought and examining it with clear sight (TR 0). Upon close examination it will be revealed to be a concept or meaning attached to a bit of effort level energy. Repeated viewing of the "meaning" part of it eventually brings static into view for a moment. An earlier write up on this is found in "Ascending the Tone Scale by Dissecting a Thought" Another way of getting at static is that oddball Spotting Spots process I developed out of Ken Ogger's notes. My roughed out commands for that are: "Spot a spot in space (or: in the space of the room)." "Place a remote viewpoint at that spot in space." "While looking at that spot, have the remote viewpoint look at you." The resulting short circuit of mutually duplicated thetan brings an instant of contact with static. The best known static process in scio circles is the main power process authored by John McMaster. The clearest understanding of it I've read is in Geoffrey Filbert's "Excalibur Revisited": I have defined the purposes, and the unfortunate misapplications, of Power Processes. The story behind them is a bit of a tragedy because L. Ron Hubbard developed these privately [Geoff was apparently unaware that it was actually John who developed the Power processes. -Ouran] and he ran them on himself, and left them unflat. He's got them backwards, and has been kind of crazy ever since 1965. Prior to that particular period in time, he seemed to be essentially rational. Since that period or time he has been essentially irrational. His error is actually on the first
process, Due to the fact that he made this error, compounded by the fact that his following in the churches are on a monkey-see, monkey-do basis, physically, mentally, and spiritually with this man, they uniformly run the processes to the same unflat point that he did. The first process you run alternately, two commands, to EP. Tell me a source. and Tell me a not source. You could run it the other way: What is source. and What is not source. It is preferable to use "Tell me." You can word clear these out of a dictionary that "source" is an origin point on something. The pc will rather quickly come up with himself as source and be grinning ear to ear over that, and have little to no understanding of not source. This is the point that L. Ron Hubbard stopped. This is the point that most church people stop on this particular process. Although, there is a floating needle, although there is a grin on the person's face, they still have no understanding of not source, so it is an unflat process. Of course, they have had an exactly-backwards end phenomena. You keep running the process until they get this thing straightened out, and realize that they are not source and that there are a lot of not sources out there. They start to understand the first and second axioms that they are a life static and they will cognite that they have been identified with particular viewpoints or a singular viewpoint in the physical universe, and had actually thought they were sources, and that is a very silly and absolutely ridiculous thing to do; to identify and be a point within a matter, energy, space, time continuum, much less this one. At that point the process is flat. When it comes to processing, Geoff is brilliant. Allen Hacker has a full processing regimen pointed at static, which he calls "AEther" to avoid confusion with any mistakes made by LRH. This processing is called Zero Point. Information about it can be obtained through Allen's websites, through this hub site: AEscir . I wish to make a strong statement here that in communicating with Allen I perceive him to have directly experienced static at least as much as I have and probably even more deeply. Unfortunately Allen's exact processes remain confidential at this time. Sedona releasing has this: Alternating between: I am everything, and I am nothing From Ken Ogger's notes comes this suggested process, which looks like a stab at the same result as my static process (Aug 98 Pilot posts): Perhaps there is something one could drill. Maybe "spot a timeless nothingness" alternated with "spot reality".
As always when working at this level, any concept focused upon by the mind is composed of a pair of opposites, so both sides have to be run. In "Creation Of Human Ability" is an LRH process "Conceive a static." which I do not recommend because it unfortunately suffers from only running half of the dichotomy. Basically Static is the top of the tone scale. The top end of the tone scale is normally out of a person's view. Oftentimes someone who is processing can see upscale into the Thought band, but not into the Causal band wherein Static occupies the highest position which has any manifestation (only Native State "above" static). But as a person processes, more and more of the scale should come into view for them. Until the PC gets high enough to occupy the Causal area, take a win on getting a view in the Thought band. High band thought (the tone scale above exhilaration) is an area of high concept, aesthetics, postulates, and abstracts such as archetypes. This area when examined usually produces a floating needle. This is the area of getting back to a true "isness" and the as-ising of unwanted conditions. Unwanted conditions are always not-isnesses. Their denial and the resulting unconsciousness associated with them drop not-ised conditions to the bottom of the scale. This bottom is effectively the other half of the dichotomy opposite Static. Always run both ends of any dichotomy because they are one. Ouran
#36 CUTTING THROUGH A BLIZZARD OF BUDDHISM Let's cut to the chase with Buddhism and pay attention only to drills, processes, tantras and other PRACTICES, as opposed to beatific visions and moral instruction. For this purpose the Pali texts of the Theravada and Hinayana tradition are usually superior to the Mahayana texts, some of which latter, like the Lotus Sutra, are blithering fantasy. I do not subscribe to the Buddhist custom of venerating the Buddha, the suttas/sutras, or otherwise behaving as a worshiper. Such behavior is as lacking in equanimity as is disrespect thereof. In fact, respect contains disrespect within it. So if any Buddhist visits this page and is shocked by these words please understand that I neither respect nor disrespect. I am simply attempting to remove the alterations of the dhamma/dharma, which were predicted by old Gotama himself. If any such person insists on being shocked regardless, then this paragraph should be viewed as disrespecting the disrespect inherent in altering Buddha's teachings. On this page I will be posting drills, mental practices and important cognitions, which the old suttas/sutras indicate that the Buddha said he did or had. For this purpose I am ignoring everything else in Buddhism, in accordance with the wisdom of Theodore Sturgeon who said: "90% of everything is shit." Ted was being too kind and forgiving in my opinion. This is my attempt to winnow the seeds of enlightenment from a huge mass of postBuddha crap. Needless to say I am ignoring commentaries by subsequent writers, no matter how important or allegedly enlightened. If I want Buddhism I'll go directly to the Buddha for it. So I'm only using words attributed to Buddha, on the theory that he might actually have said them. Don't mind the tone of antagonism in this paragraph; I'm having fun with this! This is a very long task: to read every sutta and sutra. This list of processes will be added to as I find them. If anyone wishes to suggest a passage then email it to me. Thanks. -Ouran The Four Jhanas
"Quite withdrawn from sensual pleasures, withdrawn from unskillful mental qualities, he enters and remains in the first jhana: rapture and pleasure born from withdrawal, accompanied by directed thought and evaluation. He permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this very body with the rapture and pleasure born from withdrawal. Just as if a skilled bathman or bathman's apprentice would pour bath powder into a brass basin and knead it together, sprinkling it again and again with water, so that his ball of bath powder -- saturated, moisture-laden, permeated within and without -- would nevertheless not drip; even so, the monk permeates...this very body with the rapture and pleasure born of withdrawal. There is nothing of his entire body unpervaded by rapture and pleasure born from withdrawal." "Furthermore, with the stilling of directed thought and evaluation, he enters and remains in the second jhana: rapture and pleasure born of composure, one-
pointedness of awareness free from directed thought and evaluation -- internal assurance. He permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this very body with the rapture and pleasure born of composure. Just like a lake with spring-water welling up from within, having no inflow from the east, west, north, or south, and with the skies supplying abundant showers time and again, so that the cool fount of water welling up from within the lake would permeate and pervade, suffuse and fill it with cool waters, there being no part of the lake unpervaded by the cool waters; even so, the monk permeates...this very body with the rapture and pleasure born of composure. There is nothing of his entire body unpervaded by rapture and pleasure born of composure." "And furthermore, with the fading of rapture, he remains in equanimity, mindful and fully aware, and physically sensitive of pleasure. He enters and remains in the third jhana, of which the Noble Ones declare, 'Equanimous and mindful, he has a pleasurable abiding.' He permeates and pervades, suffuses and fills this very body with the pleasure divested of rapture. Just as in a lotus pond, some of the lotuses, born and growing in the water, stay immersed in the water and flourish without standing up out of the water, so that they are permeated and pervaded, suffused and filled with cool water from their roots to their tips, and nothing of those lotuses would be unpervaded with cool water; even so, the monk permeates...this very body with the pleasure divested of rapture. There is nothing of his entire body unpervaded with pleasure divested of rapture." "And furthermore, with the abandoning of pleasure and stress -- as with the earlier disappearance of elation and distress -- he enters and remains in the fourth jhana: purity of equanimity and mindfulness, neither-pleasure nor stress. He sits, permeating the body with a pure, bright awareness. Just as if a man were sitting covered from head to foot with a white cloth so that there would be no part of his body to which the white cloth did not extend; even so, the monk sits, permeating the body with a pure, bright awareness. There is nothing of his entire body unpervaded by pure, bright awareness." --Samaññaphala Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org )
The jhanas appear to be a description of the general course while using the other processes below. Mindfulness Buddha stressed mindfulness as one of the basics.
"Then, monk, you should train yourself thus: 'My mind will be established inwardly, well-composed. No evil, unskillful qualities, once they have arisen, will remain consuming the mind.' That's how you should train yourself. "Then you should train yourself thus: 'Good-will, as my release of awareness, will be developed, pursued, given a means of transport, given a grounding, steadied, consolidated, & well-undertaken.' That's how you should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way, you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop it accompanied by rapture...not
accompanied by rapture...endowed with a sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity. "When this concentration is thus developed, thus well-developed by you, you should then train yourself thus: 'Compassion, as my release of awareness... Appreciation, as my release of awareness... Equanimity, as my release of awareness, will be developed, pursued, given a means of transport, gi ven a grounding, steadied, consolidated, & well-undertaken.' That's how you should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way, you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop it accompanied by rapture... not accompanied by rapture... endowed with a sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity. "When this concentration is thus developed, thus well-developed by you, you should then train yourself thus: 'I will remain focused on the body in & of itself -- ardent, alert, & mindful -- putting aside greed & distress with reference to the world.' That's how you should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way, you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop it accompanied by rapture... not accompanied by rapture... endowed with a sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity. "When this concentration is thus developed, thus well-developed by you, you should train yourself: '
I will remain focused on feelings in & of themselves... the mind in & of itself... mental qualities in & of themselves -ardent, alert, & mindful -- putting aside greed & distress with reference to the world.' That's how you should train yourself. When you have developed this concentration in this way, you should develop this concentration with directed thought & evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & a modicum of evaluation, you should develop it with no directed thought & no evaluation, you should develop it accompanied by rapture... not accompanied by rapture ... endowed with a sense of enjoyment; you should develop it endowed with equanimity." --Sankhitta Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org )
(Buddha's technique of mindfulness updated for modern living is found here: THE VIKING WAY TO INFINITY.) The whole sutta on mindfulness of breathing should be read (link at the bottom). A sample from it: "(Mindfulness of In-&-Out Breathing) "Now how is mindfulness of in-&-out breathing developed & pursued so as to bring the four frames of reference to their culmination? "There is the case where a monk, having gone to the wilderness, to the shade of a tree, or to an empty building, sits down folding his legs crosswise, holding his body erect, and setting mindfulness to the fore. Always mindful, he breathes in; mindful he breathes out. "[1] Breathing in long, he discerns that he is breathing in long; or breathing out long, he discerns that he is breathing out long. [2] Or breathing in short, he discerns that he is breathing in short; or breathing out short, he discerns that he is breathing out short. [3] He trains himself to breathe in, sensitive to the entire body, and to breathe out, sensitive to the entire body. [4] He trains himself to breathe in calming the bodily processes, and to breathe out calming the bodily processes.
"[5] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to rapture, and to breathe out sensitive to rapture. [6] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to pleasure, and to breathe out sensitive to pleasure. [7] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to mental processes, and to breathe out sensitive to mental processes. [8] He trains himself to breathe in calming mental processes, and to breathe out calming mental processes. "[9] He trains himself to breathe in sensitive to the mind, and to breathe out sensitive to the mind. [10] He trains himself to breathe in satisfying the mind, and to breathe out satisfying the mind. [11] He trains himself to breathe in steadying the mind, and to breathe out steadying the mind. [12] He trains himself to breathe in releasing the mind, and to breathe out releasing the mind. "[13] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on inconstancy, and to breathe out focusing on inconstancy. [14] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on dispassion [literally, fading], and to breathe out focusing on dispassion. [15] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on cessation, and to breathe out focusing on cessation. [16] He trains himself to breathe in focusing on relinquishment, and to breathe out focusing on relinquishment." --Anapanasati Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) All The Fermentations The Sabbasava Sutta appears to be a complete technology, so I
am not quoting it, instead here's the link: (accesstoinsight.org) A Way to Handle Misemotional States It would seem that he advises you to continue
whatever activity or inactivity in which the emotion occurred while dealing with it. "The thought occurred to me: 'What if -- on recognized, designated nights such as the eighth, fourteenth, & fifteenth of the lunar fortnight -- I were to stay in the sort of places that are awe-inspiring and make your hair stand on end, such as park-shrines, forest-shrines, & tree-shrines? Perhaps I would get to see that fear & terror.' So at a later time -- on recognized, designated nights such as the eighth, fourteenth, & fifteenth of the lunar fortnight -- I stayed in the sort of places that are awe-inspiring and make your hair stand on end, such as park-shrines, forest-shrines, & tree shrines. And while I was staying there a wild animal would come, or a bird would
make a twig fall, or wind would rustle the fallen leaves. The thought would occur to me: 'Is this that fear & terror coming?' Then the thought occurred to me: 'Why do I just keep waiting for fear? What if I were to subdue fear & terror in whatever state they come? ' So when fear & terror came while I was walking back & forth, I would n ot stand or sit or lie down. I would keep walking back & forth until I had subdued that fear & terror. When fear & terror came while I was standing, I would not walk or sit or lie down. I would keep standing until I had subdued that fear & terror. When fear & terror came while I was sitting, I would not lie down or stand up or walk. I would keep sitting until I had subdued that fear & terror. When fear & terror came while I was lying down, I would not sit up or stand or walk. I would keep lying down until I had subdued that fear & terror. --Bhaya-bherava Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org )
(Note on the technique from Max Sandor: it's freezing time by holding the exact posture when the feeling comes up... yes, that's a nice technique.. it's advanced in a sense that most people have so many fears that they can't isolate the actual feeling. But, if you start out with a rather empty mind and catch the feeling as it sets in, it works nicely just to hold time by not changing the current body posture, wherever it may be... also a Daoist approach, btw.)
In that same sutta Buddha talks about taking a broad, pan-existent viewpoint and Viewing the Results of Others' Kamma
"When the mind was thus concentrated, purified, bright, unblemished, rid of defilement, pliant, malleable, steady, & attained to imperturbability, I directed it to the knowledge of the passing away & reappearance of beings. I saw -- by means of the divine eye, purified & surpassing the human -- beings passing away & re-appearing, and I discerned how they are inferior & superior, beautiful & ugly, fortunate & unfortunate in accordance with their kamma: 'These beings -- who were endowed with bad conduct of body, speech & mind, who reviled noble ones, held wrong views and undertook actions under the influence of wrong views -- with the break-up of the body, after death, have re-appeared in the plane of deprivation, the bad destination, the lower realms, in hell. But these beings -- who were endowed with good conduct of body, speech, & mind, who did not revile noble ones, who held right views and undertook actions under the influence of right views -- with the break-up of the body, after death, have reappeared in the good destinations, in the heavenly world.
' Thus -- by means of the divine eye, purified & surpassing the human -- I saw beings passing away & re-appearing, and I discerned how they are inferior & superior, beautiful & ugly, fortunate & unfortunate in accordance with their kamma." --Bhaya-bherava Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Sense Observation
"And how does a monk guard the doors of his senses? On seeing a form with the eye, he does not grasp at any theme or details by which -- if he were to dwell without restraint over the faculty of the eye -- evil, unskillful qualities such as greed or distress might assail him. On hearing a sound with the ear...On smelling an odor with the nose...On tasting a flavor with the tongue...On touching a tactile sensation with the body...On cognizing an idea with the intellect, he does not grasp at any theme or details by which -- if he were to dwell without restraint over the faculty of the intellect -- evil, unskillful qualities such as greed or distress might assail him. Endowed with this noble restraint over the sense faculties, he is inwardly sensitive to the pleasure of being blameless. This is how a monk guards the doors of his senses." --Samaññaphala Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Eight Liberations These seem to be a summary of processes and the states attained
thereby: "Now there are eight liberations, Ananda. What are those eight? "Oneself having form, one perceives forms; this is the first liberation. "Being unaware of one's own form, one perceives forms external to oneself; this is the second liberation. "Experiencing loveliness, one is intent upon it; this is the third liberation. "By utterly transcending the perceptions of matter, by the disappearance of the perceptions of sense-reaction, and by giving no attention to diversity-perceptions, one becomes aware of, attains to, and abides in the sphere of infinite space; this is the fourth liberation. "By utterly transcending the sphere of infinite space, one becomes aware of, attains to, and abides in the sphere of infinite consciousness; this is the fifth liberation. "By utterly transcending the sphere of infinite consciousness, one becomes aware of, attains to, and abides in the sphere of nothingness; this is the sixth liberation. "By utterly transcending the sphere of nothingness, one attains to and abides in the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception; this is the seventh liberation.
"By utterly transcending the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, one attains to and abides in the cessation of perception and sensation; this is the eighth liberation. --Maha-Parinibbana Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Boundless Metta, Karuna, Mudita & Upekkha
("Metta" is love or affinity. "Karuna" is often translated as compassion, which in turn is often mistaken for sympathy; I would prefer to translate it as empathy instead. "Mudita" is appreciation. "Upekkha" is equanimity.) "That disciple of the noble ones, headman -- thus devoid of covetousness, devoid of ill will, unbewildered, alert, mindful -- keeps pervading the first direction [the east] with an awareness imbued with good will, likewise the second, likewise the third, likewise the fourth. Thus above, below, & all around, everywhere, in its entirety, he keeps pervading the all-encompassing cosmos with an awareness imbued with good will -- abundant, expansive, immeasurable, without hostility, without ill will. Just as a strong conchtrumpet blower can notify the four directions without any difficulty, in the same way, when the release of awareness through good will is thus developed, thus pursued, any deed done to a limited extent no longer remains there, no longer stays there. "That disciple of the noble ones -- thus devoid of covetousness, devoid of ill will, unbewildered, alert, mindful -- keeps pervading the first direction with an awareness imbued with compassion ... appreciation ... equanimity, likewise the second, likewise the third, likewise the fourth. Thus above, below, & all around, everywhere, in its entirety, he keeps pervading the all-encompassing cosmos with an awareness imbued with equanimity -- abundant, expansive, immeasurable, without hostility, without ill will. Just as a strong conch-trumpet blower can notify the four directions without any difficulty, in the same way, when the release of awareness through equanimity is thus developed, thus pursued, any deed done to a limited extent no longer remains there, no longer stays there." --Sankha Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org )
Do this as a drill. Do not do it as a concept or idea. This is nonconceptual, so do not do it as thinking thoughts. Instead actually expand your personal space outward. That's what pervasion is. It is often best to be exterior to or expanded beyond the limits of the body when drilling, but this one is safe to do while in one's head. If you succeed you won't be in your head for long! Body Imaging (The Mind-made Body)
This is reminiscent of the occult ritual for creating a "body of light." "With his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, he directs and inclines it to creating a mind-made body. From this body he creates another body, endowed with form, made of t he mind, complete in all its parts, not inferior in its faculties. Just as if a man were to draw a reed from its sheath. The thought would occur to him: 'This is the sheath, this is the reed. The sheath is one thing, the reed another, but the reed has been drawn out from
the sheath.' Or as if a man were to draw a sword from its scabbard. The thought would occur to him: 'This is the sword, this is the scabbard. The sword is one thing, the scabbard another, but the sword has been drawn out from the scabbard.' Or as if a man were to pull a snake out from its slough. The thought would occur to him: 'This is the snake, this is the slough. The snake is one thing, the slough another, but the snake has been pulled out from the slough.' In the same way -- with his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, the monk directs and inclines it to creating a mind-made body. From this body he creates another body, endowed with form, made of the mind, complete in all its parts, not inferior in its faculties." --Kevatta Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Dependent Co-arising This appears to be the recognition of a chain of cause and effect.
"Thus, Ananda, from name-and-form as a requisite condition comes consciousness. From consciousness as a requisite condition comes name-and-form. From name-and form as a requisite condition comes contact. From contact as a requisite condition comes feeling. From feeling as a requisite condition comes craving. From craving as a requisite condition comes clinging. From clinging as a requisite condition comes becoming. From becoming as a requisite condition comes birth. From birth as a requisite condition, aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, and despair come into play. Such is the origination of this entire mass of stress." --Maha-Nidana Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Viewing Reality in Terms of What it is Not. Examples abound of Buddha verbally
untying his students from attachment to the world by expressing his views of reality in contradictory terms. This becomes a mental practice when it is taken up as a conscious approach by a student. "The Buddha said to Subhuti: "All the Bodhisattva- Mahasattvas should thus keep their thoughts under control. All kinds of beings such as the egg-born, the wombborn, the moisture born, the miraculously-born, those with form, those without form, those with consciousness, those without consciousness, those with no-consciousness and those without no-consciousness - they are all led by me to enter Nirvana that leaves nothing behind and to attain final emancipation. Though thus beings immeasurable, innumerable, and unlimited are emancipated, there are in reality no beings that are ever emancipated. Why, Subhuti? If a Bodhi sattva retains the thought of an ego, a person, a being, or a soul, he is no more a Bodhisattva." --Diamond Sutra ( well-being.com )
(I have strong reservations about how many of the Buddha's actual words are in the Diamond Sutra. Much of it was obviously written after the Mahayana/Hinayana split.) This is done as a drill of observing everything within and without, mindful of these "assumptions": "At Savatthi. There the Blessed One said, "Monks, whatever contemplatives or priests who assume in various ways when assuming a self, all assume th e five aggregates for sustenance/clinging, or a certain one of them. Which five? There is the case where an
uninstructed, run-of-the-mill person -- who has no regard for noble ones, is not wellversed or disciplined in their Dhamma; who has no regard for men of integrity, is not well-versed or disciplined in their Dhamma -- assumes form (the body) to be the self, or the self as possessing form, or form as in the self, or the self as in form. "He assumes feeling to be the self, or the self as possessing feeling, or feeling as in the self, or the self as in feeling. "He assumes perception to be the self, or the self as possessing perception, or perception as in the self, or the self as in perception. "He assumes (mental) fabrications to be the self, or the self as possessing fabrications, or fabrications as in the self, or the self as in fabrications. "He assumes consciousness to be the self, or the self as possessing consciousness, or consciousness as in the self, or the self as in consciousness. "Thus, both this assumption & the understanding, 'I am,' occur to him. And so it is with reference to the understanding 'I am' that there is the appearance of the five faculties -- eye, ear, nose, tongue, & body (the senses of vision, hearing, smell, taste, & touch). "Now, there is the intellect, there are ideas (mental qualities), there is the property of ignorance. To an uninstructed run-of-the-mill person, touched by experience born of the contact of ignorance, there occur (the thoughts): 'I am,' 'I am thus,' 'I shall be,' 'I shall not be,' 'I shall be possessed of form,' 'I shall be formless,' 'I shall be percipient (conscious),' 'I shall be non-percipient,' or 'I shall be neither percipient nor non percipient.' "The five faculties, monks, continue as they were. And with regard to them the wellinstructed disciple of the noble ones abandons ignorance an d gives rise to clear knowing. Owing to the fading of ignorance and the arising of clear knowing, (the thoughts) -- 'I am,' 'I am this,' 'I shall be,' 'I shall not be,' 'I shall be possessed of form,' 'I shall be formless,' 'I shall be percipient (conscious),' 'I shall be non percipient,' and 'I shall be neither percipient nor non-percipient' -- do not occur to him." --Samanupassana Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) Recollection of Past Lives This first quote is from a sutta wherein Buddha describes how
he personally attained enlightenment. That makes it of great importance because it is part of how he actually did it. "When the mind was thus concentrated, purified, bright, unblemished, rid of defilement, pliant, malleable, steady, & attained to imperturbability, I directed it to the knowledge of recollecting my past lives. I recollected my manifold past lives, i.e., one birth, two...five, ten...fifty, a hundred, a thousand, a hundred thousand, many eons of cosmic contraction, many eons of cosmic expansion, many eons of cosmic contraction & expansion: 'There I had such a name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food, such my experience of pleasure & pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose there. There too I had such a name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food,
such my experience of pleasure & pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose here.' Thus I remembered my manifold past lives in their modes & details. "This was the first knowledge I attained in the first watch of the night. Ignorance was destroyed; knowledge arose; darkness was destroyed; light arose -- as happens in one who is heedful, ardent, & resolute. But the pleasant feeling that arose in this way did not invade my mind or remain." --Maha-Saccaka Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org ) "With his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability, he directs and inclines it to knowledge of the recollection of past lives (lit: previous homes). He recollects his manifold past lives, i.e., one birth, two births, three births, four, five, ten, twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, one hundred, one thousand, one hundred thousand, many aeons of cosmic contraction, many aeons of cosmic expansion, many aeons o f cosmic contraction and expansion, [recollecting], 'There I had such a name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food, such my experience of pleasure and pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose there. There too I had such a name, belonged to such a clan, had such an appearance. Such was my food, such my experience of pleasure and pain, such the end of my life. Passing away from that state, I re-arose here.' Thus he recollects his manifold past lives in their modes and details. Just as if a man were to go from his home village to another village, and then from that village to yet another village, and then from that village back to his home village. The t hought would occur to him, 'I went from my home village to that village over there. There I stood in such a way, sat in such a way, talked in such a way, and remained silent in such a way. From that village I went to that village over there, and there I stood in such a way, sat in such a way, talked in such a way, and remained silent in such a way. From that village I came back home.' In the same way -- with his mind thus concentrated, purified, and bright, unblemished, free from defects, pliant, malleable, steady, and attained to imperturbability -- the monk directs and inclines it to knowledge of the recollection of past lives. He recollects his manifold past lives...in their modes and details." --Samaññaphala Sutta ( accesstoinsight.org )
This is mentioned by Gotama several times in buddhist texts. A thorough recall of past lives would seem to be an important step. Neither nothingness nor non-nothingness Buddha did a lot of pointing in the direction
of what is not found in any direction: "... It is neither form, nor thought. It is neither existent nor nonexistent, neither cause nor effect. (it)... is precisely the original source of all Buddhas and all members of this Great Assembly. " --Brahma Net Sutra
Ouran
#37 CAVEAT PREEMPTOR Okay, the title is a joke. This is my warnings page: what to process and not to process. Do not implicitly trust anything said by LRH after 1964 or so. Something went very wrong in 1965. I consider tech before 1965 or so to be trustworthy. From 1965 on, check everything over carefully against basic principles first before using it. Be especially wary of the evaluative nature of OT3. Power processing was from John McMaster, so it's fine. Just make sure you deliver the main process in the manner recommended by Geoffrey Filbert. NOTs was apparently mostly the work of David Mayo, based on the early work of LRH. It is presented in a too confrontational "self vs. BT" manner, but other than that it is fine. Ralph Hilton has a great writeup on the processes here, recommended over Co$ material. Freezone tech which has been advanced beyond Scn is of great use. This material can be found online through the various independent groups, such as the German Ron's Orgs, the Austrian group, the Russian site, and the American site. Mahayana Buddhism of the Chinese flavor is mostly too altered, too worshipful, too theetie weetie visionary -- except for Chan, which is known in the west as Zen. Zen (China/Korea/Japan) has its uses. So do Tibetan style processes/tantras. The most useful Buddhism is found in the Pali language texts (suttas). Ignore the suttas, which are not reputed eyewitness accounts of what Gotama said. Especially ignore the commentaries, which can go off into lala land almost as bad as the mahayanists. Unless you have an incredibly strong background in philosophy AND are above "recognition" in awareness stay the hell away from Aleister Crowley. His writings are deadly for people who are busily supporting their egos against the universe. Do not take the attitude that you are smart enough to handle it. If you do you should hope you aren't smart enough to make any sense of his stuff. Smart people can be eaten alive by Crowley's booby trapped, dichotomous, cryptic texts. If you have done Christian Science and REALLY got it (don't lie to me now), then you can do Crowley. The "Book of the Law" is a blatant, bald-faced attempt to manipulate the 3rd and 4th dynamics on this planet. Much of Yoga as practiced in the West is flat useless. The only point of doing the body work promoted in Yoga is to get the contemplative's attention free of the body. For this purpose anything other than the lotus or tailor position is superfluous. Forget the complexities of Hatha Yoga. Try Raja Yoga instead -- especially the visualization drills. There are quite a number of other flavors of Yoga, and they are a mixed bag. My recommendation is to avoid later "improvements" and concentrate on the writings of the ancients. Read the Stanzas on Vibration, and the Yogasutra of Patanjali. Look for original texts, which are at least 2000 years old. Spiritual knowledge seems to go through cycles. There was a big expansion of spiritual technology approximately 2500 years ago. We are in the midst of another such expansion, which has been underway for over a century, spearheaded in the 19th century by
Theosophy and Christian Science. Always try to read and use the knowledge found in original sources, and avoid later alterations by well meaning adherents. The best overview of a wide range of spiritual technology I've seen online is Max Sandor's Purple Notebook . Ouran
#40 ZEN & THE ART OF PERVADING SPACES The Zen flavor of Buddhism has its origin in a guy from India who went by the name of Bodhidarma. Bodhidarma moved to China and started a group, which became known as Chan. The Chinese word Chan became Zen in Japanese, which is the usual name used in the West. Zen is a type of Mahayana Buddhism, and it exhibits the usual watering-down associated with Mahayana sects. But unlike most such, Zen either retained or rediscovered a single very important datum which they applied with great enthusiasm: "Normal reality" is not the truth, but is instead an apparency. Zen addresses the truth behind the apparency. Zen is next to impossible to put into words. This is a problem with most higher truths, with truths senior to apparency -- they cannot be communicated accurately using words. Various people have attempted to explain these truths with words anyway (as I'm doing here), usually by arbitrarily dividing everything into the two groups I've already mentioned. The scios often talk about Truth versus Apparency, so I'm using those terms. Ouspenski talked about the same things but he labeled them "Nomemon" and "Phenomenon." Their point in both cases is that "normal reality" is not the real truth, but words can only express normal reality. Many enlightened people have attempted to explain "Truth" anyway, often with ludicrous or nonsensical results. It's not their fault. It is merely that language is limited to expressing the apparency well, and the Truth either badly or not at all. The best that can be expected of words is to point toward the truth in such a manner that a person can "cognite" on their own. The Zen Buddhists take their single stable datum and apply it vigorously by the means of actions, little stories, and especially insoluble verbal problems (called "koans") in order to break each other out of normal consciousness and only perceiving the apparency. Their technique is often the opposite of pointing toward the truth. Instead they usually point with words at something impossible, with the intention of leaving the listener with no recourse but to reject all words. The essence of Zen is the destruction of the automaticity of the thinking mind and with it the destruction of being a separate self existing as a small single viewpoint. This frees YOU, the spirit, to know more DIRECTLY. There's a hell of a big difference between thinking and knowing. Zen koan technique seems to have its roots in Buddha's replies rejecting four questions asked of him, which translated from the sanskrit form the following pattern: I am. I am not.
I both am and am not. I neither am nor am not. The above contradictions, all held equally and simultaneously, tie the thinking mental computer into knots, short circuits it. It is intended to allow the spirit (you) to free itself from name-and-form, subject and object, self and the thing viewed. The purpose is twofold. First to acquire a direct view of reality without via; and second to achieve PERVASION, replacing normal consciousness -- which is a single location point of view -- with occupying whole spaces and the persons/object within them. This is a two step process. The first step is to break free of the thinking machine; then the second is to expand the space one is BEING and pervade a large area instead of a small one (most spirits occupy no more than an inch or two of physical universe space). This latter state is achieved in processing as a usually unintended consequence (usually, except for OT drills). As a person processes more and more, their space enlarges. Zen goes after it directly in a very odd manner quite different from the pervasion drill given in the Pali texts of the Theravada tradition. Pervasion of large spaces is a very important state of being. It should be a processing goal. Without expanding into pervasion a person will not rise higher than Games on the tone scale. Nowadays, these states are much easier to achieve due to the modern processing which has grown out of the work of LRH and others. The approaches and views of the past should be kept in mind even when using the techniques of the 20th and 21st centuries. A pervasive state is one of the best indicators of real spiritual progress. Recently I saw an excellent description of an extremely high toned view, from an auditor of longstanding and freezoner: "What I am experiencing now is so wonderful ... I hope you can understand how wonderful it is. This is so much more than I can say in words. It's like being omnipresent. I am outside time and space but yet in it all. It's so much consciousness everywhere and it's so big. It's like the drops in the ocean. Like every drop is aware of its own existence but not about the ocean and the ocean is not aware of what's outside itself and not of the drops who makes it an ocean. To understand it all, you have to stand on the beach on a distance from the ocean. And then there is other oceans. And when you can see them all ... you start to understand how big it is."
--Joseph J. Harrington Best description of a view from Coexistence I've read. Perfect! Or at least I duplicate Joe perfectly! Sure he used a metaphor, but Joe's metaphor of an Ocean of Consciousness points directly toward the truth... Ouran
#41 THE SHAPE OF APPARENT "TRUTH"
This is something that might make some of you unhappy. My intention is to help you avoid pitfalls and proceed as smoothly as possible. So, sorry. It can't be helped... "Case" takes on the appearance you expect it to take. That was one simple sentence, but it's very important so let me say it again with emphasis: "CASE" TAKES ON THE APPEARANCE YOU EXPECT IT TO TAKE. High "truth" is nearly inaccessible fully to normal consciousness. What we do get is filtered through our particular frame of reference. This is because of two factors: 1. Our existence as a single viewpoint awareness rather than an expansive, pervasive pandetermined one. 2. The fact that the upper Thought band of the tone scale consists of vast creativity which will shape itself into anything a Being asks of it. As you recall from previous articles, a person is not really "at" any single tone on the expanded, grand tone scale. Instead a person is the whole scale from top to bottom. Since the objective in most processing is to achieve as-isness, and since I've shown that asisness lies at Creation (Filbert's "Truth") on the scale, then processing will exhibit the characteristics of that tone. Creation is literally everything, which anyone has or will create, imagine and mock up anywhere. This makes the upper part of the process of spiritual awakening fraught with a great deal of wild creation of literally anything. This is why no two seers see the same sight. This is why the vision of Alice Bailey looks nothing like the vision of LRH. Which of course leads to all sorts of confusion with followers of various sects screaming that their view is right and everyone else's wrong. The problem is that all those views, including LRH's you Scns and ex-scios, is mostly only apparency. A single viewpoint identity will see what it expects to see, because most of reality is filtered out. No one takes a 100% pan-determined view. And anything less than a 100% pan-determined view (what should properly be called a "pan-existent view") isn't the TOTALITY OF THE APPARENCY, much less the truth, which is behind the apparency. So one sees what one expects to see. Shape is not Truth. Shape is always Apparency. The truth is behind every limited view of reality, but the view itself is incomplete and therefore always partially false. And that includes my limited view too! So how does this affect processing? THE FRAME OF REFERENCE USED IN HANDLING CASE WILL DETERMINE ITS FORM.
Part of this is because most people are creating an illusory substitute reality for themselves, which they look at instead of the physical universe. Then they manipulate this illusion in various ways, like with thoughts. Thought is third leg of some triangle, it is STOP, and NOT-ISNESS. Crowley encountered this in his meditation, and called thoughts "breaks", which is why he subtitled his Book Of Lies "Breaks in the one thought of..." I learned a lot from the Book Of Lies. It destroys logical thought, almost Zenlike that way. Very difficult book though, have to know Kabbalah and magic symbolism to read it. Some chapters are written in the clear but most are encoded in symbolism and numeric values. One of the areas I'm looking into is the false internal reality people create as a substitute for being in the physical universe in present time. I've isolated a few phenomena regarding it: 1. Internal reality is a field of energy exactly like a dream, one is literally dreaming life and seeing that substitute image instead of the physical universe. 2. Thoughts are clumps of energy at one level, and foci of attention at another -- inside this field. 3. Awareness and sensory input are copied by a person and the copies are the field of the internal reality. This is precisely the action of making mental image pictures for purposes of memory. These are the same mental image pictures, which are being run out using Dianetics. (From this I conclude that destruction of this field results in a state of clear wherein it might be impossible to do any further incident running with Dianetics, unless one is willing to recreate the field of images.) There's been a lot written about the mind in Scn, but there is really no substitute for directly looking at what is really happening. Too many scios and ex-scios read Hubbard's words and place those words in their field of illusory internal reality and just look at those words there -- and never see what is really happening, and what they themselves are actually doing constantly. So use my words on this page as an indication of where to look within your own mind... Back to the subject of how this works in auditing. If someone had a pain in their "gortch" and went to hotshot dianeticist Robert Ducharme to handle it, the pain would resolve as an engramic incident. If someone were to handle it by soloing using the material on Palle's site it would take the shape of a BT. Same pain. Perhaps contact with the same narrative incidents. But the apparent nature of the cause will seem different -- an engram in one case, an entity in another. In fact, using scio techniques the same bit of case will be found to resolve as: A Beingness (using NOTs) a general archetype (using GPM approaches) a memory recording (using Dianetics) a postulate (using Scn grades style of going after considerations)
This might appear to imply that it's all imaginary -- that all case is "a figment of your imagination." Absolutely NOT! It's as real as anything you can touch with your body's hands, in fact more real because it exists at a "higher level" of reality. The problem lies in the nature of theta -- of the life static itself. It creates "reality" by building layers of alteration atop one another. Reality as viewed from a viewpoint is dreadfully distorted. All a viewpoint sees is apparency. But a person is far bigger than their current viewpoint, and can know much more than a viewpoint is capable of making sense out of. As the causes of case are above the apparency, then much of what occurs in processing (especially its narrative content) is to some degree inaccurate due to being filtered through a limited point of view. So in processing one might contact a difficulty as a narrative incident and get a muddy dub-in of the memory. Then after a pass or two through it, it would clarify into the true memory held by the viewpoint one was using at that time in the past. At this point the processee has done little more than remove most or all of the NOT-IS from the viewpoint or identity terminal! That of course is the wrong place to stop even if it does produce very good indicators and that much sought after floating needle if a meter is being used. After removing the viewpoints and opinions causing NOT-IS, one must then get the incident's exact considerations, which are the persisting ALTER-IS of the truth. At this point one is breaking beyond the apparency into the middle Thought band. At this point one has gotten off the considerations belonging to all the terminals in the incident and are now getting at the considerations, which PERVADE the space of the incident. These are often called "postulates." Always remember that a postulate is pervading a space. That's what it does by definition. Getting this last area of ALTER-IS leads to a final full AS-IS, which is the real end phenomenon of processing. Please take careful note of this next sentence: THE REAL AS-ISNESS OF A CONDITION HAS NO NARRATIVE CONTENT OR IDENTITIES IN IT. As-isness is well above all descriptions, and it is accessible by various methods. So a NOTs style soloist would locate various beingnesses which he either abandoned or are in stuck communication with, and via this narrative, takes responsibility for ownership, or notes who the real owner is and gets the whole thing unraveled. And please note that this is not a lightweight, imaginary thing. There can be a hell of a lot of charge and power involved in having a stuck comm of some sort to, for instance, another godlike Being from quadrillions of years ago. It is probably a problem for both of you. But above this phenomena there are some very precise creations, which are pervasive basics behind the stuck beingnesses. The same is true of a Dianetic chain: above all the narrative content are postulates which appear to be abstracts almost devoid of narrative characteristics, and above that is the original creation on that subject, that when duplicated, is the true as-isness. And that latter at its highest level has NO descriptive characteristics.
Dianetic professionals please note that an F/N can be obtained at Enthusiasm 4.0 or Exhilaration 8.0 on the tone scale -- and those tones are the wrong place to stop unless that is the absolute highest your poor, crushed PC can reach. This data explains why R3XD works so well on upper level processees. Ducharme's "expansion by dynamics" actually is running incidents via the viewpoints of higher tones on the tone scale, thereby obtaining erasure at the levels of the Thought band, and even the Causal band. The oddest thing I've noticed is that real as-isness of a condition is much farther up the tone scale than any of the four approaches I listed above, especially a narrative memory based on a time track. As-isness is literally at tone 100, which is the point where a being breaks right out of universes. You can REACH this as-isness via a narrative incident Dianetics style, or you can ignore the time element and cognite on what the postulate really is (but as this normally has a time-based element to its construction, then this is only part way there), or you can access the Truth via cognition through a non-self beingness (entity handling), or reach it via auditing the entity's incident, or just go after the general archetype involved -- but NONE of these methods except postulate style will come close to DIRECTLY viewing the truth at Creation/Truth on the tone scale. Quite simply, descriptive content is variable (hell, as long a time track as we all have, the as-isness should be reachable by quite a multitude of scripts). Did I say "variable"? Let me try to express that more clearly: a specific creation and its resulting pervasive postulates are what need to be accessed, and that can be done a number of different ways. Even postulate style doesn't quite get all the way there (though like any of these methods can be used to get there) because the Truth cannot be formulated in words and concepts which the mind can wrap itself around and use. I'm going to try to put into words what you want to shoot for, and it probably won't make a lick of sense, but here goes anyway: THE CONTENT OF YOUR COGNITION NEEDS TO BE COGNITION ITSELF. See, a cognition "about" something is only part way there. The final step in cognition is the asisness itself. The silence. The stillness. The static. Nothing. So because of this, my best advice is to not treat any single technique as THE process to use, and to use whatever works best for you while keeping in mind that the tech is itself an apparency addressing another apparency, in an effort to get past the apparencies to the truth. Apparent truth as accessed via any specific procedure is colored by the ideas of the procedure. John Lester wrote about this as an aspect of belief systems. Belief systems are the anchor points, dimension points and viewpoints of an identity. Beingness goes all the way to the top, but as near as I can tell, an IDENTITY, that is to say a GAME TERMINAL, only exists up through around tone 40. Terminals seem to be created by a Beingness as a result of what occurs at tone 50, below which the created terminal drops to 40 as a natural resting point. Please note that LRH very early on (in the PDC) identified tone 40 as a ridge, a resting point similar to Conservatism 3.0.
It's really too bad that LRH settled upon tone 40 as the goal of processing, placing an artificial ceiling on his work, and leaving identities cleaned up, but not fully resolved. Which brings me to the subject of post-1964 scientology. From 1965 the tenor of Scn processing changed from a voyage of discovery into a conflict with unseen forces. This was apparently caused by OT3 research. I said "apparently." What is blatantly obvious is that clearing from that point took on the color of warfare against other beings. The affinity had dropped out of the subject and been replaced by violent dramatization of a GPM or GPMs. You don't believe that the affinity had dropped out of the subject to be replaced with enforcement? Check the materials. In the early 50s LRH's instructions were most how to audit, what to do in session. By the late 60s more than 90% of a auditor's course pack was what NOT to do in a session! The material itself was yelling STOP! My advice is to be leery of going too far down that path. Oh sure, I use NOTs techniques too, they're easy, convenient and fun. But a view of reality as a spiritual conflict will create that very manifestation. So... OT3? Lightly, lightly, treat it as a maybe 'cause it's evaluative. Capt Bill's views? I have my doubts... The Ananda materials? Dangerous! Both those latter reinforces the view of reality as being filled with evil beings who wish to do you in, and which may only be handled by becoming a powerful adept. Entities should be exercised with affinity, not exorcised with hate. So what happened to handling with love, with affinity in processing? What happened to expanding one's affinity to include others? Kinda got lost in the battling against demons did it? This sort of view found in Ananda and the Capt Bill materials begins with the assumption that there are evil intentions, and then proceeds to "solve" them with affinity and communication. That viewpoint is pretty far down the scale from the infinite love at Coexistence... There is probably a great deal of truth in the Ananda tech. But it's gone dark, it's been filtered through a viewpoint filled with worries about evil and blackness. I received this response from Palle to my words on Ananda, so here's his excellent insight: One correction to his page about the "dangerousness of Ananda RD." That RD is not dangerous, but the soloist can be. What is dangerous is the solo auditor's attitude. Postulating separateness, or as-ising separateness. Enemies or affinity. Further thoughts on the structure behind this is in this excerpt from an email message: Hallucination. Since NOTs in general is merely a high powered updating on ancient tech for handling demons (even Jesus is reported to have cast out "unclean spirits" occasionally), then let me add a bit more to your tech with this line of old "superstition": TO NAME A DEMON IS TO SUMMON IT. Or to say that in modern terms: WHAT YOU VISUALIZE WILL APPEAR BEFORE YOU. So careful what you're mocking up. If it has teeth, then don't be upset if you get bit. There are perhaps less confrontational ways to get clear? Why flirt with postulating your own
cave-in? You do not have to do it that way, there are at least three other basic approaches besides NOTs. And when using NOTs, use it with love, not the hardcore attitude. LRH seems to have approached the shape of reality with an engineer's rule of thumb practicality, which though it had its advantages in promoting workability, pinned him inside a viewpoint of there being only ONE reality which was real. So he took various approaches, such as past life regression, GPMs, NOTs, etc. and tried them out to see if he could get that elusive "one shot clear" process. The result as demonstrated by the "Bridge" used by what's left of his church is a haphazard cobbling together of techniques into a sort of serial shotgun method. He never seemed to have noticed that "dub-in" extended far up the scale beyond the top of his bridge. In fact, the term dub-in is itself an unfortunate representation of the truth. The truth is that an thetan, any spirit, is both individual and the infinite -- and as the infinite, it is infinite creation! So "dub-in" is quite a bit more than advertised! In fact, "dub-in" is an invalidation! The term could be extended to cover all phenomena involved with case, and therefore invalidates all attempts to handle it. Flemming Funch also noticed this phenomenon of rampant, out of control creation. Read these two paragraphs from Technical Essay #54: The thing is, when you stick your thetan-head out into the world of spiritual phenomena you enter a world with multitudes of deceptions, illusions, fragments, machines, and multi-dimensional mishmash. You might seem to have access to infinite wisdom and fantastic abilities, but you will seldom gain much of practical use for your game. On the contrary you might very well be led off into a never-never land of futile labyrinths with mirrored walls. This world of confusion could be called the lower astral plane, or the realm of entities or whatever. It could be called your own universe, but that would probably be a misleading over-simplification. At any rate, it seems to be filled with screwed-up dead people, circuits, machinery, pictures, organizations, perceptions and all sorts of other stuff.
This same phenomenon occurs in the between lives area. Upon physical death a thetan reestablishes itself as a spiritual being (I'm still studying why this happens, bear with me...), which can be no higher than Individuality 120.0 on the scale, and probably a lot lower in most cases because of identity. No higher than Opinions, really. Unfortunately the area of the scale between Individuality and human emotion is the Thought band which like I said before is a vast rich area of raw creation. And in that area of tone whatever is mocked up will appear as one's universe for a significant portion of the duration of between lives. So a christian will see heaven and/or hell. A Tibetan will experience the Bardo. A scio will go through implants, etc. Like Huggie said on ACT: In this state," WHAT YOU BELIEVE IS WHAT YOU GET!" Lately I've been getting clearer and clearer views of the upper Thought band at Creation/Truth. The top of it is an infinity of all possible creations. It's so intense I can't bring it fully into human consciousness, much less describe it in words. It impinges on my human (single viewpoint) as sheer chaos. Anything you "ask for" at that level is
created instantly as an as-isness, which if you impinge it upon the physical universe or your own home universe, will be alter-ised enough to persist and become manifest. In the personal universe that's just about instantly; in the PU that could take minutes, hours, days, or years depending on your comm lag. But now we've wandered off the subject into the related field of magick... Please read the appendix below with Dennis Stephens' view of this phenomenon excerpted from TROM theory. Ouran
The Hidden Influence: The self-fulfilling prophecy Appendix: The hidden Influence: The self-fulfilling prophecy. The phenomenon of Creation in the mind is the cause of what Dennis Stephens talks about in this chapter taken from his book The Resolution of Mind. This is first rate stuff: In searching for the cause of his difficulties mankind has, over the centuries, pointed his finger at almost everything. Its doubtful if anything has ever truly escaped his baleful glare. The sun, the moon and the stars were early contenders; later came demons, and things that go "boomp" in the night. Very early on man discovered that there's not much future in assigning the cause of his troubles to something that can be easily perceived, for the simple reason that its too darned easy to refute the hypothesis! The field rapidly narrowed down to those things not easily perceived: the hidden. Thus, the Hidden Influence was born. To be really convincing, of course, a hidden Influence should not only be hidden, but be, by its very nature, utterly impossible to perceive. In that way the hypothesis that this thing is the cause of mankinds' difficulties could never be refuted: no one could ever come along and inconveniently announce that he'd perceived this thing and found it to be entirely innocuous. The progress of science, endlessly bringing more and more from the unknown into the realm of the known, has also tended to drive the Hidden Influence more and more from the unknown into the unknowable. Indeed, science itself has become a prime source of the 'unknowable' in its own right. For example, science today claims that the basis of all personality (and therefore, presumably all difficulties) is to be found in sub-microscopic particles within the genes of the body with the strong implication that even with a few billion dollars worth of research grants, it is very doubtful if we'll ever be able to truly perceive these things at all. Even if these sub-microscopic particles are one day perceived and discovered to be harmless after all, a new Hidden Influence will promptly be dreamed up to take their place. And so the game will continue. While the things postulated as Hidden Influences are either imaginary or truly harmless, the game does little more than make people miserable; but when these things actually do exist then it’s an entirely different story. For example, everyone has been born, but few can recall the event in detail. So there is a whole class of possible Hidden Influences to be found in the events everyone knows to have happened, but few can recall ever having happened to themselves. This class also has the advantage of no one being able to claim it is imaginary, and so refute the hypothesis out of hand. In other words, the concept is capable of convincing people of its truth - a prime necessity in the field of Hidden influences. As this class of possible Hidden Influences is near infinite, it is very fertile soil for anyone who has, for whatever reason, an urge to create a convincing Hidden Influence. A number of possibilities in this direction have already, if inadvertently, been explored. Amongst them are: sex, pain, guilt, survival, unconsciousness. Others are being continuously added to the list - as you will find, if you keep up to date with your psychological journals.
Please understand that I am not suggesting that the originators of these theories were merely out to make a fast buck (though many fast bucks are there to be made by the unscrupulous who understand this mechanism), for many were dedicated researchers, and truly believed that their research had found the answer to at least some of mankinds difficulties. No, my whole purpose is merely to point out that the mechanism is not without its dangers. Let us take being born for example. Now, to the best of my knowledge no researcher has ever seriously claimed that being born was the prime cause of mans' difficulties, though I would not be surprised if sooner or later one of them did! For it does fulfill all the requirements of a good, convincing Hidden Influence. Viz: a) It has happened to everybody. b) It is not easily recalled. c) It does contain a certain amount of upset in its own right, quite apart from what is said about it afterwards. So you go up to a person and say: "The origin of your difficulties, Mr. Jones, are to be found in your birth trauma. This, as the very first thing that ever happened to you, must be the basis for all your later difficulties." He will immediately see that what you say could just have a germ of truth in it. You then go on to add: "Once we lift your birth trauma, then the basis of all your psychological difficulties will be known to you, and all will promptly vanish." It all sounds very plausible, does it not? But what happens when the person is convinced that you are right? His birth trauma is now, in his own estimation, elevated from whatever it originally was, into a thing of vast importance. It will i mmediately become much more solid and persistent. It is entirely possible that any pains he experienced in his birth trauma will immediately impinge upon his body; and he will also experience the emotions, right then and there, that he experienced in birth. This, of course, is taken as proof of the fact that the birth trauma was the basis of his difficulties. The prophecy becomes, in fact, self-fulfilling! Now, do you see the danger? Whatever the effect, assuming it to be real and not entirely imaginary, which is considered as the prime cause of the difficulties, immediately becomes intensified in importance - and therefore in solidity and persistence (man, you just try to get rid of it now!) - by the mere act of considering it in such a manner. This is a very real danger, not only to the patient but to the researcher himself. He himself might not have been totally convinced by his hypothesis, but here is a person in front of his very eyes who is proving him right! So here is the danger: What ever effect in the mind you choose as being causative over the beings' behavior, immediately intensifies in solidity, persistence and command power, and will tend to prove your hypothesis.
But, you might say, what about this therapy you are advocating, surely it? . . . No. I never said it. All I'm saying is that that which is considered important tends to become more solid and persistent, and to have a command power over the being. I have never specified the importance. Re-read the theory if you don't believe me. At no place in it am I pointing the finger and saying, that is the basic importance. At no time am I postulating a specific Hidden Influence. Oh yes, there are many things in your mind, which are currently hidden from you, which influence your behavior. But only you know what they are. And, what is more, only you are entirely capable of becoming aware of these things, and so vanishing the influence. You are, in fact, the greatest authority on your own mind. You created it, and now maintain it with the same loving care that mothers reserve for their offspring. There are no Hidden influences that you are incapable of becoming aware of. If it is influencing you, it is entirely possible for you to become aware of it and so remove the influence. The concept of the Hidden Influence that, by its very nature, you are incapable of being aware of is something dreamed up by people who do not have your best interests at heart. They wish to scare you, and so make you more easy to control. The game of the Hidden Influence is a very insidious one; but a g ame it is. Its total purpose is to introvert your attention in search of the undiscoverable, and so make you that much easier to overwhelm. It is a law of life that a being is capable of sensing anything that can influence that being. Otherwise it could not influence him. There are no "forces of darkness" that you cannot sense; no things that go boomp in the night that you cannot discover the nature of if you care to go and take a look. There are no absolute importances either. There is no class of importances in the mind that you can point a finger at and say "That is the cause of all the trouble", without immediately escalating the importance of this thing, so granti ng command power over you that could well stick you with it forever. All importances are relative to all other importances; all are entirely a matter of conviction, and all can be evaluated one against the other. As you do so your mind, as an entity, will progressively vanish, and your full native abilities will be restored to you. The game of the Hidden Influence is basically the game of "Must know" versus "Mustn't be Known'".
THE FRAGMENTATION OF STATIC The scale can also be viewed as a progressive fragmentation of the original single static which decided to be out of Native State. Using this viewpoint (promoted by Max Sandor) all case is seen to be a lack of integrity or "wholeness", which in Buddhist terms they call "dukkha." There is a static which is aware but which is not busy being anything, even though it is everything. This static forms aware (coexisting) beingnesses within it which are aware of being each other. These act to split off awarenesses within themselves which are unaware of being each other, programmed to repel one another, yet yearning for interaction. These separated awarenesses split off many viewpoints from which to view. These viewpoints go through the series in this universe group and acquire many shells of mask, symbol, theta body, astral body and MEST body. This is our common household "thetan." These thetans are capable at first of knowing a whole universe by being the entire space of that universe. This is the upper band of the Thought area corresponding to "Know" on the K-M scale. At this level the thetan is only fragmented into separate thetans. Later abilities have degenerated to the point where a thetan can no longer postulate an entire complex creation alone. Universes become a group effort. But it can still encompass the whole space of that creation. This is knowing by pervasion and is the middle of the Thought band. Cause over creations is less, and the thetan is no longer being the dream, just a dreamer. Then comes a crucial step at Games/Opinions. Gone are boundless views. The ability to pervade has been replaced with Look. Fragmentation has progressed at this point so that instead of being whole spaces, the thetan is located at limited points of view. With descent into the Emotion band the thetan solidifies opinion into attitude. With descent into the Effort band, attitude becomes entities over which the center of consciousness has no control or responsibility. The thetan is fragmenting into multiple personalities, demon circuits, entities, BTs -- various terms which have been invented to describe this condition. The thetan can create any amount of static including a perfect copy of itself. The thetan also splits off viewpoints which are not aware of being aware, but which still have a core of static just like all the above. The thetan creates complexes of thoughts, goals, intentions and habits which then form an identity or personality. Or it can be a machine. There's a whole tech around such. This is what's behind deep legends of living magic swords and jewels of power -- there is
beingness in them. These theta complexes can be programmed to reproduce themselves, making an infinity of copies -- yet they are alive. So talk to your tree, your parakeet and your cockroach. Say hello to your entities which copy themselves like mad. The thetan and/or split viewpoint can at any time think as little as a single thought. And that thought will contain static, postulate(s), emotion, feeling, etc. Even the solid rock sitting in your garden has a tone on the tone scale (below death 0.0) and has a deeply buried element of static in it. There is not anything which is not alive, nor is there anything which isn't YOU at the highest level. The series of gradations of being I wrote above are only a matter of roughly hitting the high points. The gradations of being are infinitely fine. It's a smooth ramp from static to cold hard matter. Because cold hard matter isn't really so cold and hard -- it is still static. Ouran
#42 ENTITY THEORY
I said "theory", okay? This is my best to-date explanation for the wide range of entity phenomena found in the related subjects of clearing and magick. Some of this material has been mentioned in previous articles, particularly in "The Fragmentation of Static" which you should read along with this. Beyond a certain point reached in both processing and magick, the practitioner will find himself confronted with a universe which is apparently filled with invisible beings. And I mean FILLED! They're everywhere! Processees often find themselves grinding away for years at the task of cleaning these things out of their spaces. Worse, the more they look for them, the more of them there seems to be! Part of this is the phenomenon I discussed in the previous article, The Shape of Apparent "Truth", but that article is viewing it from a point no higher than Creation/Truth on the tone scale. Above that point all those wild complexities finally fall silent in the Sea of Being. Let's take it from the most high toned, simple view and work our way back down into the universes from there. Ready? There is only one life static. At the top of the tone scale just below Native State is a singularity of beingness. It is you. It is me. It is your dog. It is the bird flying past your window. It is that chunk of granite sticking up out of the ground. It is the star Alpha Centauri. It is the Andromeda galaxy. It is everyone and everything, and that includes your thoughts, ideas, emotions, efforts and mental image pictures. All of this is ONE BEING. But it is one being which has separated. But being separated implies the opposite, being united. So a primal dichotomy is identified from this perception. This creates some interesting views if both realities are held simultaneously. Here's one from a Yogin (bold type emphasis added): The mind, being very subtle, is in close apposition or contact with other minds, though the human skull intervenes between them. As mind evolves, you come into conscious relation with the mental currents, with the minds of others- near and distant, living and dead. The individual mind of A, although separated from the mind-substance used by other individuals, B, C, D, E, X, Y, etc., by a thin wall of very finest kind of matter, is really in touch with the other apparently separated minds and with the universal mind of which it forms a part. If A is a friend of B, A's mind is connected with B's mind. The minds of friends, relatives, brothers of A are attached to A's mind. Several minds are similarly linked to B's mind also. The minds of those who are attached to A's mind are, therefore,
connected, in turn, with the minds of those who are hanging on B's mind. In this manner, one mind is in touch with all minds in the whole world. This is the Vibhu theory of mind of Raja Yoga. --Sri Swami Sivananda
All this makes NOTs look at a casual glance absurdly like tilting at windmills. A deeper look shows that what the NOTs processee is doing is sorting out all of the tags or assignments of ownership made in the past and still being obsessively held in present time, plus any stuck cycles of ARC. Ownership is beingness at a level of identity, which is why the main NOTs commands work. One is reestablishing correct assignment of identity when one commands an entity: "What are you?" "What is your number?" "Who are you?" "Point to the being you divided from." This tech is apparently quite old. Two millennia ago Jesus is reported to have said: "What is your name?" when casting out "unclean spirits." A key element of this problem with entities is a person's possession of a single viewpoint occupying so little space in the physical universe that it is tantamount to being a dimensionless point of view. People are not being a dimensionless dot; most people occupy about an inch or two in diameter. But in practical terms one's space in the physical universe has shrunk to where it might as well be a point location in relation to everything else. This shrunken condition seems to begin gradually from around tone 40, becomes institutionalized as an operating basis at Games, and squeezed down to the small space we are accustomed to seeing at or near Exhilaration. This is the range, tone 40 to tone 8, of the "lower astral plane". The reason it appears to be a madhouse of dead thetans, stuck circuits and other junk is because the real nature of a Being is pervasive. It occupies the space of everything it decides to be in contact with. Which makes living in the physical universe a real mess if one is an inch in diameter, and in contact with a thousand miles in diameter. That means that 99.9999999ish% of the reality one is occupying has been abandoned! It's no wonder everything beyond that one inch of space seems filled with bogeymen! The person has withdrawn all responsibility from most of their own space! And that abandoned space is still filled with their own thoughts, emotions, images and efforts. Plus, it's also filled with the thoughts, emotions, images and efforts of others. By "others" I mean more than just other "people" -- these are thoughts, emotions, images and efforts FROM ALL DYNAMICS. From everywhere and everything. These thoughts, emotions and efforts put one into direct spiritual contact with the being(s) and circumstances wherein they originated. This puts you in contact with yourself in past track and other spaces (universes). This puts you in contact with other thetans or various sorts of entities. It puts you in contact with apparent group minds, which are associated with various phenomena
ascribed to higher dynamics. This explains Incident 2. Incident 2 which is run on OT3 is a 5th and 6th dynamic "engram" which is impinged upon everyone's spaces out of the lifeforms and very rocks of this planet! Another example, a friend named Palle while running the rising needle technique traced his cold/flu symptoms to entities stuck in a medieval plague. Same thing at work in his case. Now we know how LRH was accessing the genetic line... This is the phenomenon associated with the dichotomy of the "personal self" mentioned in Primal GPMs. Simply put, that dichotomy is the loss of the pervasive state. The more Palle runs this stuff, the bigger a space he will occupy... of course, he is quite smart about it because he is running WITH AFFINITY. Affinity is an absolute MUST when doing any NOTs style processing. To do otherwise is to reinforce the dichotomy and pull in your own personal psychic war and horror show. "Clear" as normally defined these days (free from being effect of the force in pictures) is an EFFORT clear. This extends a little ways upward into the Emotion band, because effort (resistance) mixes with emotion in the tones of the minus emotion range. This is from Antagonism, down (possibly even a slight touch of effort to Monotony). The next two areas up from there, which need clearing, are affinities (emotion as attitudes) and personal self as a single viewpoint (opinions). The common practice after clear is to clean up the emotional area a little if it gets in the way (rudiments anyone?) and then tackle entities. This might be skipping a gradient. In any case, entities can be viewed as either real or as hallucinations. It doesn't matter because both views are true. A hallucination is simply a creation which one is refusing responsibility for. All beingness is created (assigned) anyway. Only static is not a creation, and it is an element in thetans, mind and MEST. So it doesn't matter. A thought has beingness. A split piece of another thetan has beingness, leading directly back to its thetan. Or it could be as little as a single thought created by another thetan (or yourself). There is a theta element to any thought. The occult crowd know this very well; it's old hat to them. If you want your eyes opened a little, read "Thought-Forms" by Annie Besant & C.W. Leadbeater, published in 1901. I'll bet LRH read it. The main techniques of magick are the handling of entities. Beyond a certain point a magician is trained to actually create them. It's pretty easy to do really. The technique, stripped of all stylistic ornamentation, is done by simple decision. Since you yourself are static "located" arbitrarily, then all you do is decide that static is located somewhere, then you impress it with thought and idea so that it has a mind structured to command it for your purposes and then you withdraw from it. Or not. If you do not withdraw then it is a remote viewpoint rather than a separate entity. Emotion and effort level energies can also be placed in the entity, in some cases until the darned Thing is semi-visible. The above paragraph raises a troubling question. How did we, the common gardenvariety thetans, get squeezed down into such small space? The entity creation technique I just described also looks like what a pervasive Being would do if he were wanting to create a remote viewpoint with a limited freedom of will. The connection to the pervasive Being would be programmed into the remote (thetan) as below awareness by simple decision. Then the thetan could be a playing piece in the game for the pervasive Being,
one of many... To a pervasive Being a single viewpoint thetan probably looks like an entity. Another aspect of entities is the nature of thought as experienced in the effort band of the tone scale. The normal thought a person uses and manipulates when "thinking" has this anatomy: Theta (beingness) Upper thought band creation (as-isness) Middle thought band idea (alter-isness) Lower thought band opinion which is a limited concept A touch of emotion, usually as a attitude reinforcing the opinion A "body" which is a featureless dot of effort level energy. As I have pointed out before: since a thought can be moved around, and the above idea and concept are "meaning", and the effort energy is "mass", then a thought fits LRH's definition of a symbol: mass, meaning and mobility. As a magician, if you want that thought to also manifest itself as Will (intention) then you had better acknowledge its existence as a beingness. And magicians do. The thought's "body" can also be beefed up, making it anywhere from a symbol which has a shape (common in western magick), to creating a functioning body. This latter is called a "Thing." Locating these on the tone scale: A normal thought exists from the top of the tone scale down to around -3.0, which is Thinkingness on the Know to Mystery scale. A symbolized thought entity (one which has a definite meaningful shape) exists from the top of the tone scale down to around -4.0, which is Symbolizingness on the Know to Mystery scale. A magician's Thing, Homunculus, or Body of Light (with an animal or human body shape) exists from the top of the tone scale down to around the range of -6.0 to -10.0, which is Sexingness, Mystery and Wait on the Know to Mystery scale. This is also the range of the Etheric body or coarse aura, which is apparently measured in Kirilian photography. So to sum this up, an entity is merely the beingness which a processee or magician can perceive in anything, anywhere, from any source. It can come from oneself. It can come from others. The only trick is sorting it out. Sorting it out is locating past considerations of ownership or source. Sorting it out is also relieving any charge the entity has and taking responsibility for it (please read Flemming Funch on this subject. He is correct about OT case being others' viewpoints, real case of others is much higher (that can be accessed too...) If the entity is stuck in a past incident, then audit it. Since all theta is one beingness at the top anyway -- this is important so pay attention! -- THEN ANY PERSON CAN RUN ANY INCIDENT HELD BY ANY BEING, which isn't bigger/higher than themselves. These entities are probably seldom if ever the real beings
which they appear to be. Even if they are, you can still audit them. This means you can audit any entity you encounter. You can also audit another thetan so long as that thetan isn't higher toned than yourself. Does Aunt Maggie a thousand miles away have a sore big toe? Get out your meter, pick up the cans in one hand (solo cans) and locate an incident containing pain in Aunt Maggie's big toe. You can do this if you can get free enough to pervade the area. Most clears should be able to do this a little; anyone who can solo audit NOTs should be able to do this a little -- unless they resist it with a prior fixed consideration based on inaccurate theory. In which case they WON'T be able to do it. I repeat: you CAN get into the minds (and case) of others. I wouldn't advise "telepathically" (it isn't really telepathy) auditing any gods should you encounter one. If it's a real god, you are likely to be slapped flat the way you or I would swat a mosquito. But short of taking on the big guys, all sorts of odd sessions can be run. For instance I once ran a friend back through her decisions in order to effect a change in her boyfriend's response to her. It could be described as postulate handling narrative style in order to alter a 2nd dynamic. Here is the 2D session. It's all you at the top -- every last bit of everything is you when viewed from the top of the tone scale. This data supercedes all previous theory which seems to conflict with it. Use it in practice on whatever gradient you find comfortable. Ouran
The 2D Session
I did an odd sort of session to help a friend. My friend is in a "go away - come closer", push-pull game with her boyfriend. One of the ways this manifests is that if she thinks he might be communicating in any way with another woman, she flips out with jealousy and does her best to crawl into his pocket (so to speak). They had just spent a few days together and were driving their separate ways home. But they reencountered each other right before the freeway onramp. As she came up along him, she noticed he was talking on his cell phone. She gasped just as he noticed her. He responded to her horrified expression with a series of ugly expressions of his own -- then the light changed and they parted again. Need I point out that the two have plenty of earlier similars with each other along these lines? She immediately called him from her cell phone. He didn't answer. His withdraw was already underway. For the next three days she called his phone numbers, I assume Caller ID let him know who it was, and he did not pick up. Finally she called me, a little frantic. First I explained the nature of the game she and her boyfriend were playing, and then tried to pull her out of being interiorized into the game by giving her techniques for playing. (Basically, when someone withdraws from you, withdraw HARDER yourself and that will usually undo the other person's withdrawal. The game of reach and withdraw played here is in the effort range and so is very automatic and reactive.) What I did next was new, for me helping another anyway. I have done this for myself before, hell it's almost a required technique if you are going to operate as a being, but I'd never tried it with another person. I explained to her that we were going to go back in time in our minds, and relive each and every time in the sequence wherein she had reached by attempting to call. And that we would do it (like in a Dianetic chain) starting from the most recent attempted call, then working our way back one at a time. I was treating the reencounter at the stoplight right before the freeway as "basic". And I was treating all of her attempted phone calls as locks atop that basic. I explained to her that we were going to spot the moment in each when she had decided to call him, then while still back in time, she was to, lightly and without effort, change her mind and decide to not call him after all. We did this and had just reached "basic" when her phone did the pulse of soundlessness, which indicated that she had another call waiting. She clicked over to it, then clicked back and told me "It's HIM, I'll talk to you later!" Yup, it worked like magic! In fact, it WAS magic. Was it auditing? Beats me, twould depend on how you define auditing I suppose. Of the comm lines supposed to be present in a session, we had the "auditor to PC" whatsit line and the "PC to auditor" itsa line. Was accessing her decisions a "PC to bank" line? But I wasn't erasing what one would
normally think of as "bank", unless one subscribes to the idea of "bank" on higher dynamics. I suppose so because I was getting her to look at her decisions, which are a type of postulate. Make no mistake: my whole intent was to make a change in HER BOYFRIEND by removing her reaches toward him, thus allowing him to reach himself. Given the automaticity of their mutual game condition, I had no worries about him being sufficiently Cause to change his own mind and not call her. My only real doubt before I began was "could she erase enough of her decisions to make the necessary withdrawal of her own?", then I looked at the doubt and vanished it and proceeded to walk her through the incidents. What I didn't tell her is that I was partially in her mind during the session. I was right there as-ising those decisions too. These sort of effects on other people have been known to happen as a side effect of processing. In this case however, it was no side effect, the effect on the boyfriend was the desired EP. And I got it... Instantly, ha ha! Ouran
#43 SYMBOLS, MEANING AND PHYSICAL OBJECTS
The tones in the band immediately beneath Death on the tone scale -- those with names like Needing Bodies, Protecting Bodies, etc. -- require some clarification, and explanation of the phenomena behind them. For one thing they are misnamed; they aren't always necessarily about "bodies." Though bodies are indeed their most noticeable focus, a better word to use in its place would be "objects." An object object is anything possessing possessing a material shape which can be distinguished from other shapes -- and which shape is perceived as having meaning. Which includes bodies as a type of object. Because they are perceived as having meaning, objects are SYMBOLS as defined by LRH (mass, meaning and mobility). A quick scan through the Effort band of the tone scale reveals a whole lot of symbolizin' goin' on! So let's rename those two I mentioned above. Needing Objects. Protecting Objects. Those Those two right there instantly define the majority of human activity. Needing: gotta have food, get that girl, finance that new car, buy that doohicky... Protecting: stop drunk drivers, save the whales, build that sea wall, keep out those Argentine House Ants, frame those photos so they won't be ruined... Hmm... Approval Approval From Objects? Certainly! Not just from people -- ever notice a person who seems a little ritualistic, who has to polish that car just SO and will buy it a new set of floor mats to propitiate its perfection? The car is becoming cause... This clarifies early 60's GPM research by LRH, Jack Horner and others somewhat, with a pursuit of that object assigned the greatest significance, based on one's strongest GPM goal. Gotama (the Buddha) over 2500 years ago warned his monks against making symbols out of objects, against assigning meaning constantly to the things around them ("fermentations" ("fermentations" I believe he called it). This is in the Sabbasava Sutta. Sutta. Alfred Korzybski (the founder of General Semantics) likewise perceived that the meaning tagged to an object was not the truth when he pronounced his famous dictum: "The map is not the territory." (Quoting him in this context is viewing his words from the opposite end from which they are usually seen.) What probably neither of them explained is that MEANING IS ALTERATION. To say that in purely scio terms: MEANING IS ALTER-IS. It is an alter-is of an original as-iness occasionally -- or much more often, an alter-is of a current isness. When dealing with physical objects (which are never so far as I know original asisnesses), this alteration is atop quite a bit of previous alteration, alteration, involving such things as time and ownership/source. ownership/source. Because it is atop prior alteration, then the assignation of meaning to a physical object is effectively a NOT-IS.
And THAT has to be precisely why Buddha stressed the cessation of thinking up all sorts of ideas about the world around us. So long as any monk were assigning meaning to something, he would be incapable of achieving its ISNESS, because all his thinking would be not-ising the thing. So it can be seen that in order to rise out of lower tones and conditions, it is necessary to cease one's automatic assignment assignment of meaning to objects. I said automatic! Not shut it off permanently, just get it under control: start, change, stop. Upon attaining this, I would expect a person to most likely release from the Effort band of the tone scale. And whatdoyouknow, I glance through the Clearing Course and old OT2, and I'll be damned if they aren't list after list of charged significances! (Sarcastically) I suppose it might have been usefull if LRH had any real idea what he was doing. Sometimes a nuts and bolts engineering approach just doesn't get the job done very well. And when it does work, does the engineer know why? LRH should have done more mystical/spiritual study; his basics were incomplete. But enough of beating him up. He's gone and there's no help for it. Keep in mind that EFFORT IS RESISTANCE. And that a person only resists their ideas/significances/mean ideas/significances/meanings ings about things. For example, let's say you are a man and you are married. Let's suppose you have a friend named Ralph. It is okay with you if Ralph has sexual intercourse with any woman he meets at a bar. It is not alright with you if he has sex with your wife. But why? In both cases it is just a male body atop a female body -- why resist one and not the other? Because the second female is assigned by you the significance of YOUR wife. And that carries one hell of a lot of meaning for most men! This is not telling you to attain a state of meaninglessness wherein you offer your wife's body to any passing stranger -- though in some cultures (such as the Inuit) this was exactly the custom! This is telling you that if you are the effect of your own significances, then you will resist in your mind. And you can therefore be trapped in the sub-Death Effort range of the scale. Notice that assignment of meaning to objects is light and thin at higher tones; but that at lower tones these become heavy significances. Find someone who has their attention stuck at the bottom of the effort range -- in other words a psychotic -- and you'll see that the meaning has more mass to them than the object itself. But that's nuts, you say! Yep! Don't get the impression from all this that significance only functions in the effort range. Meaning is assigned to emotional matters (matters of affinity), and also to opinions and the identities, which hold those opinions. Meaning begins at the middle Thought band -- and indeed that is the true nature of that sub-band of the tone scale. It's command command is "THIS MEANS!" and its dichotomy expresses as significance versus insignificance. insignificance. Dennis Stephens (discoverer of TROM) found this level of the mind. Instead of calling it "meaning" or "significance", "significance", he called it "importance". Same stuff. Keep in mind we are working in the middle Thought band ABOVE apparency, and because it is above apparency, our words begin to fail us.
It is of no significance that Dennis used a different word. IT'S THE SAME LEVEL. I use different words at various times for this level myself. Check the words I'm using here against the words I used in Primal GPMs. Not the same words, but it is i s the same level. Because the "THIS MEANS!" command is higher on the tone scale than the tone Apparencies Are Reality 26.0, then the resolution of it pops a person free of the apparent universe, to at least partially exterior from it. A quick glance at the resistanceless text of the Tao Teh Ching will indicate that Lao Tzu seems to have resolved it, and was no longer fully within this physical universe as a spiritual beingness. As this is above the dichotomy of the personal self, then this material is senior to the mind's yammering about "me, me, me!" And the excellent Chinese gentleman indeed exhibited a breathtaking selflessness. selflessness. This gives us a new view on both objective processes and significance cases. Objectives certainly are putting the processee into contact with the physical universe, universe, and thereby helping him achieve isness. What he's blowing his way through however is all that significance which had been assigned to it so thick that the isness was apparently no longer accessible. And a significance case is simply someone who had piled on so much meaning atop reality that the meaning became their new apparent reality. I sincerely hope this article didn't drown you in significance. As As with all the later Ghost Danse articles, I expect you to have either memorized Nos 24 and 38, or refer to them continuously. Those two are detailed, and a goal oriented view of the span of apparent reality, of both the physical universe and your mind. Use both maps. But just remember, neither are the territory. Ouran
#47 THE PLANES
The bands of the tone scale appear to act as separate spaces, with their own anchor points. Looking through that frame of reference they could be (and often have been) called "planes" of existence. Each of these spaces I've observed interpenetrate one another. They appear to occupy the same space as one another. Within a cubic meter of physical universe space in the middle of which is a person's head (assuming the person is in their head) can be perceived a number of spaces which can be full of stuff, but their contents do not repel each other in any way. So their contents are within each other. I do not know if the Causal band (BE BE)) creates a space. By theory it should be the highest equivalent of a space in Coexistence and Individuality. But theory be damned, I haven't observed it clearly. So let's just stick a question mark after it: ? The Upper Thought band (DO DO)) around +100 seems to do so. Terribly hard to penetrate the veil of illusion here because the dichotomy of this band is truth vs. lies. This is above universes and is pervasive of any universe with which it interacts. The Middle thought band (DO DO)) around +80 is definitely occupied with alter-is in a vast array of considerations, values, meanings, judgments, etc. These are also pervasive and therefore will seem to occupy any location. Look for it somewhere, and there it is! The Lower Thought band (DO DO)) is definitely a layer inside what we perceive as the physical universe, occupied with opinions and other viewpoints which act as mental anchor points for a unit of located theta/life called a "thetan" by scios. The Emotion band (HAVE HAVE)) is another layer, layer, called by the occultists the "Astral Plane" and is a scale of affinity within the tone scale. It and the Effort band operate the CDEI scale. Its main feature is DESIRE, which is the motivation between the viewpoint in the Lower Thought band, and the efforts taken in the Effort band. The Effort band ( NOT-HAVE) NOT-HAVE) has been called the "Etheric Plane" by occultists. It is a scale of resistance. Since the presence of a mental image picture can be read on an emeter, emeter, it is affecting matter (specifically electricity), which means means that it is at least partially composed of effort. An image could be said to be in the "etheric plane", or to be made of "etheric matter" whatever the hell that is. The Mystery band ( NOT-DO) NOT-DO) is the plane of physical matter. By "not-do" is meant a progressive condition downward of NO OPINION, then NO CONSIDERATION and finally NO POSTULATION -- the inverse of the three areas of the Thought band. The Evil band ( NOT-BE) NOT-BE) is the plane of body thetans and other fragmented Beings. It would progress through the destruction of the three tones of the Causal band, first destroying Individuality, then Coexistence, and finally the singularity of Static itself, which leads to spiritual death.
The "energies" of each Plane are a re used to trigger or control the next plane down, and an d in turn can be affected by the plane directly beneath. This is easy enough to observe below “Apparencies are Reality” (26.0) a Lower Thought band opinion (thought at a single viewpoint) which has been flavored with a consideration from the Middle Thought band above it will trigger an affinity/disaffinity attitude, otherwise known as an emotion. The emotion will be used to motivate effort. The effort exerted will move or otherwise affect matter. matter. That's the easy stuff to observe. More difficult is observing how one makes a creation (Upper Thought band as-is), then tags it with a consideration as an a n alter-is (Middle Thought band), before the result appears in space before the Eye(s) of the thetan, and the progre p rogression ssion described above takes place. I have done so. I have observed this series from Upper Thought at Creation/Truth Creation/Truth +100, all the way down into "solid" matter in the tone range -20 through -100.
And that's as far as I've clearly observed. The theory of the primal goal pattern (as laid against the tone scale expansion by Geoffrey Filbert) indicates that there's one more band below that of physical matter. I've reluctantly dubbed it the "Evil band". At first I was calling it the "Entity band" after what seems to be its main case symptoms. If this pattern of command and control continues as above, then physical matter affects the creation and disposition of entities. There also should be a crossover area where the tones take on the combined character of both matter and entities. Theory posits that this should be approximately -100 to almost -120 on the scale. In addition to all that, there are indications that physical space becomes zero at Destruction -100. I had been positing some sort of negative space below that, but now it looks like this is perhaps entrance into the next plane down instead. Each plane as one progresses downward through the scale appears more solid than the one above it. This implies that a body thetan is more solid than the physical matter in which it is found imbedded. Ouran
#48 SUBJECTIVE REALITY, OBJECTIVE REALITY & PANEXISTENT REALITY "Everyone" knows that subjective reality is only real to oneself. It doesn't apply to the outer world we all share, right? Right. "Everyone" knows that objective reality is the "real" world. It applies to the outer world we all share and live in together, right? It is really real, right? Not quite. Objective reality is subjective too. Consider it a sort of agreed upon, cross linked hallucination if you wish. ;-) At this point the reader is perhaps tapping their foot impatiently, ready to exit the Ghost Danse site and never return. Objective reality not real? Pah! Sadly, what I say is true. It has to do with the way a person "knows". High up the tone scale a person knows by creating the thing known within theirself. To be much more precise, a person creates a space and IS the space created. Anything known is created inside that space, and therefore the person IS the thing created and known. One is still doing this, because it is actually the only way one does know anything. But one's personal space has shrunk badly! Subjective reality is anything mocked up inside that personal space. It doesn't have to relate to anything anyone else knows. Invent something (anything) and it's there. That's called imagination. The real problem with supposedly "objective" reality is that it also is mocked up. Most people on this planet are spiritually blind. They do not possess direct perception of the physical universe even close to being on par with their body's senses, much less superior to those weak, limited senses. So what a person does is take the input from the body of sight, hearing, smell, touch, etc and constructs a mental image of outer reality within their personal space. They mock up a picture of it all. And they dub this mental image "REALITY!" BUT IT'S IT' S ONLY ONLY A PICTURE! This can be upgraded by adding senses, which are created by oneself. These are mental machines, and not very complex ones either. One can see without eyes, hear without ears when exterior/OOB. But this is only an upgrade, still not the real thing. This is still maya. Illusion. Hallucination. (See The Shape of Apparent "Truth") "Truth" ) Oh sure, it's often far more accurate than mere body senses if you have achieved a high state. Here you get OOB with good visio, remote viewing, etc. Great stuff, but still illusory because it is a picture! It's merely a more accurate picture!
There is only one way to directly perceive/know real reality: one must expand one's personal space (the space one is being) to engulf the thing viewed, so that no longer is there any separation or distance between observer and observed. It lies within one instead. Buddha's pervasion drill and spacation exercises are advised for this. Perhaps better drills will be found in the future. This subject is still on a research line, never mind all of the satisfied customers who have achieved a little clearing and/or enlightenment and quit. Remember, the clear cog applies to subjective reality, objective reality AND ultimately to the panexistent reality of the pervasive state: you're mocking it up, the physical universe, your mind, everything... YOU'RE MOCKING IT UP. Ouran
#49 PROCESSING AESTHETICS Most of what needs to be said on this subject has already been laid out by Max Sandor in his Purple Notebook . Read his page first, then come back to this one. The techniques he gives are great stuff. But it doesn't interest me particularly. Want to know why? I already ran it out years before I even knew Max existed. But the METHOD I used to run it may be of interest to you. So add this variant technique to Max's data. First some theoretical background... Aesthetics occurs in two places on the tone scale. Their higher location is in the middle Thought band at Consideration, wherein creations are alter-ised by the addition of meaning, importance or significance. A standard is created by which a thing may be judged aesthetic or unaesthetic, to be beautiful or ugly. The actual aesthetic sensation in response to viewing is found lower down at tone 16. Aesthetics forms a dichotomy. It is probably one of the top dichotomies within Consideration's range of activity. Like with any dichotomy, one end gets desired, while the other repelled or not-ised. In this case, most people desire beauty and reject ugliness. Most people. A few here and there however are found in a peculiar case condition where they have inverted -- that is to say, they have done a crossover and pursue oppgoals. Such people are often suicidal, destructive, drug users, rebels, and deliberately create art, which is astoundingly ugly. Sounds sort of like punk rockers doesn't it? In my temporarily depressed state many years ago following my walking away from the mad, bad CoS, I began listening a lot to the harder end of that sort of music: punk rock. Like any hip person in the late 70's/early 80's I had tuned in to the local KROQ radio station for the funny-punk and pretty new wave songs they played. But now I began to listen to the really violent stuff, which had all the beauty and charm of a 70 mph head-on car crash! It spoke to me, because for a while, my tone level had really plummeted. But I didn't stay depressed. Soon I was listening to all sorts of music again. But I had added the violent hardcore to my tastes. I'd listen to a hardcore CD, then a more aesthetic CD, then a hardcore one -- eventually finding bands to play such as Descendents, and later ALL and Leatherface, which combined both beauty and ugliness in the same songs. A funny thing began happening. My mind began shifting and opening. My space lightened up and became clearer. I gradually became conscious of grabbing BOTH ends of that dichotomy SIMULTANEOUSLY while listening to these songs. I was appreciating both ends of the aesthetic at the same time. I'll be damned if it didn't run out! I had relieved the beauty/ugly dichotomy using punk rock! Nowadays I find that pretty damn funny. :) Ouran
#50 PROCESSING SPACE Some fundamental axioms and a few notes related to processing space: Life is both 1. a static of no motion and no qualities, and 2. everything in all universes. This division into qualities opposed to non-qualities must be maintained in order to stay ignorant and located. Life is both 1. awareness, and 2. unawareness. This division into perception opposed to non-perception must be maintained in order to stay ignorant and located. Life is both 1. awareness of being one while being unaware of being many, and 2. awareness of being many (no matter where they are located) while knowing those many to be one. This division into separate selves opposed to unity of selves must be maintained in order to stay ignorant and located. Beingness in a universe equals space. Theta is all space, which is of course also none. Pervasion of any space effectively exteriorizes the thetan from it, i.e. the "view" is larger than the space. (The "higher individual" or "source self" is already larger than any space; and in fact is not located in this universe. Any thetan can wake up in that higher "viewpoint". Decide to.) Space is a separation or individuation of awareness of being into isolated or semi-isolated beings. (It is more than a "viewpoint of dimension", which statement is so childish as to be below contempt.) Affinity is a goal. It is a spacial goal wherein theta is located in part of a space, but considers itself not located in another part of it. In order to have affinity, theta must deliberately abandon part of a space, then mechanically reach out to occupy it again -- on top of its earlier postulate that it isn't in that abandoned space. The as-isness at the level of affinity is that theta is ALL space (no thetan), while at the same time it is no space whatsoever. The alter-isness at the level of affinity is theta abandoning part of a space (formation of a thetan). The existing isness at the level of affinity is theta located in space (thetan). The not-isness at the level of affinity is the attempted reoccupation of abandoned space, done without viewing any of the above. This sort of affinity is commonly called DESIRE, which because it is a not-isness, leads to ENFORCE, INHIBIT, etc. (you know the drill). This is why affinity always degenerates down the CDEI scale unless the as-isness is recovered. Operated as a triangle, where the third leg resolves to either the top or bottom of the tone scale: affinity by being whole spaces is recovery of original as-isness; OR affinity by
reaching out for that which one is not BEING, but instead is attempting to HAVE, is desire, is not-isness. Drills. Most OT drills are kindergarten stuff. Perhaps this is the influence of CCH processes at work, but my observation of OT drills is that they SHOULD be kindergarten at first -- but they should also be designed using a clearer understanding of the nature of theta and thetans. It's mostly a waste of time to drill a being on handling energy in order to achieve "operation" (as in Operating Thetan). A being already knows how to handle energy. Handling energy will not increase his power or increase his energy very much if his space is small. To drill a small being on energy is a "zero sum" game. Instead a being should be drilled on SPACE. Space is the key. Space is first column of triangles (you better have read and duplicated GD7.html!), while energy is 2nd column.
It is far easier to handle energy if one is 30 feet in diameter, than if one is 2 inches in diameter. Spacation as practiced in the CoS is a good first step. Sit comfortably in a room and mentally reach back behind your body's head and hold onto the upper two corners of the room without thinking. Do this for as long as possible, 30 seconds, 60 seconds, etc. If you can get exterior to the body (OOB) then do the drill by holding more corners. Do all this on a comfortable gradient. Your eventual target should be to comfortably hold the eight corners of an invisible box of space around your location. This is not visualizing a box in front of you, that would be a mock up drill instead. After spacation is comfortable and easy as per the above paragraph, the next step is pervasion. This has its origin in Buddhist scripture written in the Pali language. Take your spacation box and flow outward into that space with awareness. That's right, I said be aware in that space. In actual fact you don't need the box. The box is only a temporary crutch, for havingness. Flow outward with awareness, expanding your size in every direction. Practice being aware in a wider space than normal. Whatever size you are in the physical universe, become bigger. If this is too difficult, there's a gradient using remote viewpoints. Pick a point in space outside of where you are being. Decide to be aware at that location in addition to where you are. Be aware in both locations at the same time. Drill yourself on being aware in one location, two locations, back to one, to two again. You can play games like having the two viewpoints look at one another (the subordinate one will vanish, possibly with other interesting phenomena), but this practice will tend to decrease you size. It is a concentration drill rather than an expansion drill. So don't do this one without putting exterior viewpoints back again. Eventually having multiple viewpoints should allow you to expand your overall amount of space. A lot of fun phenomena should occur, treat this stuff lightly and non-serious. Above all do not use force or effort. Lightly with loving intention outward into the universe. Please see the page on Buddhism for the original pervasion technique translated from the Pali. These are the exercises I have been using solo. I do spacation and space expansion DAILY. I don't know for certain if these (and my weekly mock-up processing) are
responsible for my being able to see the material found on this website. I consider it likely. Don't take my word for any of it. Do your own looking. And I recommend these simple solo processes as a way to help you look. Ouran
#51 KNOW VERSUS KNOW ABOUT
This is another page, which may bother some scios, especially ones who are highly trained auditors in/from the CoS. It may bother them because it directly applies to their alleged "knowledge". Warning: this article will be a steep gradient for most people. If you just wandered onto this page at random -- without having read the previous pages in this series -- then my advice is for you to read no further. If you entered the Freezone through Scn, odds are you will become upset if you continue reading this. Any time a person studies a subject, this results in the person knowing about the subject. It does not result in a person KNOWING it. I do not care how many years of study have been done. There are certain specific characteristics (which I shall go into later) evident in someone who knows a subject. And completeness of study, time spent, diligence, effort, certificates, etc have absolutely nothing to do with it. A scio for instance could have every single word spoken or written by LRH memorized, and that person could still merely know about Scn. A monk could have memorized every word of the Pali canon of Buddhism, and still only know about it. In fact, knowing too much ABOUT a subject can actually be an impediment. I realize that last was a pretty radical statement. Allow me to describe why it is true. When studying the work of another person such as LRH or Gotama, the student is ACQUIRING THE MIND OF THE SOURCE. This is copying, not duplicating in most cases. Copying produces a persistence. Duplication produces a vanishing. A small percentage of people do manage to duplicate, and cause to vanish, the mental structure of the source, LRH or Gotama in these examples. Most do not. Most students usually end up creating a brand new entity, a complex of thoughtforms, a "BT" -- or rather a cluster of BTs. Simply put O Scios, you should use your NOTs tech to offload the enforced viewpoints of LRH. And it's more than a simple set of thoughtforms clogging your space, you also acquire a reinforcing (clustering) with other students of that same subject, forming what is called a group mind. If this subject of acquired minds and group minds interests you, I advise you to study the work of Edmund Meadows (the Viking Remote Viewing & Psychic Self Defense site), and also that of Rupert Sheldrake. To be fair, the typical scio will have a large number of duplications resulting in "know", plus a much larger number of parasitic mind vampires, err, I mean entities, err, I mean others' ideas, heh heh! ;-) That little joke, isn't so little. I jested about it because, O Scio, it is deadly truth. You are "obsessed", in the magically meaning of that word, not the pop psych meaning. This is not much of a problem apparently at lower levels because a beginner's mind is so clouded
with pain and unconsciousness that this phenomenon is out of view. But a "clear" is in the curious and uncomfortable position of being empty enough to perceive the mindstuff in their personal space, but not yet aware enough to have gained control of their misowned creations. I talked about this in the article The Shape of Apparent "Truth". What happens is that whatever acquired mind (also known as a "frame of reference") is being used as mental anchor points acts as a template for creating apparent existences colored by it. The result is essentially indistinguishable from madness, with the person telepathically hobnobbing with or against demons, aliens, psychic spies, etc; personal case items take on the characteristics which the person expects them to have; and their understandings of their subject are heavily colored by preconceived ideas acquired from the gurugodlet of their mind. The hell of it is that the person has no way to tell which of all these
are real, which have been colored/altered, and which are sheer hallucination. This band of other people's created reality has been called maya by the Hindus, and the Abyss of Hallucination by western magicians. It must be passed through as part of the process of waking up. There's apparently no avoiding it. I see evidence of it coloring my work. It's scattered through Filbert's book. It's in quite a bit of Ogger's Super Scio. Capt Bill Robertson was very heavily effect of it. It destroyed Koos completely. It affects every one of us. And the only writers I notice aware of the problem in the Freezone are myself, Edmund Meadows, Flemming Funch, and the deceased Dennis Stephens. So how to tell if someone really does "know" their subject? Easy. "Know" is tone 110 on the scale. Know is above tone 100, which Filbert calls Truth, and I name Creation. A scio who knows the subject of Scn, will be above Creation on it, and originate new, original data and processes which amplify and clarify the subject. A
scio who does NOT know, but merely knows about Scn, will expound in a dogmatic inflexible manner what has been written by others. Let me repeat: a person who knows a subject will create it in present time. At the highest level of course, every person "knows" everything and is co-creating the full contents of all universes. But most people are subaware of this and only get glimpses of true knowledge, and rare flashes of "inspiration". This limitation is mostly caused by simple unconsciousness, compounded by overlays of learning acquired from others. It is also caused by the fact that a viewpoint located in a universe cannot reach these higher levels. It must wake up in its higher self. A student of Scn or Buddhism should reject the very words of the source they adore, and take a new look each time, all the way up to static where looking is being. To do otherwise is to fail. Filbert had some excellent words on this subject: Anyone who is in “know about” on any subject is doomed, absolutely doomed. You can't create or control or be responsible unless you know. --Excalibur Revisited
So Buddha's words, LRH's words, Filbert's words, MY words here, should only be used as a springboard to cognition, as signposts pointing the way to directly knowing. Once a person knows, then other people's words can be laughed at, shrugged off, affectionately treated as amusing stupidities, and finally taken over completely and made the person's
own. At that point the student doesn't even use the words of their ex-source any longer -ask them the exact same question on ten different days and recieve the same answer worded ten different ways BECAUSE EACH TIME THEY ARE ANSWERING IN PRESENT TIME. Rote answers always worded exactly the same are spoken by highly trained robots who merely know about. And I don't want to hear any crap about duplication. Duplication of a subject is not the same thing as duplicating the exact same words robotically. Duplication of the words of a subject is not the same thing as duplicating the subject. Words are not the subject, read your Korzybski. Occasionally I get a little backflash from some ex-scientologist who has undergone years or even decades of training in that church, expressing the opinion that I am not trained up enough to know Scn. This might sound arrogant on my part to some people, but quite the contrary. I know the subject because I am above it, evidenced by the simple fact that I can create it. I can create it because I reestablished a direct connection to myself at Coexistence, which is above both Know and Create/Truth. If I had trained up to Class XII it might have frozen my knowing within a solid block of LRH's knowledge, LRH's know abouts and LRH's low opinions. And I too might have failed. Not all who are trained up to high levels have failed. But the ones who do know their Scn are people who have offloaded the burden of LRH's mind and done their own knowing, their own direct looking. Scn persists because it is a lie, which is known about. Buddhism persists because it is a lie, which is known about. All "know abouts" are lies. Instead of knowing about these things, my advice to you is to KNOW TRUTH. And when you do, truth will vanish instantly. But that's alright, not to worry, simply create it as you need it. Ouran
#52 THE ANNOTATED AXIOMS Due to the fact that the axioms I am commenting upon are under fiercely defended copyright, they will not be quoted on this page. Therefore you should compare this to your old copy, or buy one if you do not already own it. Non-scios should perhaps skip this article. Other people's cognitions are of no use to people who read them, unless they are used by the readers to cognite in turn. Even if LRH's Scn Axioms were 100% true -- which they definitely are NOT! -- for most people they still constitute an acquired artificial mind, an "implant" if you wish to abuse that fatally flawed Scn term. Therefore when reading those axioms, and these comments on them, do not take into yourself the words as truth. Words are viewpoint oriented opinions. Merely use the words as a way to view the truth on your own. And when you do, you will no longer need anyone's words. Not even your own. Axiom 1. Exactly half correct. This axiom is a dramatization of the #1 primal dichotomy
found in Primal GPMs. The truth is that life (theta) is both a static, AND everything in all universes and all times. The ability life has is to "decide". Perception is postulated (a decision) along with everything else, which he covers in Axiom 2. Axiom 2. True enough as far as it goes. It would be a trifle more accurate to say that it
makes decisions about beingness. Axiom 3. True, except for that idea of agreement. The list of created items do not require
agreement made by viewpoints in space-time. The actual creation is made at a level where all identities and selves are united. My researches are indicating that the physical universe is NOT being postulated at the level of a thetan. A viewpoint located in space does no such thing apparently. The self as ALL does however, near as I can tell from what knowledge I can bring back to this viewpoint in space called Ouran. Axiom 4. A weak truth, which is also almost startlingly puerile. It doesn't really say
anything. I guess the old man couldn't figure that one out and had to write something plausible. Axiom 4 should read something like "Space is a separation of existences, beingnesses and identities held apart with non-existences, non-beingnesses and nonidentities." The original space at the highest level I've spotted is separation between selves. Axiom 5. Is sort of weird... what happened to the alternate valid view, of energy as
waves? So this axiom is partially true, but ignores the motion by/through/via postulated fields (which still isn't correct but I have no idea how to describe the actuality in words). Energy is not located exactly, it is in motion. Stop energy in space and it is a solid. Examine the solid you have stopped and you have put it in motion again at least, if not annihilated it by inspection. This is quite bound up in the phenomena described by Heisenberg, and codified as his Uncertainty Principle. Matter and energy are mutually convertible into one another. Basically in the physical universe one either knows the energy of something, or its location, but never both completely. So Axiom 5 describes energy by saying it is matter. Yes, but if it's energy then it should be described as energy,
as a motion of somewhat indeterminate location. By saying energy is particles, the old man stopped the energy so he could look at it, at which time its energy became unknowable and it became from his viewpoint, a solid. Axiom 6. Is a reasoned (thinkingness effort) result depending on Axiom 5. Both of these
axioms are squirrelly -- in this case no particle or "solid" is actually solid because it has energy. The closer you examine a solid, the fuzzier it becomes. The truth is that there are infinitely fine gradations of energy on a scale between the Nothing of life the static, and the solid everything of life the Mass. Axiom 7. Dumb. The only way to obtain energy or solids is to resist it enough to make it
stay "a while" (a GREAT phrase used by Filbert!). Time is resistance. Time is STOP. Axiom 8. The apparency of time is vibration. And what is vibration? An apparent
switching back and forth between the poles of dichotomy #1. ...It's there / it isn't there / it's there / it isn't there... etc. Change is the apparency of the apparency. Axiom 9. Yeah, okay. Seen from a mechanical viewpoint in space, which is below death
on the tone scale, yes. (The mechanics of reason and logic are in the effort band of the scale.) Axiom 10. No, the creation of an effect is the #4 purpose, not the #1. (See Primal Goal
Processes, and Primal GPMs again) He could just as easily have said that the highest purpose was to have everything (#1 goal), be individual (#2), or be aware (#3). In the L13 materials Rowland Barkley calls this foolish axiom an implant. I will not dispute him; Rowland has seen outside the universe too. Axiom 11. Brilliant. He spotted the actions (triangle) of the #4 purpose (primal goal). For
that alone he could be highly honored. He spotted that isness is different from the other three, but not why: "as-is, alter-is, not-is" form a triangle equivalent on their level to "be, do, have", "start, change, stop" and "affinity, communication, reality". Axiom 12. Nice. He only missed the truth that theta (life) itself is at all locations. And
anytime theta duplicates, there is a vanishing. He missed it is because he missed that whenever theta is being/placing itself aware at one location, it is also placing itself at all other locations, as unaware. Axiom 13. Correct. "Create" at this level perhaps should be written "form". But the idea
is right. He mentions in passing in the PDC that he spotted these various triangles as related to one another; then never followed up on it by researching it fully. Axiom 14. Oops, he mixed the planes! Survive is the #8 purpose which is being slightly
confused with the actions at the #4. His statement is basically true because the higher levels of reality control the lower ones, and the actions of alter-isness and not-isness have their equivalents in the effort band. But his statement reflects his mistake of ascribing all command value to pursuit of goal #8, whereas each primal dichotomy is a pursued goal, i.e. a command. There are scios who postulate dynamics 9-16 as dynamics of survival. Nuh-uh. The next level up from "Survive!" would be the dynamics of affinity, the #7 purpose.
Axiom 15. Sure, why not? There are other ways to say, that which are just as true. For
instance: "creation is accomplished by a decision to be." Axiom 16. Sure. Just keep in mind that theta is duplicating itself, that each person is
everything, everywhere, everywhen. (If you wish to test this assertion for yourself, do the look at oneself from a remote viewpoint process I found in Ken Ogger's notes.) Axiom 17. Sure. The most common alter-isness I've noticed is tagging the creation with
another creation, otherwise known as significance or meaning. Axiom 18. Correct. This observation is the basis of effective therapy. There are different
levels of this action, all of which could be described as taking no responsibility for what was created. In addition to not-isness, another good general name for this action is "resistance". Axiom 19. Technically this statement is not absolutely true at all levels. In Axiom 19 he
is describing his observation of the fact that if you view as-is the alteration (significance or meaning, which is on a scale of values, read Dennis Stephens on value and importance) you will obtain a partial relief. The next step would be to view perfectly (asis) above any conditions, as in Axiom 20. Axiom 20. Perfect. Except that he misses that the person IS the thing being vanished. Axiom 21. Correct. This is a cycle like start-change-stop, and its correct sequence is
affinity-communication-reality. Axiom 22. Correct. "Not-isness" represents a highest level of resistance (Goal #4), whose
equivalent in the ARC triangle of understanding is agreement (forced reality) which seems to drop down the CDEI scale passing through disagreement (inhibit), unreality (no), etc. Axiom 23. Oops, just mixed the planes again! He is essentially correct because all the
scales are united at the top. Axiom 24. Yes, and what I said about Axiom 23. Axiom 25. Brilliant. The axiom is brilliant. The explanation below it less than brilliant in
a couple places, but overall this is among his best work. Axiom 26. Or not. When he states that it is agreed-upon, he places it at the bottom of its
cycle. That is because he couldn't fully confront the infinite shared consciousness (coexistence) at the top. Near as I can tell, physical reality is created at the co-existence level. Axiom 27. Not quite. True at a level of apparency, and can be applied as a weapon (this
axiom is probably from Excalibur, the Dark Sword). Above apparency, any creation anywhere in any universe -- no matter how personal, private, or out of "agreement" -- can be known by anyone. Axiom 27 is a major mistake in theory. Axiom 28. Too mechanical. True only at a level of efforting. See Ghost Danse 6 for the
truth.
Axiom 29. Ha ha ha ha ha! I'm sorry (no I'm not), but this one is hilariously true because
it is a lie! Axiom 29 is quite a joke! The joke is that when anyone says "I" created something, THAT is the lie, which obtains the persistence! Even saying that everything is co-created is not quite a perfect statement. I can't think of a way to put the truth in words though, so let "co-creation" stand as a finger pointing at the moon. Too bad he had coexistence and individuality in opposition in his mind. Another LRH "implant", as Rowland might have said it. Axiom 30. Quite good. The old man had the mechanics of auditing down pat. Kudos. Axiom 31. Said sort of screwy, but kind of truish. Close, but he's scrambling the levels
again; let's pry them apart. Considerations (alter-is) are around tone 80 (purpose #5), and opinions (not-is) are around tone 22-20 (purpose #6, the thetan in space). This axiom essentially states that considerations are mere considerations. No duh. Axiom 32. Sure. And anything, which you are not-being also. This is why space could be
described as the separation between thetans, which statement is not perfectly true, but please sight down the length of that finger... Axiom 33. Okay. Therefore not-know and not-be are both resistance/force. Allow me to
point out that prior to this happening the as-isness has to have been altered by a consideration, otherwise no not-isness can occur. He goofed on this one by using two terms of a triangle (as-is, alter-is, not-is) to describe a dichotomy. Axiom 34. This should have been Axiom 33. An isness, by the way, is the persisting
result of alter-isness. Axiom 35. No, the ultimate is beyond the static: what we for convenience call "native
state". Native state is not static, not everything, both static and everything, neither static nor everything, and all those statements canceled out. Words are impossible -- another finger pointing at the moon. Axiom 36. Mask? That's an awfully solid word for something done in near infinite joyous
playfulness! The action looks more like an idiot savant godbaby stacking blocks atop one another. The first example he gives is not correct. Axiom 37. Sure. The apparency is the consideration (alter-isness), not the initial creation. Axiom 38. True, but he uses a different definition for "consideration" than he used earlier
in axioms 28, 31 and 37. What he meant to say is true, but he said it sloppily. Axiom 39. A better statement would be to say that life creates existences which are in
opposing pairs, which forms a problem by desiring one of each pair, and avoiding (notising) the other. Axiom 40. He didn't study enough Buddhism, otherwise this would have been said more
clearly. The CDEI (desire) aspect is missing. A problem is any creation of which: 1. either the existence is pursued and the non-existence denied, or 2. the non-existence is pursued and the existence is denied. Axiom 41. Yawn. He's thinking too hard. This is reasoned from Axiom 40, not created as-
is.
Axiom 42. Ditto. Axiom 43. Mechanically truish, but only as apparency. This one is dependent upon a
standing consideration that a creation only exists in the time of its initial creation. Given that, yes. Axiom 44. True. Also it has ALL locations in space and time. Axiom 45. No, theta can consider itself conscious at a specific limited location, and
consider itself not-conscious at all other locations. Axiom 46. No, by posing itself as static pursuing MEST, it denies being MEST, then fails
because the postulate of a goal is a preassumption of failing to reach that goal, followed by switching poles to only being MEST (and denying being static). The truth is that theta is both static AND MEST. Axiom 47. True. Anything created can be uncreated. Axiom 48. No, life is a game where theta as nothing pretends that it isn't theta as MEST,
and so pursues it. It's odd that he acknowledges "theta as MEST" in this one, a fact that he vehemently denies most of the time. It's as if he recognized the fact, then covered it up again due to the fact that he was still trapped in the primal GPMs and had to pursue matter, which pursuit can only be done as the static. Axiom 49. Sure. This is a decision, by the way. Choose to do so. Axiom 50. No duh. (antagonism can be a fun game to play with occasionally, like
playacting) Axiom 51. Sure. Like I said, the old man had the mechanics of auditing down pat. His
phrase "live communication" is an unfortunate one... Axiom 52. Very true. Too bad he forgot it when he formed the Sea Org. Axiom 53. RED ALERT! Erase this axiom from your mind. Stable data are only correct
and usable in this manner if you create them yourself. Stable data acquired from others (like LRH for instance) are foreign minds, which act as an impediment to duplication and enlightenment. His axioms on logic and reason are the heights of thinkingness, i.e. efforts to think. Axiom 54. This is no higher than the effort band of the tone scale. "Survive" is the
mechanics of animals. Which can be fun, but don't take this axiom as higher truth. Did I mention that LRH was stuck in the survive vs. succumb dichotomy? I can't take credit for initially observing that; Filbert spotted it first. Axiom 55. Okay, an aware nothingness is senior to an aware body. Got it. And yes, the
basic cycle manifests in different forms at different levels. So why didn't he research it? I did (Ghost Danse 7). Axiom 56. Huh? Theta brings a disorder of creations, which decays into orderliness at the
point on the tone scale where affinity decays to death and is reborn as perfectly ordered reasoning, then below there it fragments into chaos again. Orderliness is in the middle of the tone scale. At Death 0.0.
Axiom 57. He's switching legs among different actual triangles, and redefined control (an
effort activity) as postulation. The sequence of this should be: control (create), communicate, have. But it's still screwy. He has control from the first leg of the creation triangle, communication from the second leg of the ARC triangle, and havingness from the third leg of the being triangle. This triangle can be used, but it's written as a chimera cobbled together. What he has actually done is made a triangle spanning the three bands of Thought, Emotion, and Effort. As such, CCHs properly done constitute a type of magick... Axiom 58. True. Raises effort (thinkingness) to its highest level. Useful.
Someday, someone will come up in the Freezone who sees these axioms more clearly than I do. This person will laugh at my words, and lovingly point out my mistakes and stupidities. Hurry up will you? Ouran
#55 A FEW THOUGHTS ABOUT PHYSICS
I got into an intense discussion with my friend "M" on the subject of physics. I originally posted a few thoughts, which you can see below: I don't have the usual respect for Albert Einstein possessed by most people. It's not that I think he was a bad guy, or that he was terribly wrong or anything like that. No. But neither do I place him on any sort of pedestal, and his work as having been downloaded from Heaven while harps and trumpets played. I try to question everything. The biggest lesson I learned as a teenager while avidly reading the sci-fi novels of Robert Heinlein was that I should do my own thinking, and not allow anyone else to do it for me. Therefore Einstein is not taken as gospel by me. Let's take his famous formula E=MC squared. Okay, mass is convertible into energy, that's excellent! But why C squared? Eh? Why the speed of light multiplied times itself? That one bothered me. I had experienced plenty of light bouncing off ob jects into my eyeballs, and it sure moved fast too. And that velocity was called C (speed of light). Great. So what was a "C squared"? I never saw one of those, sorry. Let me interrupt this train of thought for a paragraph or so, by pointing out that mathematics is a method of symbolically representing abstracted ideas. Some of these ideas stand for real objects, for example "11" can be an abstraction of a supermarket carton designed to hold a dozen apples which has one apple missing, i.e. "11 apples". Other mathematical abstracts are of things, which have no real existence, such as the square root of minus one, or irrationalities such as Pi. It's not uncommon for mathematic formulas to contain impossibilities, especially complex formulas. But it bugged me to find it in a formula that simple. What could it represent? Either C squared is an impossibility, or something out t here in the universe moves at that velocity. For one thing, it's not even a proper velocity, it isn't merely the number multiplied times itself, with the distance per elapsed time placed after it. Instead even the distance/time is multiplied times itself, so that if the distance is expressed as miles and the time as seconds, then it's miles/second times miles per second; which makes absolutely no sense whatsoever in the real world. Even if we didn't do that and only multiplied the numbers, I still don't know of anyone observing anything traveling at velocity, so I'm going to shelve that and assume it's impossible. And if C squared is impossible, what does that do to the formula? It turns it into E=MC: energy equals the mass times the velocity. THAT MAKES SENSE. Sounds rather like Napoleon's favorite dictum that the impact of a military force equals its mass times its velocity. I mulled this over for a while. Then I got to thinking about objects traveling at the speed of light, which some people have said would acquire an "infinite" mass. Also I've read physics books which claim
that light has no mass. But light is energy, which was converted from mass, and light travels at C! That's contradictory! How can it have an infinite mass and no mass at the same time? Both of those have to be wrong because: 1. light exerts a small amount of pressure against anything it shines on. So it has SOME mass, but not much. Also: 2. light is bent by gravity, witnessed by gravitational lensing effects seen by astronomers. So the zero mass and the no mass ideas are both wrong. Direct observation can prove it, so toss those old theories! So I next went back to basics and asked, what happens when a mass is traveling at a high speed? It has more impact, i.e. more energy. You can observe that just by getting hit by a baseball. Therefore the correct formula is: ENERGY EQUALS MASS TIMES VELOCITY. And at some point in accelerating, a mass should lose its characteristics of a solid and behave as energy. We aren't finished. Einstein was good, but he should have paid closer attention to Heisenberg. Heisenberg noticed that (roughly) the more you know about the location of a particle, the less you know about its energy. AND the converse: the more you know about something's energy, the less you know about its location. Add Hubbard into this next: the basic formula in universes is start-change-stop. In order to know something's position you must stop its motion. In order to know something's energy, you must measure the span of its changing positions, which means to treat it as though it has a vast multitude of locations all at once. Change is motion, that is to say an altering location, which is energy. And stop is a fixed location, and anything stopped has no energy. Which means: MASS EQUALS ENERGY WITHOUT MOTION. All of the above was done treating physical reality as a triangle of nothing-energymass. Well that was a relief! What else can I clarify? Let's drop the triangle and rise one level in the structure of reality to dichotomies, and deal with zero. If a zero is an impossibility, then why is it so useful? It's not impossible. This is going to sound horribly like bad mahayana Buddhism, but zero is an existence, which has no existence. Whew! That one was painful! Allow me to explain that, okay? When I spotted the primal dichotomies I realized that all of existence in universes (the apparencies) is arranged in these pairs. My study of the Book of Lies (Crowley) had paid off, because I could see that: EVERY EXISTENCE IS BALANCED/OPPOSED BY A NON-EXISTENCE. So the physicists are flubbing badly in their search for anti-matter to balance all the matter in the universe. They are correct that matter is equally balanced by something. But it's not anti-matter composed of positively charged electrons and negatively charged protons.
MATTER IS BALANCED BY INFINITE NOTHINGNESS. Mechanically, somethingnesses are held apart from one another by nothingness. The nothingness is infinite (since a something is an object to be perceived, this placed awareness in the nothingness and unawareness in the somethings). The apparent distance between somethings is purely a matter of consideration at a level of affinity, which is to say that distance is determined by degree of communication. That is the way it works in private universes. In the physical universe there's an added factor of rhythm involved, which interferes. The physical universe is pulsing and vibrating, appearing and disappearing rapidly. This vibration seems to do two things: regularizes time in adjacent space, with the uniformity of time diminishing with increased separation and differences in relative velocity; and it regularizes distances so that they also appear to follow a uniform pattern. Physicists had better forget anti-matter and start looking for the real balance opposite matter and energy. It will appear to be nothingness sometimes, and infinity at other times. And in mathematics it will even show up as irrational numbers such as Pi. Excellent! Now that you have done all that from a viewpoint, let's try to expand beyond a viewpoint into pervasion... (One of the several flaws in Hubbard's approach after the mid 50s is that he mostly abandoned pervasion, i.e. being WHOLE SPACES rather than single viewpoints in them.)
This was a mixture of things I know directly and reasoning about it. Like any such mix, it's only as good as the direct knowledge, and as screwy as data upon which the reasoning is based. Problem is, I'm a much better mystic than I am a mathematician! M jumped on it, and a discussion erupted that was pure joy: exchanging from very different points of view without resistance. It eventually culminated in the following tentative conclusions: (Three carats "> >>" and one carat ">" are M. Two carats "> >" and none are Ouran.) On Wed, 30 May 2001 09:48:05 +0100 (GMT+02:00),
[email protected] wrote: > >> PS: Oh. I just thought of something, which I found many years ago. > >> What is movement? what happens when a particle moves? > >> Answer: it is not continuous! It is appear, disappear, appear a bit > >further, disappear, etc. > >> Like you said it also somewhere in your mail. I figured the same. >> > >Great! I'm so glad someone else spotted that! I realized that about
> >photons > >10 years ago, and wrote it up. No one I showed it to believed me, it > >was way > >too strange of an idea, complete break in reality. So be careful who > >you tell that, they may look at you as if you are crazy! > > Yes. Everybody know that the Earth is flat! To the stake, the heretic! > :) > > > > >> > >> So again: even versus this last point, what would mean: "stopped >motion". > >> Could this mean: "appearing, disappearing, appearing in the same > >place, > >> disappearing, appearing in the same place, disappearing, etc." > >? >> > >You GOT IT! That's it! Matter is attempting (not perfectly, it does > >bounce > >around) to stay stopped, to stay in one place and appear/disappear at > >that location. Like I said: inertia. :))) >> > > Now, in the above paragraph, I stumble on the next "undefined" or "misdefined" > word/concept: unmoving, or stopped, or "speed = 0". > How does one define the speed of an object? > The relativity introduces a concept of "observer's frame of reference". > Because, when we say that a particle is "appearing / disappearing /reappearing" > in "the same place", what does that mean? This is ALSO something relative, >and not absolute. If I am viewing from a viewpoint in my body, which is > on Earth, then, the atoms in my laptop are staying (to a marked degree,
> or macroscopically) at the same place. (Fortunately, or I would have difficult > to type this mail). But if my viewpoint is in the sun, all those atoms are > moving at a high speed (speed of the earth), and changing place continuously. > > Axiom 1: STAYING IN THE SAME PLACE IS A RELATIVE CONCEPT, and HAS NO ABSOLUTE MEANING. > "Stopped" means simply: vibrating in a very close fixed space, related to > an observer. > Corollary: MOVING IS ALSO RELATIVE (to the observer). > Corollary: TIME IS ALSO RELATIVE (to the observer). This is going to be hard as hell to describe... If a Being is 10 light years in diameter, all matter is seen as stopped; the only things moving are photons and cosmic rays and other quanta moving at c. Being a whole space or a large space changes the view completely. Matter becomes this stuck stuff, which is being pushed around slowly and with effort level force. The only stuff perceived as free and loose is the energy. (This is roughly the same level of perception as Einsteinian relativity, which gives us some idea where Albert was seeing.) Your mention of anchoring is the perfect way to describe the phenomenon: (This is written from a pervasive view) Axiom 2 (restated): MATTER HAS FIXED ANCHORS WITHIN A LARGER SPACE. MATTER HAS FIXED ANCHORS IN RELATION TO OTHER MATTER; ITS MOTION IS ONLY RELATIVE TO OTHER MATTER. Corollary: "fixed anchors" consists of matter being embedded in the anchors of a larger space. Corollary: energy is not anchored to matter or spaces; when it becomes anchored that turns it into matter. Corollary: the action of anchoring energy consists of stopping its inherent free-flowing (unanchored) motion. Corollary: by not being anchored to spaces, energy moves rapidly beyond the borders (anchor points) of spaces, thereby extending them. Corollary: spaces are created by free moving energy, which only later become fixed with anchor points. (A friend [who has done the entire bridge both church and Freezone] has been teaching me how to extend beyond the edges of spaces and dissolve through anchors. He has some very fascinating techniques.) > > It has only meaning relative to the observer, the viewpoint and its fixed > (relative to him, again!) anchorpoints.
> > OK. I think the above can be used as fairly correct axioms for the rest > of the discussion, and see where we arrive. > > With the above, we can try to define "matter" as "stopped motion". > Axiom 2: MATTER IS STOPPED MOTION IN RELATION TO THE ANCHOR POINTS OF THE OBJECT. > > Definition: the anchor points of an object are its extreme "corners". They > are the anchor points of the space occupied by the object. Like the 8 corners > of an (cubical) ashtray, for example. > > Compared to those anchor points, the atoms stay more or less in a fixed relative position. > > Does this idea work? > - For solid: yes > - For liquids: less > - For gas: no: in a gas, molecules can move freely around. They are not > stacked and compressed like in a gas. Hmm... the anchor points of matter are found, not in the edges of the object, but beyond them in the larger spaces within which the object is found. Reworked definition: the anchor points of an object are established by the anchors of the larger space within which it is found. (This allows one to anchor a gas.) > > Let's change our axiom to address that situation: > > Axiom 2RA: MATTER IS PARTICLES WHOSE MOVEMENT IS RESTRICTED WITHIN THE SPACE DEFINED BY THE ANCHOR POINTS OF THAT OBJECT. > > This works better: in a solid, atoms stay within the boundary of the object, > very compact. > In a liquid, they can move more, but still stay in the space of that liquid. > In a gas, they can move even more!
> > But the axiom is not 100% correct: in a solid, some atoms can leave the > main object (sublimation). > Hot water loosens water molecules, becoming gas and leaving the space of > the water. > With a gas, this is worse! A gas is not really an object with a precise > boundary. Rather, it is made of "independent" molecules or atoms, trying > to occupy all the available space. So in that context, axiom 2RA does not > really make sense. > > Let's try to put axiom 2 and axiom 2RA together. > > AXIOM 2RB: MATTER IS COMPOSED OF ATOMS. ATOMS ARE COMPOSED OF SMALLER PARTICLES (electrons, protons, neutrons) WHOSE MOVEMENTS MUST STAY WITHIN THE CLOSE BOUNDARIES OF THAT ATOM. > > This works and fits even better. :) > It works for solid, liquid and gas. > It leads to energy, by corollary: > > AXIOM 3: ENERGY IS COMPOSED OF PARTICLES WHOSE MOTION IS NOT RESTRICTED TO SUCH A RELATIVELY CLOSE BOUNDARY. > > Shit.:) > I am sailing toward similar conclusion than you regarding "energy is accelerated matter".:) Yeah... :)))))))) What I'm seeing is that matter can be accelerated to almost c, but so long as it is tied to its anchor points, it will never reach c. So... Axiom 4: C IS ACHIEVED SOLELY AND ONLY BY UNTYING MATTER FROM ITS ANCHORS, AT WHICH POINT IT CONVERTS TO ENERGY. Corollary: The use of force to untie matter from its anchors will always produce only a small fraction of the matter converted to energy.
Corollary: de-anchoring matter should achieve total conversion of it to energy. (That last one gives me chills...) > > But. > > I am not totally happy with axiom 3 above. Reworked Axiom 3: ENERGY IS NOT ANCHORED TO MATTER OR SPACES. Corollary: the apparently high velocity of energy relative to matter is a product of energy being in a non-anchored condition. > Partially because I used the word "particle" to define energy. > Now, I am getting another idea with this, because the "space where movement > is restricted" is also a relative notion! I am typing as I think, let's > see where it leads. > To a human observer, the space of the atom is a very small, space where > the movement of electrons is confined. He (the observer) is viewing it from > "outside that space". To him, the atom is matter. > But if we take a viewpoint inside the space of the atom, for example, the > viewpoint of a proton or a neutron. > From that viewpoint, the electrons around him are moving very fast, and > appear more like energy than like matter: they (proton, neutron) could not > "stop" an electron or restrict its movement. For them, it is energy. > > Now I am happy! If we define "stop" as "restricting movement to a relatively > limited space" (because there is no absolute stillness), axiom 2RB and axiom > 3 work beautifully. Right, anchored within a space, which is limited by definition. > There I reach an agreement with your sentence "matter is stopped motion", >"energy is unstopped motion". > > :)))))))))) Yippie! :)))) > > Next, I'll try to take up the process of conversion between both, analyze > what is a wave, what is the speed of light doing there as a constant, etc.
> I am already getting trains of thought coming there. > > But it's your turn now. :) Okay, just spotted this: Axiom 5: BECAUSE ENERGY IS UNRESTRICTED MOTION THAT IS NOT ANCHORED TO OBJECTS OR SPACES, ITS VELOCITY APPEARS TO ALWAYS BE ROUGHLY THE SAME FROM THE VIEWPOINT OF MATTER. Corollary: regardless of its relative velocity to anything, matter, which is anchored in a space, will always perceive C as approximately the same velocity relative to itself. Okay my scientific friend, take THAT and run with it. Looks like Einstein was right... Ouran
#56 THE DOCTRINE OF ANATTA
A person might consider their body to be their self. But the self can be aware at a different location than the body, so the self is not the body. A person might consider their personality to be their self. But the personality and its quirks can be quieted to silence so completely that the personality vanishes into nothingness, so the self is not the personality. A person might consider their identity to be their self. But the self can love another so completely that the identity vanishes into the other, so the self is not the identity. A person might consider their thoughts to be their self. But the self can exist without having a constant chatter of thoughts, so the self is not thoughts. A person might consider their mind to be their self. But the self can exist without having any mind, so the self is not the mind. A person might consider the universe to be their self. But the self can exist without being in a universe, so the self is not the universe. A person might consider their creativity to be their self. But the self can exist without creating anything, so the self is not creativity. A person might consider their being aware of things to be their self. But the self can exist without perception of anything, so the self is not perception. A person might consider their being conscious to be their self. But the self can exist without being conscious, so the self is not consciousness. A person might consider nothingness to be their self. But the self can exist as something too, so the self is not nothingness. Anything you can be, you can not-be. Anything you can not-be, you can be. So all statements of being and not-being are rejected. The self is not anything. The self is not nothing. The self is not both anything and nothing. The self is not neither anything nor nothing. None of these four statements can be applied. This is an aspect of the doctrine of anatta, which Gotama declared 2600 years ago. Ouran
#57 THE P.E.A.T. PROCESS
Last weekend I attended a workshop to learn the PEAT process. PEAT is the work of Zivorad Slavinski in Europe. Details may be found on his website: http://www.spiritual-technology.com/wp_spirit_eng/ Observations about PEAT: It runs between the spirit and body, completely bypassing the analytical mind. In fact, the analytical mind needs to be told to shut the hell up while running PEAT because too much thinking and analysis seems to interfere and slow PEAT down, even to the point of halting the process entirely if allowed to dominate the session. It resolves case back to archetypes expressed as simple dichotomies. Archetypes exist in the mind in the tone range of around +80 down to probably around +50, and constitute a type of goal. Within this range, archetypes are outside of universes, and when expressed as dichotomies these archetypes do not have terminals attached. This is quite unlike (and senior to) the Scn goals phenomena, which has goal and opposition goal plus terminal (identity pursuing the goal) and an oppterminal (opposing identity) whose goal is the oppgoal. The Scn materials of this type can never resolve any higher than +40 on the tone scale because it is attached to the parts of people focused inside universes which are known as spirits or thetans. When processing PEAT it is common for a dichotomy (known in PEAT as a Primordial Polarity) to surface and merge within a few sessions. My observation at the workshop is that dichotomies found via PEAT fall into roughly three groups: 1. A primal pair, one of the ones in GD38.html. 2. A slightly scrambled primal pair, where the things opposed have been crossed up or altered slightly (This is NOT to say the PC said their polarity wrong. This is saying that the case condition is a mildly crossed up or illogical polarity. This is common enough in dealing with dichotomies. These things are so far above ordered, logical thought that reasoning itself breaks down and is useless. Keep in mind that one of the primary attributes of a person is creation of effects; and it doesn't matter what the effects are, whether they are logical or reasonable or even desirable does not matter. Creation is a DO; the result is a DONE, with no whys or becauses. And it's silly to try to make sense out of creations -- one just DOES them. So a person will create oppositions, which make no sense whatsoever. Don't bother trying to make sense out of these, just audit what's there.). 3. A dichotomy, which operates at a lower level, existing as an archetype behind some less broad physical universe phenomenon. An example of this would be "male/female".
This may or may not get into terminals (identities which play specific games); "male/female" obviously does. PEAT is extremely simple and easy to run. I could audit it dead drunk if I had a crib sheet in front of me! (Ha! Not that I would audit while drunk, heh heh!) ;-) The deep PEAT process works by locating a division into a polarity behind case and reintegrating it. I noticed that it seemed to resolve the "hottest" polarity associated with the person. The trainers were constantly talking about "getting MY primes" or "you finding YOUR primes" as though each person only has one pair of these which is attached to themselves as a game terminal (thetan+body) in the universe. And it may well be that each person has one of these as their hottest button or main focus. But I also consider this an unfortunate idea because it does not duplicate the real structure of the full mind. According to Alan Walter's theory on this type of dichotomy (one stated without terminal or oppterm) each individual spirit in this universe has only one pair (one set of "codes" in Alan's system) which it pursues. This is viewing case from the enforced viewpoint of a spirit or thetan only. Exteriorizing from the physical universe, it becomes apparent (to me) that there are several strata of these polarities or dichotomies, which make up all of reality and all persons. These dichotomies are the so-called "agreements" which allow us to all play in the same universe. LRH's idea that these are "agreements" made by thetans is erroneous however. These are established at the level of Coexistence (tone 160), not of thetans (tone 40 or below). Bluntly, a person cannot exist in this universe without creating the entire universe (for example, perception consists of first creating something there to perceive...), which means that each individual is creating ALL the items (which may or may not be polarized) which make up the universe. Some may be more heavily charged (and polarized) at the terminals (thetan and body), that's all. Personally I am so intensely aware of the full set of primal pairs, and have exteriorized from the universe enough times, that attaching any specific pair to myself as a thetan just seems too limited and incorrect. Definitely getting "my" primes is a "wrong indication" to me. Conclusions after the workshop: PEAT is an extremely valuable process for resolving conflicts at a high level and low both, as it effectively discharges much of the conflict between spirit and body while resolving these polarities. (The top primal pair at GD38.html is zero/infinity, which manifests within the universe as spirit/matter, which operationally becomes spirit/body.) Unless Zivorad has more than what I saw, PEAT does not seem to lead to resolving each and every polarity in existence, merely the charged ones attached to terminals/thetans. We already know that at least one primal pair can be discharged on anyone who can be gotten into session to run it:
Power process #4 (Source) directly addresses a primal pair or what Zivorad calls a Primordial Polarity (I find it delightful that we independently invented almost identical names for these). By extension I assume that Power type processes can be invented to address the other pairs. I still do not know whether or not PEAT might also be developed into the only tool to attain the purpose of Gotama. It certainly looks like it can be used to help. It is my understanding that Zivorad continues to research this and other procedures. What he has so far is excellent. I recommend PEAT. Ouran (Sidebar -- These Primal Pairs or Primordial Polarities consist of GOALS. One of the pair is pursued avidly, the other is shunned in horror. Since these are goals, they operate on the CDEI scale. Everything below Desire on the CDEI scale consists of resistance, that is to say, case. This case appears as "black mass". So does one resolve all case by relieving the resistance, force, not-isness, etc? I thought so too for a long time... Doing so does clean a person up very nice and shiny. But there is a fly in the ointment of balmy paradise [if I may be allowed to deliberately mangle a cliché]: they do not stay clean. (I was reading Edmund Meadows [Viking Remote Viewing] and he kept mentioning something he called "white mass". For example he called "love" a white mass like sticky honey. I puzzled over it. Edmund is a wonderful guy, I like him very much, but he sure is difficult to read and understand sometimes! Later I was reading the Pali language texts of Buddhism, and Gotama was talking about desire and attachment -- and it all fell into place for me suddenly. They were both talking about Desire, that same Desire that appears in the CDEI scale sequence as the decay scale of a goal. DESIRE IS PART OF THE DECAY OF A GOAL. (Not only is resistance case; but desire is also case. That suddenly made it evident to me why people who went "clear" also went off the deep end later. They were still attached and the desire sucked them right back into the game, and down the CDEI scale. (It turns out that Gotama was right all along.)
#58 THE TOP OF THE TONE SCALE A number of peculiar things occur as one rises up the tone scale: Beyond a certain point the tone scale changes in appearance from a linear scale into a circle seen as a giant cycle of action encompassing everything. Then the circle breaks into smaller cycles. Then the cycles disappear into their dichotomies. Then each dichotomy merges into a single idea. Then the entire structure vanishes. The tone scale only has existence when viewed in the Thought band or lower. Somewhere around tone 80 or slightly above, the whole thing begins to unravel; and as one ascends, it falls to pieces, finally dissolving completely by tone 100. This has a curious effect on viewing the "top" of the scale: the top tone range of +400 through +100 is perceived as a distortion (maya or illusion) and doesn't really exist in the sequence given. The dichotomies/creations of that upper area using Filbert's sequence are: Zero=infinity (existence) one=everyone (consciousness) know=not-know (perception) Truth=lies (creation) Using Buddha's description they are: perception/non-perception (know=not-know) nothingness & infinite space (zero=infinity) infinite consciousness (one=everyone) It might seem that either Buddha or Filbert were wrong, or that Buddha omitted truth=lies. But such a seeming would be a limited view. The truth is that in order to perceive something, one must create it, i.e. put it there to be perceived. That demonstrates that creation and perception are the same item. But wait! There's more! Anything which one creates is a part of oneself. Creation is the act of splitting self into knower and thing known. The knowing is placed as consciousness. The thing known is then placed at not-know so that it will not have any consciousness. Do this enough times and soon there are islands of consciousness surrounded by a sea of unconsciousness, which is being viewed -- which creates isolated/separated consciousnesses, i.e. individuals. Which demonstrates that consciousness, creation and perception are all the same item.
But wait! There's more! Consciousness of perception of creations has placed "things" (creations which are objects and energies) to perceive, so the perceiving is done where there are no objects or energies. This forms an aware nothingness viewing everything created, which is the zero=infinity of existence. So the truth is that existence, consciousness, perception and creation are all a single item. They are NOT four different things. They only appear to be four different things
when viewed from +80 or lower on the tone scale. This is not telling you to trash them however. The four views of the top are extremely useful tools for attaining the top; any one of which can be used (and has been used in the past) alone to attain enlightenment. Buddha seems to have used three of them. My advice is not to use just one of them; use ALL FOUR . You'll know you are having success when they begin to merge together! ----------------------------------------------------------------You might have noticed that sometimes I express the primal items as goals, sometimes as opposing dichotomies, and sometimes as a pair which equal one another. Please do not be confused by my rapidly shifting viewpoint. These primal items can be viewed any of those three ways. When viewed from below the Thought band they appear as goals, which command the terminals (thetan and body). When viewed from the lower Thought band they appear as opposing dichotomies. When viewed from the middle Thought band they appear as unified items. When viewed from Truth or higher, they vanish. There is nothing to view. I hope that if you have read this far, you the reader no longer consider your body to be your only self. I hope that if you have read this far, you the reader no longer consider your viewpoint in space to be your only self. There is a self, and it is you. This self is both inside the universe as a viewpoint, inside the universe as a body, throughout the universe as a pervasion, and beyond/outside the universe. The pervasion is conscious in some locations to various degrees, and unconscious in many more locations, therefore this self is also everyone else. This is not to imply that at the top all selves merge into a single self, which eats them up, their individuality destroyed. Individuality is not destroyed. All individual viewpoints remain individual, yet there is awareness of being ALL of them. One becomes aware of creating all viewpoints and points viewed. One becomes aware of creating one's own awareness, and everyone else's too. One becomes aware that everything in the universe is alive -- and though a fence post might be completely unconscious, it can be woke up. And one sees that awareness can be placed at will anywhere, and so there are remote viewpoints, and entities too (the difference between a remote and an entity lie in the entity having different goals from its creator).
The above paragraphs are merely thoughts placed as words on a page. Thoughts are not the reality. Studying these thoughts does not produce enlightenment. Thinking these ideas does not produce enlightenment. What produces enlightenment are the processes and drills of Buddhism, Freezone scn, raja yoga, and similar practices. Therefore my advice is to place my words aside and do the processes. Ouran
#59 GOALS AND THE CDEI SCALE Case consists of charged polarities. ANY charged polarity. It can be love/hate, can/can't, have/not-have, know/not-know, male/female, anything, which has been divided that, gets charged up. A polarity becomes charged when one end of it is pursued as a goal. The action of pursuing one end of a polarity involves denying the other end as undesired, unknowable, resisted, unbeable, etc. At a very high level, a person is creating BOTH ends of any polarity. By pursuing only one end, the person is denying their own creation. This act of putting something there and then trying to make it not exist is the real cause of the charge. It is charged because the person is "NOT-WHOLE" on that subject. Any polarity of which a person is pursuing one end as a goal operates on the scale of goal pursuit, which is the basic CDEI scale (this is a shortened version of the scale): CURIOUS DESIRE ENFORCE INHIBIT NO REJECTED This is the decay scale of any goal. Let me repeat that, because I do not recall it ever been said by LRH: THE CDEI SCALE IS THE DECAY SCALE FOR GOALS. Curiosity and desire bind the person to the goal, which Buddha warned against, and which leads to what Edmund Meadows calls "white mass". The remainder of the CDEI scale creates "black mass" in the mind. The difference between white and black is simply whether it is being obliterated from sight or not. If it is resisted, it goes black in the mind (then invisible). Ouran
#65 NEW CDEI SCALE BUTTON FOR GOALS PROCESSING A few weeks ago I had the opportunity to watch a friend do a demonstration session using Zivorad Slavinski's Aspectika process. There was quite a difference between reading the process on paper and watching it being run on a processee. For one thing I could SEE what was happening in front of me. Aspectika is goals processing. It runs goals in chains by locating the higher goal, which is behind the one being examined, then taking up that higher one, then looking for the one higher than it. This is quite a departure from the Scn line plot. A line plot is horizontal in level, and locating goals in prior times never breaks out of the circle. Aspectika on the other hand looks for higher goals, working upward into absolutes and finally into static itself. One of my personal discoveries is that the CDEI scale is simply the decay scale of a goal, any goal. I do not recall seeing that fact written anywhere, but if it is, fine. Anyone who might have spotted that first, congratulations! :) The CDEI scale phenomena is most likely what Buddha was talking about when he spoke of "thirst" and "desire" being a major element of case. Goals decay down this scale until the goal failure is intolerable, at which point the person takes a new goal. This taking on a new goal can be done both horizontally as seen in a line plot, and/or it can be done vertically as witnessed in Aspectika processing. To refresh any memories, and for reference, here is the expanded CDEI scale as given by Geoffrey Filbert: Not know, know, unknown, wonder, curious, desired, enforced, inhibited, no, refused, false, denied, absurd,
rationalized, abusive, horrible, compressed, conjured, recriminatory Watching the Aspectika session it became very obvious to me that a new, final button would have to be added to the CDEI scale. That final button might not always come after "recriminatory", it might appear higher up. For example, "conjured" could well be the last hallucinatory creation in the very act of beginning a new cycle. The final button appears on the scale at the point where the goal failure is intolerable to the person. The final button of the CDEI scale is: SUBSTITUTE Substitute ends the current goal by replacing it with a new goal. This button is not only at the bottom of the CDEI scale, it is also at the top above "not know" when working backwards along a chain of goals, or along a single goal working back in time. When a new goal is substituted for the failed old one, the new goal then decays normally from the top at "not know" through "know", "unknown", "curious", etc. When using this new button in Scn style auditing be wary of simply working it in an attempt to get charge off it. It is more than a charged button; it is the link to a higher or previous goal. So be prepared to go earlier and/or higher when you use it. A last caution about processing goals: the Scn habit of running goals with terminals, and other physical universe existences described by nouns, is a mistake. Doing so grounds the charge of the associated GPM(s) directly into the thetan, and through the thetan into the body. Goals do not need to be run in this dangerous manner any longer. I won't list the names of casualties here. Ouran
#66 CREATE/DESTROY AND THE SHADOW TONES
Hubbard said in his axioms that a person has the ability to postulate and perceive. That is not correct, perception is also postulated. Most scios seem to consider a postulate to be a thought. That is not correct. It is a decision, specifically it is a creative decision about beingness. So "creative decision about beingness" is the only ability of the life static. Therefore creation as manifested postulation is the primary action, and is the "first" or "top" item. This when polarized is perceived as create/destroy. Create/destroy is on the tone scale at +100 and -100. Both sides of the dichotomy are at both tones. +100 is the life static as Cause/Source, and -100 is the life static as Effect/Matter (Malkuth in the Kabbalah). The range between those tones consists of postulated absolutes, universes and minds. "Above" +100 are created characteristics for pure spirit as a source/creator. I call those the "reflections upward". Beneath the physical universe, i.e. below -100, lie what I call the "shadows". They are created characteristics for the dark pool of theta, which is being physical matter. This is also known as "the Deep" in magick, and the Qliphoth. These tones are insane. Spot that they are beneath physical matter. (spot, not think please) Spot that matter itself is alive and dimly aware in a weird way, as an inflowing, sucking sponge. Spot that entities are generated out of matter, and that their source is the dark pervasion of space, which was created opposite the bright, sparks of thetans. The two were created together and balance each other. If this sounds Gnostic, you are right. Thetans and the dark pervasion are the extremes of a specific absolute creation "above time in a while" as Filbert would express it. Yes they are a polarization. Spot that desire (and indeed the entire CDEI scale of goals) hooks into matter at -100 on the tone scale, and that resolution of desire/thirst/craving means confronting and dissolving the polarities in the Deep, in the tones beneath -100. One of them Filbert named "Evil". I will not argue with Geoffrey as to that name. Spot that from a thetan viewpoint the tone Evil is psycho. Spot that from the perspective of the dark pervasion, the tone Evil is reasonable and good. Spot that the dark pervasion keeps goals quite different from and opposing to those of a thetan. The Deep is at tone -320. Its polarization seems to be expressible as "Other be vs. Not be" as the extremes of the energy/absolute of surrendering self to infinity. The Deep needs to be confronted or godhood will not be achieved at +320. Evil seems to be polarized into "dominance vs. submission" or some similar extremes. Spot that they hook into desire/thirst/craving and make it persist. Be on the alert for
double ended polarization, where dominance is God and submission is Evil, while at the same time Evil is dominance and the universe is submitting. I realize that last sentence sounded sort of crazy, but that's the Shadows -- insane. I would advise you to investigate this tone and dichotomy for the source of addiction. Remember: addiction arises in matter (usually in the body), not a thetan. Again, the shadows are the characteristics assigned to matter. The third item in the Shadows is the madness of hallucination. It seems to be polarized into "illusion or one's personal universe vs. the apparency of existence". Spot it as the real source of the "need" for drug rundowns. Ouran
#70 THE "NAMELESS" TECHNIQUE Note! This is a TROM timebreaking technique I use a technique I evolved out of a combination of several disciplines, among which are scientology, buddhism and raja yoga. For the longest I did not have a name for it, then one day I described it as being "nameless" to someone... and realized I had finally given it a name. Basically it boils down to a precise awareness of how the mind works. Here's the sequence: 1) A thought/idea or mental image will be the triggering factor. This could be a thought like "What if some terrorist spreads anthrax through the subway when I'm on it tomorrow?" Or it could simply be a mental image such as the picture of that woman's fingers who had skin anthrax. Any thought or image has an exact size and location in space, noticing this size/location will usually reduce their power to make a person unhappy. 2) The thought or image will trigger a feeling or sensation in the body (not an emotion, see #3). This is the mechanism by which the primitive mind/hindbrain obtains obedience from the organism as a whole by forcing unpleasant sensations onto it. This feeling or sensation will normally be in or somewhere between the head down through the abdomen and anywhere in line between. This feeling or sensation will have a specific location in the body, and the size and edges of it can be located precisely. 3) The feeling or sensation in the body will trigger an emotion. An emotion can be a positive emotion, but we are not dealing with those here (such are dealt with in higher meditation however). In this case we are dealing with a negative emotion, such as anger, grief, fear, hopelessness, resentment and all forms of hostility. An emotion can be distinguished from a feeling or sensation by the fact that an emotion is pervasive. It occupies a whole space rather than having an exact location, the way a feeling or sensation does (though sometimes a person can have a feeling or sensation dominate the entire body, so that they seem pervasive). 4) The emotion will have a specific mental attitude connected to it. This consists of fixed ways to be right, and in the case of negative emotions, fixed ways of making oneself right by making others wrong. This attitude contains narrow assumptions and views about the world, which attach to the emotion. The technique: When one is flooded by a negative emotion (such as fear), close your
eyes and locate the feeling or sensation in the body, which triggered it. Next spot the thought or mental image, which triggered the feeling or sensation. Locate the attitude and inherent make-wrongs (service facsimiles) which ride on the emotion. Once you have found all the parts spot the attachments of each to the others. Simultaneously spot the
emotion and the fact that it is originating in the body's feeling or sensation, and at the same time spot the thought or image, which is placing the feeling/sensation in the body. Get as precise a location as possible. Look for other images or thoughts, but especially images, which have become attached to the original thought or image. These are sometimes in multiple layers. Take any images from the past and timebreak them by holding the image in the mind while simultaneous holding the image of present time reality in front of you. Compare them to one another. Notice how and in what ways they are different from one another. Note on theory: The mind works by attaching/associating things to one another. This is necessary to think and reason, but it also is how the mind oppresses the spirit. The way to free oneself from unwanted or negative emotional/sensational oppression is to notice the attachments, doing which almost automatically detaches them (unless the person is in extreme spiritual/emotional/physical pain or is heavily drugged, in which case DO NOT DO THIS TECHNIQUE). A reading of the Pali language texts of Buddhism will show that Gautama spoke often of attachment and clinging. The old master knew what he was talking about... Ouran
#71 SPOTTING LOVE/HATE IN ARC I ran across the most amazing passage in Filbert's "Excalibur Revisited". The first time I read it (last year) I dismissed it by disagreeing. This time I spotted the truth in it, and I want to quote it here because it directly pertains to primal polarities. Prior to this quote, Filbert was describing a course of high level solo processing, after which he remarked: After this step of competence is achieved, the next thing a person would do is to take a fresh look at ARC. This 1 in 10,000 type of fellow should note that they are not in that order. He should work the order out, and I bet he finds it to be CRA. If one drops reality, they get affinity instead. If one increases reality, it drops affinity. This may not be obvious to the reader but it would be to the 1 in 10,000 fellow. He'll be laughing about "no wonder the girl I loved more than my Own life was the one I disagreed with totally about everything, it isn't that opposites attract, it is that affinity and reality are mutually exclusive!" and he won't be overwhelmingly in love with what he violently disagrees with anymore, and he will be free from the love-hate dichotomy on that alone, for eternity. The 9,999 wouldn't before they want some more "rounds" of the glue and gun. There are a number of ways to view a triangle. When viewed as a cycle of action, the triangle is sequenced ACR, affinity being Start, communication being Change, and Reality being Stop. But when viewing the triangle as a polarity or dichotomy, then it can indeed appear to be sequenced CRA, because communication over time decays on the CDEI scale, which leads to a polarized condition where reality opposes affinity! What Filbert was doing in that paragraph was spotting his own primal polarity of love-hate, and spotting it as an aspect of the ARC triangle! But he didn't quite put it together... I have made a point of Filbert's paragraph because some people reading it may spot the actuality behind his words, and benefit. Ouran
#73 THE 4 VECTORS OF SO-CALLED "CREATION" A variety of different polarities related to "create" have come to light through processing and meditation. Because some of them are so different from each other, it puzzled me and came close to confusing me. But of course the way to avoid confusion is to release all anchor points and viewpoints (stable data and firmly held perspectives) and pervade the entire area. Then look around. Among the polarities related to creation are: create/uncreate create/destroy truth/lies truth/create Probably the most common one reported is "create/destroy". But what does "create/destroy" mean? What do any of them mean? Words are not what they represent. Definitions of these can be slippery, because different people mean different actual polarities when they say these words. "Destroy" for example gives me the impression of being an attempted not-ising view of uncreate, viewing uncreate as a negative pole. When one is resisting uncreation, it can seem like something negative: destruction. Instead of idiotically reasoning about these further, I decided to know them. I began to directly experience the processes of creation itself without any preconceived ideas or views. This is what I spotted: "Creation" and its assigned opposite are actually attempts to describe two different polarities. This is because creating consists of two different activities. One pair involve bringing some original, independent creation either into or out of existence. It could be described as: to manifest/to unmanifest existence/non-existence be/not be (and more fuzzily...) create/uncreate create/destroy (Hmm...) Hubbard called both ends of this activity "as-isness". To "as-is" makes something appear, but because it is a pure creation not attached to any other reality, or otherwise altered, it vanishes in the same moment in which it is created.
The second pair involve taking the original, independent creations made in the first polarity, and sticking them to each other, combining them and saying that the result is one thing instead of two (or more) things. This achieves a persistence. This activity can be described as a polarity thusly: sticking together/unsticking attaching/detaching creating/truth create/destroy (... Aha! Again? Not the same polarity, the wording of this dichotomy is slippery.) The latter two are what people sometimes call this activity; the former two are more accurately describing what people actually DO! Applied only to mental activity, sticking two things together becomes the activity of attaching meaning to something. Therefore one also gets: meaning (significance)/meaningless (no significance attached) Hubbard called the sticking together "alter-isness", and named the unsticking "as-isness" (that makes three different things he's calling as-isness) and also he sometimes described it as "differentiation". He never did fully spot the entire mechanism, despite the fact that it was indicated fairly plainly in the Pali texts of Buddhism. Perhaps he never had the opportunity to read those suttas... In the physical universe the second pair directly relates to a person's normal perception of time. There is no "time" as we usually think of it. The past does not exist. There is only the present and our creation of a future. With every pulse of the vibration of matter and energy, all matter and energy vanish and are created anew. And I do mean NEW! The new matter and energy are not the old matter and energy, despite the fact that we create slightly altered resemblances of the previous matter and energy. The huge lie of time is this: we attach the new creations to the old vanished creations, saying they are one continuous creation, enforcing what is not there. One
of the brightest things Hubbard ever said is that time states the untruth of consecutive creation. Uncreation of a time track consists of simply detaching these creations from one another. Yesterday does not exist. Knowing that, using memory becomes seen as recreating mockups of what is not there. Now we know exactly how timebreaking works. By comparing the two it is simply detaching what IS (the present) from a hallucinatory convenient (and often inconvenient) illusion called the past. Most processing consists of unattaching things from one another, with occasional actions of reattaching (such as assigning correct ownership), and also the action of taking something completely out of existence. This latter is much rarer in processing
than one might believe. Taking something out of existence sends a person's consciousness right out of the universe for a while. But of course it comes back because it has so many untouched polarized existences. There is a danger to taking something out of existence, and that is when one takes only half of something out, one pole, and leaves the other pole intact. This is the real
phenomenon occurring when running a scn process, which is working a dichotomy, and leaving it unfinished. If the processor quits after one half of the dichotomy has been taken to extremely good indicators and much release, without taking its opposite out, then the person feels very very good for a while... and some time later crashes and burns because the opposite pole is still there. This is especially important with the Power processes of scn. If for instance one runs Power process #4 (Source) and gets the end phenomenon and huge release from "Tell me a source", then the negative pole is still there and in full restimulation! This is a sure-fire recipe for ascension/crash, because "no source" is the other half of the truth, is still fully in existence, and because it is no longer balanced by "source", will COME FULLY INTO MANIFESTATION! The person will become a no source and crash downscale and burn! The missing data in scn is the polarity tech being researched in the late 90s and 00s. The basic rules are these: One can detach bits of case from each other safely without having to work both sides of any polarities involved. (It's best to do so, but not necessary.) This is not true however with taking case out of the universe completely. When totally uncreating an item of case, both sides of any polarity involved must be taken out of existence, or the untouched pole will not merely persist, but actually increase its manifestation. If it's the positive pole the person will exhibit positive gain as a persistence, which is an untruth that will lead to obsessive and excessive positive behavior leading to a new massive service facsimile. If it's the negative pole, look out! One is in for a tough time of negative behavior and unhappiness. Ouran
#74 SEE WHERE YOU ARE Anything you can perceive you are separate from. Otherwise you would not perceive it. Perception (knowledge, awareness) requires separation into knower and knowee. Both are self, however. If you are aware of being aware, then you are viewing that awareness from "somewhere else". Spot that space (hint: it will not be in physical universe space). The only location of which a person cannot be aware, is the location from which they are being aware. Follow that darkness and that not-know, until service facsimiles ignite like neon lights in the night. All one's viewpoints were dark points... Ignore the body and the body's senses and its orientation. Ever do any yoga style meditation where you sit comfortably, close the eyes and not think? Get into that state. Then locate a vast (infinite) space, which is filled with thoughts, ideas, points of view, and others' points of view. Then run Max's viewpoint/anchor point process, while paying close attention to viewpoints one at a time. Assume a viewpoint. Then move to a different viewpoint. Look at the first viewpoint from the 2nd. See the fixed (enforced) ideas, which you could not spot while being at the viewpoint? Notice how these make up an identity? Notice how every time you assume a viewpoint, you cannot see the viewpoint itself? That's the "blind spot" and it is the cause of serfacs. Viewpoint/anchor point process (quote from original email from Max): > I was running some Ifa polarities 2nite with great success. > > Then, inspired by the latest Pali-board message I sent you, I tried > successive viewpoint switching in relation to an anchor point. > > I took an anchor point, got the viewpoint, took that viewpoint as > an anchor point, found another viewpoint 'higher' or more 'distant' > than the previous, hopped onto the other and so forth until > floating without anchor point. > > Then, looking back down the chain of anchor points, I spotted > all serfacs nearly simultaneously :-) > > Great stuff :-)
> > mx It's simple enough to derive formal commands from that. In both mental space and physical universe space, it is not possible to place attention on the location of one's own viewpoint, not without moving to a different viewpoint. A habitual or stuck viewpoint becomes a blind spot. Enforced, it leads to serfac phenomena. This process is an undercut for scientology's Grade 4. The action of creation, which is bringing something into manifestation, requires that you not-be that which you are creating. This be/not-be polarization creates the tone scale, on which the action of creation places an arbitrary "spirit" high on the scale, while the creation itself is dropped toward the bottom of the scale as matter, energy, etc. Anchor/view phenomena is a fractal variation of this. So also is the flow or beam from others, leading to self image which is the energetic variant, which is the source of the image held as a service facsimile. Do not get too lost in the fractals however. Keep aware that the basic is BE/NOT-BE. Anything you created is you, if you would only reunite with it. ************************************** Much of the above will make no sense to the logical mind. The above was not written for the logical mind, which would only wish to argue about it. The above was written with the sole purpose of encouraging cognition. And what can cognite? The "nothing" end of the real person! If no cognition occurs I suggest you tell your mind to shut the fuck up! ;-))))) Thoughts get in the way. Emotions get in the way. Feelings get in the way. Mental images get in the way. Efforts and resistances get in the way. The mind of the bodyself (genetic entity) can get in the way (Body: "feed me! sex me! I wanna sleep!") All these are things, and these things are Mind. These are somethings, which interfere with the Nothing which cognites, and which also interferes with Matter. Spirit/matter is one of the basic polarities, but the crap, which accumulates between them and creates polarization, is Mind, and Mind is the problem. Eventually one must remove Mind (the polarization) and operate directly, recreating Mind as needed, but most of the time allowing Mind to fall into the void, discreated. I'd ask you to keep that in mind, but mind is what I ask you not to keep, or at least, not to enforce. So don't ask me what I think... I'm trying to quit! ;-)
Can truth and humor exist side by side? You decide. Seriousness is enforcement. Anything below Desire on the CDEI scale is case. :-) Ouran
#62 THE THUNDER, PERFECT MIND
Translated by George W. MacRae (Written more than 1700 years ago. This looks like it might have been a ritual, and like it could be used as a process to dissolve or relieve the goals attached to identities.) I was sent forth from the power, and I have come to those who reflect upon me, and I have been found among those who seek after me. Look upon me, you who reflect upon me, and you hearers, hear me. You who are waiting for me, take me to yourselves. And do not banish me from your sight. And do not make your voice hate me, nor your hearing. Do not be ignorant of me anywhere or any time. Be on your guard! Do not be ignorant of me. For I am the first and the last. I am the honored one and the scorned one. I am the whore and the holy one. I am the wife and the virgin. I am
and the daughter. I am the members of my mother. I am the barren one and many are her sons. I am she whose wedding is great, and I have not taken a husband. I am the midwife and she who does not bear. I am the solace of my labor pains. I am the bride and the bridegroom, and it is my husband who begot me. I am the mother of my father
and the sister of my husband and he is my offspring. I am the slave of him who prepared me. I am the ruler of my offspring. But he is the one who begot me before the time on a birthday. And he is my offspring in (due) time, and my power is from him. I am the staff of his power in his youth, and he is the rod of my old age. And whatever he wills happens to me. I am the silence that is incomprehensible and the idea whose remembrance is frequent. I am the voice whose sound is manifold and the word whose appearance is multiple. I am the utterance of my name. Why, you who hate me, do you love me, and hate those who love me? You who deny me, confess me, and you who confess me, deny me. You who tell the truth about me, lie about me, and you who have lied about me, tell the truth about me. You who know me, be ignorant of me, and those who have not known me, let them know me. For I am knowledge and ignorance. I am shame and boldness. I am shameless; I am ashamed. I am strength and I am fear.
I am war and peace. Give heed to me. I am the one who is disgraced and the great one. Give heed to my poverty and my wealth. Do not be arrogant to me when I am cast out upon the earth, and you will find me in those that are to come. And do not look upon me on the dung-heap nor go and leave me cast out, and you will find me in the kingdoms. And do not look upon me when I am cast out among those who are disgraced and in the least places, nor laugh at me. And do not cast me out among those who are slain in violence. But I, I am compassionate and I am cruel. Be on your guard! Do not hate my obedience and do not love my self-control. In my weakness, do not forsake me, and do not be afraid of my power. For why do you despise my fear and curse my pride? But I am she who exists in all fears and strength in trembling. I am she who is weak, and I am well in a pleasant place. I am senseless and I am wise. Why have you hated me in your counsels? For I shall be silent among those who are silent, and I shall appear and speak, Why then have you hated me, you Greeks? Because I am a barbarian among the barbarians?
For I am the wisdom of the Greeks and the knowledge of the barbarians. I am the judgment of the Greeks and of the barbarians. I am the one whose image is great in Egypt and the one who has no image among the barbarians. I am the one who has been hated everywhere and who has been loved everywhere. I am the one whom they call Life, and you have called Death. I am the one whom they call Law, and you have called Lawlessness. I am the one whom you have pursued, and I am the one whom you have seized. I am the one whom you have scattered, and you have gathered me together. I am the one before whom you have been ashamed, and you have been shameless to me. I am she who does not keep festival, and I am she whose festivals are many. I, I am godless, and I am the one whose God is great. I am the one whom you have reflected upon, and you have scorned me. I am unlearned, and they learn from me. I am the one that you have despised, and you reflect upon me. I am the one whom you have hidden from, and you appear to me. But whenever you hide yourselves, I myself will appear. For whenever you appear,
I myself will hide from you. Those who have [...] to it [...] senselessly [...]. Take me [... understanding] from grief. And take me to yourselves from understanding and grief. And take me to yourselves from places that are ugly and in ruin, and rob from those, which are good even though in ugliness. Out of shame, take me to yourselves shamelessly; and out of shamelessness and shame, upbraid my members in yourselves. And come forward to me, you who know me and you who know my members, and establish the great ones among the small first creatures. Come forward to childhood, and do not despise it because it is small and it is little. And do not turn away greatnesses in some parts from the smallnesses, for the smallnesses are known from the greatnesses. Why do you curse me and honor me? You have wounded and you have had mercy. Do not separate me from the first ones whom you have known. And do not cast anyone out nor turn anyone away [...] turn you away and [... know] him not. [...]. What is mine [...]. I know the first ones and those after them know me. But I am the mind of [...] and the rest of [...]. I am the knowledge of my inquiry, and the finding of those who seek after me, and the command of those who ask of me, and the power of the powers in my knowledge of the angels, who have been sent at my word, and of gods in their seasons by my counsel,
and of spirits of every man who exists with me, and of women who dwell within me. I am the one who is honored, and who is praised, and who is despised scornfully. I am peace, and war has come because of me. And I am an alien and a citizen. I am the substance and the one who has no substance. Those who are without association with me are ignorant of me, and those who are in my substance are the ones who know me. Those who are close to me have been ignorant of me, and those who are far away from me are the ones who have known me. On the day when I am close to you, you are far away from me, and on the day when I am far away from you, I am close to you. [I am ...] within. [I am ...] of the natures. I am [...] of the creation of the spirits. [...] request of the souls. I am control and the uncontrollable. I am the union and the dissolution. I am the abiding and I am the dissolution. I am the one below, and they come up to me. I am the judgment and the acquittal. I, I am sinless, and the root of sin derives from me. I am lust in (outward) appearance, and interior self-control exists within me. I am the hearing, which is attainable to everyone and the speech, which cannot be grasped. I am a mute who does not speak, and great is my multitude of words. Hear me in gentleness, and learn of me in roughness. I am she who cries out,
and I am cast forth upon the face of the earth. I prepare the bread and my mind within. I am the knowledge of my name. I am the one who cries out, and I listen. I appear and [...] walk in [...] seal of my [...]. I am [...] the defense [...]. I am the one who is called Truth and iniquity [...]. You honor me [...] and you whisper against me. You who are vanquished, judge them (who vanquish you) before they give judgment against you, because the judge and partiality exist in you. If you are condemned by this one, who will acquit you? Or, if you are acquitted by him, who will be able to detain you? For what is inside of you is what is outside of you, and the one who fashions you on the outside is the one who shaped the inside of you. And what you see outside of you, you see inside of you; it is visible and it is your garment. Hear me, you hearers and learn of my words, you who know me. I am the hearing that is attainable to everything; I am the speech that cannot be grasped. I am the name of the sound and the sound of the name. I am the sign of the letter and the designation of the division. And I [...]. (3 lines missing) [...] light [...]. [...] hearers [...] to you [...] the great power. And [...] will not move the name. [...] to the one who created me. And I will speak his name. Look then at his words and all the writings which have been completed. Give heed then, you hearers and you also, the angels and those who have been sent, and you spirits who have arisen from the dead. For I am the one who alone exists, and I have no one who will judge me.
For many are the pleasant forms which exist in numerous sins, and incontinences, and disgraceful passions, and fleeting pleasures, which (men) embrace until they become sober and go up to their resting place. And they will find me there, and they will live, and they will not die again.
#63 THE FIRST SERMON TO THE DEAD by "Basilidies" (Carl Gustav Jung) The Dead came back from Jerusalem, where they found not what they sought. They prayed me let them in and besought my word, and thus I began my teaching. Harken: I begin with nothingness. Nothingness is the same as fullness. In infinity full is no better than empty. Nothingness is both empty and full. As well might ye say anything else of nothingness, as for instance, white is it, or black, or again, it is not, or it is. A thing that is infinite and eternal hath no qualities, since it hath all qualities. This nothingness or fullness we name the Pleroma. Therein both thinking and being cease, since the eternal and infinite possess no qualities. In it no being is, for he then would be distinct from the pleroma, and would possess qualities, which would distinguish him as something distinct from the pleroma. In the pleroma there is nothing and everything. It is quite fruitless to think about the pleroma, for this would mean self-dissolution. Creatura is not in the pleroma, but in itself. The pleroma is both beginning and end of the created beings. It pervadeth them, as the light of the sun everywhere pervadeth the air. Although the pleroma pervadeth altogether, yet hath created being no share thereof, just as wholly transparent body becometh neither light nor dark through the light nor dark through the light, which pervadeth it. We are, however, the pleroma itself, for we are a part of the eternal and the infinite. But we have no share thereof, as we are from the pleroma infinitely removed; not spiritually or temporally, but essentially, since we are distinguished from the pleroma in our essence as creatura, which is confined within time and space. Yet because we are parts of the pleroma, the pleroma is also in us. Even in the smallest point is the pleroma endless, eternal, and entire, since small and great are qualities, which are contained in it. It is that nothingness which is everywhere whole and continuous. Only figuratively, therefore, do I speak of created being as part of the pleroma. Because, actually, the pleroma is nowhere divided, since it is nothingness. We are also the whole pleroma, because, figuratively, the pleroma is the smallest point (assumed only, not existing) in us and the boundless firmament about us. But wherefore, then, do we speak of the pleroma at all, since it is thus everything and nothing? I speak of it to make a beginning somewhere, and also to free you from the delusion that somewhere, either without or within, there standeth something fixed, or in some way established, from the beginning. Every so-called fixed and certain thing is only relative. That alone is fixed and certain which is subject to change. What is changeable, however, is creature. Therefore is it the one thing, which is fixed and certain because it hath qualities: or as even a quality itself. The question ariseth: How did creatura originate? Created beings came to pass, not creatura: since created being is the very quality of the pleroma, as much as non-creation, which is the eternal death. In all times and places is creation, in all times and places is death. The pleroma hath all, distinctiveness and non-distinctiveness. Distinctiveness is creatura. It is distinct. Distinctiveness is its essence. And therefore it distinguisheth. Wherefore also he distinguished qualities of the pleroma, which are not. He
distinguisheth them out of his own nature. Therefore he must speak of qualities of the pleroma, which are not. What use, say ye, to speak of it? Saidst thou not thyself, there is no profit in thinking upon the pleroma? That said I unto you, to free you from the delusion that we are able to think about the pleroma. When we distinguish qualities of the pleroma, we are speaking from the ground of our own distinctiveness and concerning our own distinctiveness. But we have said nothing concerning the pleroma. Concerning our own distinctiveness, however, it is needful to speak, whereby we may distinguish ourselves enough. Our very nature is distinctiveness. If we are not true to this nature we do not distinguish ourselves enough. Therefore must we make distinctions of qualities. What is the harm, ye ask, in not distinguishing oneself? If we do not distinguish, we get beyond our own nature, away from creatura. We fall into indistinctiveness, which is the other quality of the pleroma. We fall into the pleroma itself and cease to be creatures. We are given over to dissolution in nothingness. This is the death of the creature. Therefore we die in such measure as we do not distinguish. Hence the natural striving of the creature goeth towards distinctiveness, fighteth against primeval, perilous sameness. This is called the PRINCIPIUM INDIVIDUATIONIS. This principle is the essence of the creature. From this you can see why indistinctiveness and non-distinction are a great danger for the creature. We must, therefore, distinguish the qualities of the pleroma. The qualities are PAIRS OF OPPOSITES, such as The Effective and the ineffective. Fullness and Emptiness. Living and Dead. Difference and Sameness. Light and Darkness. The Hot and the Cold. Force and Matter. Time and Space. Good and Evil. Beauty and Ugliness. The One and the Many. The pairs of opposites are qualities of the pleroma, which are not, because each balanceth each. As we are the pleroma itself, we also have all these qualities in us. Because the very ground of our nature is distinctiveness, which meaneth 1. These qualities are distinct and separate in us one from the other; therefore they are not balanced and void, but are effective. Thus are the victims of the pairs of opposites. The pleroma is rent in us.
2. The qualities belong to the pleroma, and only in the name and sign of distinctiveness can and must we possess and live them. We must distinguish ourselves from qualities. In the pleroma they are balanced and void; in us not. Being distinguished from them delivereth us. When we strive after the good or the beautiful, we thereby forget our own nature, which is distinctiveness, and we are delivered over to the qualities of the pleroma, which are pairs of opposites. We labor to attain the good and the beautiful, yet at the same time we also lay hold of the evil and the ugly, since in the pleroma these are one with the good and the beautiful. When, however, we remain true to our own nature, which is distinctiveness, we distinguish ourselves from the good and the beautiful, therefore, at the same time, from the evil and ugly. And thus we fall not into the pleroma, namely, into nothingness and dissolution. Thou sayest, ye object, that difference and sameness are also qualities of the pleroma. How would it be, then, if we strive after difference? Are we, in so doing, not true to our own nature? And must we none the less be given over to the sameness when we strive after difference? Ye must not forget that the pleroma hath no qualities. We create them through thinking. If, therefore, ye strive after difference or sameness, or any qualities whatsoever, ye pursue thought which flow to you out of the pleroma: thoughts, namely, concerning non-existing qualities of the pleroma. Inasmuch as ye run after these thoughts, ye fall again into the pleroma, and reach difference and sameness at the same time. Not your thinking, but your being, is distinctiveness. Therefore not after difference, ye think it, must ye strive; but after YOUR OWN BEING. At bottom, therefore, there is only one striving, namely, the striving after your own being. If ye had this striving ye would not need to know anything about the pleroma and its qualities, and yet would ye come to your right goal by virtue of your own being. Since, however, thought estrangeth from being, that knowledge must I teach you wherewith ye may be able to hold your thought in leash.
#67 THE UNITY KEY (The following consists of several messages from Dona trying to put clearly in words what she is doing with clients in session. At the bottom you will find several questions to ask clients which are from notes I took during a telephone conversation with Dona. WARNING: Use of this data requires a WORKING ability to USE the following processing techniques: EFT, TAT and PEAT.--Ouran) UNITYKEY - what is it?? There is a theory that each "soul/being/person separated from the "God essence" as a separate (individuated) aspect of that essence. We are a part of the whole essence, yet our individual essence is "one" aspect. In that we have ALL - we are still ONE. Even though, we have all qualities. There is "one" that is ours to experience fully... I guess I would equate it to our "soul purpose" This essence came into this 3-D plane of existence and it sought to understand itself - to experience its "self". It got caught in the mass of the 3-D atmosphere it forgot (??) that the essence of self was within... and started to look outside of self to differentiate. The quality of the essence was still strong enough that the being could sense it, yet... not experience it without outer references. As the being searched outward for this expression of self - it met with the 3-D masses and polarities were drawn in. It located an experience that closely resembled its true nature. Yet.. since it was outside of self... it could NEVER truly re-create the beings essence. Feeling that this was "not quite it" - and in disappointment and defeat - the being then drew to it the opposite of the original outward expression - (NOT to the essence within... since the essence of being is "neutral" - in that it has no charge). Now... the being goes to that opposite and sits in defeat for a while... then attempts to re-find their essence by going to the other pole again. Since this is "close" - but, not quite the real thing... the being again gets discouraged and defeated and flips to the other side. Now.. take this over lifetimes ... and you have the PRIMES. Take the example of one of my clients with PRIMES of contained / uncontained. Her "UNITYKEY" is Freedom. The soul essence sought "freedom" ... and the outward experience of "uncontained" seemed close... yet... was NOT QUITE IT!!! So, feeling disappointed, she would "flip" to "contained" and try to figure out what went "wrong." Then would again attempt to find "freedom" in "uncontained" again.. and they cycle continues to repeat over and over. Because the PRIMES are so closely representative of their "essence" that they just knew it was there (!!) and kept trying to find it there!! This is how I see it. A being comes in with all essences - and expresses all essence. Yet, has one "special" essence, which it searches to experience in this plane of existence. Each being has One set of PRIMES and ALL other polarities - which are in different stages of charge. The essence of the being (UNITYKEY) seems to be "closely" related to the PRIMES - or -- better stated, the PRIMES are the external polarity principal that most closely
approximates the being's essence (UNITYKEY). So... I see the ONE coming before the TWO (in the triad principle). I don't see the polarity forming the singularity. I see the singularity seeking outward and that outward expression gets caught in the polarity. This is just how it is coming to me - IN THE MOMENT!!! The process to get this third point (UNITYKEY) is very simple, and can be added to the end of any PEAT session with only a few more steps in processing. Love, Light and Laughter Dona Bilangi UNITY KEY We are all ONE (the BIG "ONE") and we are all "one" (individual- the smaller "one") - a small "whole" within a bigger "whole" within a bigger "whole" --- etc - probably to infinity!! Microcosm is the macrocosm. Just as we are all one.. we are ALSO individual. In that individual there is an essence. Our existence is made up of many elements - many DIFFERENT atoms which come together to make the whole. Though this matter is the same (electron, proton, neutron) they come together in the form of a different substance (nitrogen, oxygen, hydrogen...) It is this "ELEMENT" that I am talking about in the UNITYKEY. Since we can look at the microcosm (the atom) and see the macrocosm (us/being) I will conclude that we too have our own "elemental essence" that is UNIQUE to us. Take the concept of the atom... (atom/being): When an electron in the outer ring of an atom is lost - it is unstable... as in the case with free radicals. This atom "gone unstable" seeks another atom to "grab" one of it's outer electrons. This than "temporarily" stabilizes the first atom - which creates instability in the second. That second atom then either grabs that electron back.. or finds another electron to grab. This is the nature of our polarity system. When there is a "charge" we are unstable and seek somehow to create stability (attracting an opposite to "steal" it's charge to temporarily stabilize/neutralize ourselves) PEAT brings the atom/being (each individual polarity) into a stable form. Now.... the atom/being can be stable enough to see who they are. They can now look and say, "I am a Nitrogen atom" or "I am an Oxygen atom" or "I am a Helium atom" -- etc. This is what the UNITYKEY is all about... finding the essence of the being - the answer to the question, "who am I?" Prior to this neutralization.. the atom/being was too busy trying to become "stable" to even see there was a "beingness" to them. With the stabilization of the PRIMES the atom/being can now see who they are. Yes - we are all one - we make up the whole. And all atoms make up the whole... and yet - they have their unique place within that whole and their unique job and their unique ESSENCE. I understand the concept of the VOID - and I do not think this contradicts that in any way. We are all NOTHING - then we are something (the one/essence) - then we split and became many. It is the "something/one/essence" that the UNITYKEY has found. Here is the UNITYKEY process... such as it is AS OF TODAY
You will see what I mean!! I am not sure about how to write up the technique. It really varies from person to person nothing consistent yet!! I have been playing around with different ideas. REMEMBER all the notes on the "dialogue" is NOT exact - I change it from person to person!! When doing it along with the initial PRIMES - A different process is used on someone who ALREADY has their PRIMES .. see below. If they have NEVER neutralized a set of polarities with PEAT, this is what I have been doing: FIRST SESSION: After their PRIMES are neutralized. Get affirmation of the first 2 sets of EOS/stabilization questions and make sure there is NO opposition (I ask for opposition BEFORE the third set of questions) ... you then ask the last set of questions: sitting on top of the mountain... reviewing their past... Have them answer the questions that Zivorad states... THEN... I let them know that we are going to be looking for "what were you searching for when you created the PRIMES?" or "What essence of your being were you looking for, when you got caught up in the PRIMES?" I do NOT expect an answer to this at that moment... It is just setting up the mind to know what it is going to be looking for.... I ask them to allow their mind to go to a wherever it needs to go - wherever will give them this answer (typical Hypnotherapy). Allow some time for them in silence. In most cases (so far) - I have done a bit of PLR (past life Regression) - but, not sure if that is necessary. BTW- I don't use the term PLR (Past Life Regression) since many people are automatically resistant to that (at least here in the Midwest) :-)). I tell them to allow their mind/consciousness to create a story that might help them see the pattern and the "truth" or to remember a movie or an archetype which would help them find it. Archetypes are VERY helpful... the story is so universal that it is usually easy to see what they were looking for!!! :-) Things to avoid: them thinking their essence is TRUTH - EVERYONE is looking for that :-)) - have them answer: "The truth of your essence is what?" If Truth still is the answer (or makes sense in the story they created) then that might be their true essence (no pun intended :-)) LOVE is also one that everyone is searching for...so ask them "How does your essence express love?" --- or something like that. Again.. if the answer is love... than that would probably be it. ALSO - The UNITYKEY - is a "positive" quality - a quality that would be "of God." Many people can only see the "negative" in their "stories" - so, you might have to help them (as little as possible :-)). Betrayal and abandonment are very common ... so, ask them, "What quality of you do you feel is being betrayed - or abandoned??" or "What is being betrayed... abandoned?" (NOTICE - use the word "WHAT" instead of "WHO") For example: I had a client who kept saying (in the PLR) - "I feel very disconnected" ... her UNITYKEY? Connection!! So... be aware this might be what will come up. I let the person know BEFORE the whole session that we are going to look for the UNITYKEY... this set's their mind up to "be there" when it is needed!! I tell them we are
going to be "searching" for this after the PRIMES (I believe we get what we search for!!) and I tell them about my "theory" on PLR (that it is just the mind creating a story to help it understand better - seeing it from beginning to end.. to find the pattern). I try to get to 2-3 "stories" to allow them to really understand what they are searching for. And... of course - it usually "relates" to the PRIMES - so that helps identify it. At this point it is very "subjective" - sorry that I cannot give you any definite... I have only done about 10!! "Seek and ye shall find". Since I believe this to be true.. I set up that energy - and that is what is created. I am not sure about anyone else re-creating it, yet!! Maybe it is just them out-picturing my illusion!!! :-)) I have been trained in hypnotherapy and many other "psychological" techniques... so, it is very easy for me to just go into this process. I ALSO do some clearing on the "stories" that come up - cuz in most cases these could be quite traumatic (even though I set it up that it is not necessarily their past lives) - since it is creating/re-creating something that has been a major conflict (the PRIMES) it could be quite "REAL" to them. If you feel comfortable with that - I would definitely recommend it!! PROCESS For someone who already has their PRIMES -and wants this process afterwards (or if the PRIMES went too long to continue into this): I have started with this Technique: Issue (they/you can use Primes - or ANY issue - I have done it BOTH ways - and it gets to the SAME PLACE!!) Processor: What belief might a person have to experience (the conflict between Prime1 and Prime2) Client: Answers this Processor: How do you prove this that this belief is true? Client: answers REPEAT this EXACTLY (IE: The second and continued times through.. the first question is STILL the same... do NOT go with NEW content. The question would ALWAYS be: What belief might a person have to experience (the conflict between Prime1 and Prime2) Continue this process until the client cannot think of anything else. Take the most charged item (even if it is not the last one....) Ask their "mind" to think about that issue and allow it to go to where ever it needs to go to find what created it.... Again... this above technique is probably NOT necessary - it just give me a starting place to allow the mind to relax and go deep... to be able to do the next part easier!! I then do "traditional" PLR (as above) - yet, set up what we are looking for - and asking the mind/consciousness to allow them to see it! Even though this seems too "subjective" and "accidental" - it seems that everyone (so far) can really relate to that UNITYKEY as being their true essence... without question. The UNITYKEY should be something that answers the question: Is this what you feel you have always been looking for? (You might have to ask this question by placing "the TRUTH" in front... i.e.: Does it seem like all your life you have been searching for "The truth about Perfection" / or "The truth about Happiness"- or "the truth about harmony" --whatever their UNITYKEY is. Once it is found.. their lives have opened up to it's fullest -- and I have only been doing this for the past few weeks or so! Sorry this isn't "formal" - I am not used to writing up my sessions. I know I need to get better with that... so, this is giving me the opportunity!! Love, Light and Laughter Dona Bilangi
I have been asking the people to come back for at least two follow up visits. On one I have them do a TAT session (Tapas Acupuncture Technique - this procedure was given to everyone at the PEAT workshops - Zivorad got the idea of PEAT from this technique)... anyone who does not have this, and is interested, please backchannel me. I have them do TAT on BOTH sides (Separately) of the PRIMES - I do the first 4 questions and Muscle test (if you don't do that - you can just use intuition - or ask the person) if any of the other questions are necessary. On the second visit I have them do the "advantages/ disadvantages" (A/D) technique from "The Sedona Method" - Again, I have them take each polarity separately. I ask them for an Advantage of one polarity, then a disadvantage (STAYING ON THE ONE POLARITY ALL THE TIME) then an advantage, then a disadvantage. Continue until they cannot think of anything more. If they are stuck on one side - just keep going on the other side.. but, always alternate - even if the last time they had nothing.. they often come up with something later!! I do the same thing for the other side of the polarity. I then have them use EFT to treat. I DO NOT do a complete set-up for each. I use the "alternate phrase" technique" instead. The TAT gets to deep psycho-emotional aspects and clears them quite easily and effectively. The A/D allows them to see on a more "conscious" level what is going on. They are BOTH quite revealing - as most people see how the one side of the polarity that they "thought" was the "bad" actually has some really POWERFUL advantages!! And vice versa!! They then realize how these PRIMES have been effecting their whole life. I do other post-processes - but, these are the ones I like the most. It is NOT necessary to do TAT first and then A/D - could be either way - I just do what "feels right" with the client!!! As Zivorad alluded to - I have also found another piece to PEAT - the "reason" that we got STUCK or created our PRIMES to begin with!! I am in the preliminary stages of developing and understanding this. SO far I have processed about 10 people and it is truly PHENOMENAL!! Love, Light and Laughter Dona Bilangi PROCESSING THE UNITYKEY ALONG WITH PEAT: Before doing the PEAT PROCESS, I explain that at the end of the neutralization we will look for the Unitykey, this set's their mind up to "be there" when it is needed. I explain what that is (see above) and that we might have to look at some past issues (sometimes known as "Past Life Regression" ), though often that is not necessary. I ask about their beliefs about Past lives. If there is NO resistance, I do not go into much more information on that. If there seems to be resistance to that I explain Past lives in a non-past-life way (see below). I feel it is best to let people know this is something that might come up so that they are aware of it and not be surprised if it does come up. PROCESS: After their PRIMES are neutralized. Ask the standard EOS/stabilization questions (pages 195 - 198) Skipping questions on page 197 (Fourth Group of Questions) so you can make sure there is NO opposition first. Then go back and ask the stabilizing
questions on page 197 (sitting on top of the mountain... reviewing their past. ..) Have them answer the questions that Zivorad states. These questions are set up to have the person look into the past. After I ask all of Zivorad' , I ask them the Unitykey one(s): Here are a few suggestions of what wording to use. You probably do not need to use them all, just pick one or a few which make the most sense to you. . "What were you searching for when you created the PRIMES?" . "What essence of your being were you looking for, when you got caught up in the PRIMES?" . Ask the person "Look carefully, when you got caught in your primes ______ and _______. What were you seeking?", . "What was your essence attempting to find?" . "What were you wanting to experience or express, when you got caught in your primes?" Or something similar In MOST cases, the person "hears" a word, or gets an understanding, or a picture, or a "realization" of what it was. This is their UNITYKEY. It can be, and often is, this easy. I sometimes have to help them just a bit with putting it into a "simple' word (or just a few words). It is best to have single words, but I have gotten, "Peace of mind", and "Practical Wisdom" rather than just "Peace" or "Wisdom". Just make sure the client is in agreement with it. I do attempt to put it in "positive" terms or get a slightly deeper meaning. I had a client say they were seeking "approval" - which is perfectly fine, yet, I did ask if "acceptance" felt more complete. and it did. Approval is seeking acceptance in the outer world, and this was what he was "trapped" into doing. If the Unitykey does NOT come quickly, or if there is confusion as to what it is: I ask them to allow their mind to go to a wherever it needs to go - wherever will give them the answer. Allow some time for them in silence. If that does not get much response, you might have to go into some "past issues" to get a "storyline" to help. When doing the UNITYKEY process along with PEAT this is usually NOT necessary, but sometimes it is. I try not to use the term "Past life", I just tell them to allow their mind/consciousness to create a story that might help them see the pattern and the "truth" - or to remember a movie or an archetype which would help them find it. Archetypes are VERY helpful... the story is so universal that it is usually easy to see what they were looking for!!! :-) I just explain that the mind will create pictures, scenes and plots to help you (the processee) understand more about what is going on. Sometimes it will seem as if you are in the scene, like in a dream. This, again, is the mind helping you work through things by giving you a story-line to work with. Many times the plot seems to be similar to a TV show or a movie that you have seen. Or, you will visualize a historic scene. These are all perfectly normal and to be expected. The mind will give you what is the easiest for you to understand. You can add any explanation that you feel comfortable with. State: (the client is still in the stabilizing questions on page 197 (sitting on top of the mountain... reviewing their past. ..) Allow your mind to take you to where ever it needs to go to help you find the answer to "What is my Unitykey. what was I seeking when I caught in my Primes of ______- and _______ ?? Give them some time. Usually something comes quite quickly, since they are in Pleroma from the PRIMES neutralization. If they get nothing, ask them, " "what IF" you could get see/experience/know a situation that would help you find this information."
Using the "what if" statement helps the person get in touch with that "creative" part of themselves - which is usually the place where these answers lie. Once they get a "life/situation" have them see if from beginning to end (if they are able) - or to see the part that will help them understand their Unitykey. Usually the person only needs to see/experience/know 2-3 "lives" in order to find their Unitykey. If you are uncomfortable continuing along these lines (past life processing) then I suggest you continue to have the person go deeper and deeper into Pleroma and continue to ask the same questions above. If they have come up with MULTIPLE possibilities, there is a set of questions to ask to get them to realize which one fits (see below). Multiple possibilities Afterwards they might have a few "possible" unitykeys. I ask them to just go inside really deep and not think... just "resonate" with each one of these... Take each "possible Unitykey" separately, and make this statement (filling in the blanks): "Your essence came to experience _____________, and when it looked outside of itself it got caught in the polarity of (Primes ) _________ and_____." They will KNOW which one is the one that fits "who they are" Helpful Hints: Things to avoid: them thinking their essence is TRUTH - EVERYONE is looking for that :-)) - have them answer: "The truth of your essence is what?" If Truth still is the answer (or makes sense in the story they created) then that might be their true essence (no pun intended :-)) LOVE is also one that everyone is searching for...so ask them "How does your essence express love?" --- or something like that. Again.. if the answer is love... than that would probably be it. ALSO - The UNITYKEY - is a "positive" quality - a quality that would be "of God." Many people can only see the "negative" in their "stories" - so, you might have to help them (as little as possible :-)). Betrayal and abandonment are very common (If you went searching a past life to find the Unitykey) ... so, ask them, "What quality of you do you feel is being betrayed - or abandoned??" or "What is being betrayed... abandoned?" (NOTICE - use the word "WHAT" instead of "WHO") For example: I had a client who kept saying (in the PLR) - "I feel very disconnected" ... her UNITYKEY? Connection!! So... be aware this might be what will come up. I am a Certified Hypnotherapist, as well as trained in many other techniques... so, it is very easy for me to just go into Past Life processing. I ALSO do some clearing on the "stories" that come up - since, in most cases these can be quite traumatic (even though I set it up that it is not necessarily their past lives) - since it is creating/re-creating something that has been a major conflict (the PRIMES) it could be quite "REAL" to them. If you feel comfortable with that - I would definitely recommend it!! (Ouran's notes/crib sheet: after merging of a PP, "stabilize" with the UnityKey using this approach:
Looking back at your past: What were you searching for which created the primes? What is the being searching for? Tell me the story of what you have been searching for which created the primes?)
#72 THE GUNAS TECHNIQUE By Max Sandor and Ouran The gunas is an ancient technique for merging polarities, which has come down to modern times through yoga. At first glance the gunas (sattvas, rajas, tamas) looks like a triangle based process, as a version of be-do-have. A closer inspection however shows that it is instead a polarity process, and that the third leg of it is unity. As unity often appears to be beingness inside a universe, then it is no surprise that the Hindu sages named that unity "sattva", whose root word "sat" means beingness or "I am". If this is misunderstood to mean "be" of the be-do-have triangle, then the other two gunas would be taken to mean "do" and "have". This is an error to assign the gunas to the triangle be-do-have, one which may lead to making the process more difficult to run. Though I object to running the gunas as a triangle I have to admit that some people get results that way. When run in that manner then rajas is "do" and tamas is "have". The gunas properly belong to the polarity which lies behind/above/senior to be-do-have, which polarity is "existence/non-existence", also seen as "positive/negative". Rajas is not "do", it is "exist" or "positive". Tamas is not "have", it is "not-exist" or "negative". Sattvas will appear to be a purpose lying between the poles of existence and nonexistence, but it resolves in session to a "unity" beyond the universe. This means that the gunas are a way to merge the same polarities, which crop up during PEAT processing. The technique is different. Where PEAT dissolves resistance to the things being held in place oppositionally by means of a positive affirmation, then locates the mental/emotional/energetic attachments to it -- the gunas charge up both poles, which deliberate creation (as-isness) of the polarity dissolves it into One. THE GUNAS PROCESS (Max Sandor version 2001) Step 1 - determine and locate the polarity to be addressed This can be rather similar to a PEAT interview, except that this MUST result in finding the two sides of the polarity. It appears that the better the polarity is defined before beginning, the better the chances of success. Ask something like: A) "Tell me the problem." then: B) "What are the poles of the problem?" Two way communicate on this to determine the EXACT polarity involved. C) "Which pole is yin and which is yang?" Depending on the processee's background, use negative/positive, or tamas/rajas, or feminine/masculine, or yin/yang. (This seems to be determining the positive/negative attached to the polarity, which may also be determining the goal and the oppgoal.)
D) "Locate (or find) (each of them) in space." (I know this one is crucial. Get the exact locations of both in space.) Alternate command: "Where would you see (pole)?" Additional/helpful patter: "Can you feel it now? Follow your feeling. Where would you feel it now?" Step 2 - the Gunas Process Take up the positive (yang) pole first. Command: "Make it stronger and more of its kind (yin or yang)." Do this in the space where it is. Take up the negative (yin) pole next. Command: "Make it stronger and more of its kind (yin or yang)." Do this in the space where it is. If "stronger" has no effect, then switch to "weaker" or "less of its nature". (This is using the manifest/unmanifest polarity; manifest for "stronger" and unmanifest (also called discreate) for "weaker".) After the first round check where they are in space. Repeat until it unsticks or merges. It should unstick rapidly. Notes from Max: It is vital to recognize the *guna quality* of the pole. This is not a modern style process. It is 'sensing' the quality and 'cleaning it', making it pure 'rajas' or pure 'tamas'. To get a feel, one could ask after roughly determining the side of the pole (it can switch sides after the first round of inspection): How does it feel like being a tamas quality? How does it feel like being a feminine quality? How does it feel like being a yin quality? Same for rajas/masculine/yang... The gunas, the way I perceive them, have 3-D appearances. If there is a picture (2D), one has to look at the energy(ies) beneath it. The 3rd point is whatever is created by the two poles, the actual 'purpose', that what is desired to be experienced. An example would be a 'stereo' music perception. Either left and right would never get the full experience. The thing in the middle is 'it'. This 'sattva' is a viewpoint that could also be called an entity representing YOU. A temporary mask created specifically for the purpose of the experience what's in between the poles. All gunas are overlaying and connected. It's a dense network. Taking out one messed up polarity doesn't mean one has solved 'everything'. The linear view of the 'basic' is Western cause-effect thinking. One *sole* cause is assigned an effect. This is one of the biggest crazinesses of western thinking, right next to the b/w thinking (or may be even: the b/w thinking is a result of sole-cause thinking).
There is a Pnohteftu article on Cause-Effect thinking.. With 'Web-thinking' rather than linear thinking, everything gets more 'correct' in one's space. It is vital to get an intuitive understanding of the 'gunas' rather than an abstract one. Guna processing fails utterly when someone is convinced that a bright white light is female (tamas/yin) - which happened the other day. Quote: "But the bride in wedding gown is all in white on her wedding day, isn't she?" One develops a *third* observation point which will develop into the 'equanimity' frequency of Buddhism. This is the *true* sattva position. Most newagers got this completely wrong and confuse unclean rajas parts with the sattva. It is a truly unbiased position from which one can now stretch into infinite space/consciousness, etc. This is the TRUE BASIC of enlightenment. My new definition of enlightenment would now be: being able to occupy the state of 'equanimity' (sattva) at will and at any time in regards to any upcoming polarity. Once you can do that (even with a bit of effort in the beginning) life will never be the same :-) mx Additional notes and theory: Many people seem to be unable to run the gunas. Max says that most people cannot run the gunas because they cannot locate the poles and accurately define them. Ouran suspects the reason some people cannot run the gunas is because those people are not in contact with themselves outside of space/time. A person stuck in space/time (convinced that they are a location in space/time, either as a spirit/thetan or as a body) will not be able to assume the true sattvas viewpoint. That person will then attempt to process the gunas with their viewpoint in "be", which can be perceived as the rajas or positive pole of the gunas. This inability to step back from the universe may also be the cause of being unable to properly define and locate the poles -- difficult to do if a person is BEING one of the poles, yes? Remember: this is NOT actually a triangle process -- it is a POLARITY process, which is run SENIOR to polarities. I experienced it as dissolving into what Max likes to call "the pre-cycle (of-action) gap". Ouran
I WAS LUCKY
I guess I was a lucky kid. In addition to being lucky, I was able to see with some clarity despite being a misemotional, confrontational and just plain screwed up brat. I never got trapped in the heaven and hell, God vs. Devil crap this lifetime like so many people. When I was a little kid my parents used to take me to church occasionally. It was a protestant church, which was damned lucky, I'd have been in trouble if my parents had been Catholics. So anyway, when I was about 7 years old a minister took me aside to a private room to explain God to me. Keep in mind that at 7 years old I was precocious, disconcertingly intelligent, obnoxious, and an arrogant little shit. Come to think of it, I haven't changed much in overall personality, except that I'm much more loving and cheery now. So the minister goes into this long, involved spiel telling me all about how God is everywhere and made everything and that we are his children and that God is in each and every one of us, that there's a divine spark in all of us... I cognited. "Oh I get it," I told him brightly, "We are God! All of us together make up God!" "Oh, nononono!" the minister protested in horror, "That wasn't what I meant at all! That's WRONG." To my credit I didn't believe him. Instead of being crushed and allowing my cognition to be invalidated, I told him, no, I DID have it right. Sometimes it's helpful to be a little arrogant. And I have the perfect excuse for that arrogance (service fac): that "everyone" else was so stupid! (Sounds like a terminaloppterminal, huh? *grin*) Fast forward to when I was 18. I'd encountered Scientology, and was at a party. Instead of partying down I was considering what I'd read. (Most people began with "Dianetics: Modern Science of Mental Health", but I started reading "A History of Man" and really got it!) I cognited. It suddenly dawned on me that I could do anything. At that moment I recovered the knowledge that I was a spirit with unlimited potential; and that I didn't have to be limited to using my body, because I was effectively (small g) god. One fallout from that cognition was a trifle strange: I never got toothaches after that day. A tooth could have a HUGE gaping hole in it and the worst thing would be some sensitivity to cold drinks or
ice cream. No throbbing aches. None. Why? Simple: I saw no reason the tooth should hurt! So it didn't! For some reason Dianetics never particularly interested me, except for the fact that one could access past lives with it. Past lives interested me. Book One style auditing never, ever interested me except in the most abstract way. It was fine by me if other people wanted to do Book One auditing. I was more interested in Scientology, and the Whole Track. But I also constantly committed what that church regarded as a sin -- I never gave up my interest in the multitude of related subjects: Zen, Theravada Buddhism, Astrology, western ceremonial magic, Taoism, Sufi, Yoga, Huna, and many others. I guess I was lucky that I possessed a hyperactive curiosity about the mind, and indulged it by reading every book in easy reach. Instead of lightly toying with these subjects I recognized that I needed to dig far deeper in order to achieve true understanding. So I did. Possessing such a broad base of information, I began to see where they all related. And I could also see how Hubbard had succeeded in undercutting most of them in practical terms. Disturbingly I could also see where Hubbard had completely missed or ignored the areas of sex and divinity. So I studied those elsewhere. Even more alarming, I observed that church go from almost okay to completely bonkers in a few short years. Their prices skyrocketed, their ethics actions became savage, and their worship of Hubbard left me breathlessly disgusted. I watched them convert from a friendly place where a person could walk in and be comfortable, into a steely-eyed group of fanatics intent on destroying enemies and catering to only a public who were rich and successful. To say it in the terms of Yogi Berra, that included me out! The only other way to receive their services was to become a staff member. I guess I was lucky to be smart enough to refuse becoming part of their slave labor Sea Org. To actually possess the means by which people may become spiritually free(r) --which the Co$ do possess -- and not allow the ordinary schmuck to get free... That is an overt act of omission of biblical proportions. They might as well be actively engaging in implants for all the harm they are doing. I was lucky. I stayed free. I stayed independent where it counted: my mind. Damned lucky. Ouran
RANDOM ANCEDOTES (These are some things I've done and experienced which might shed light on who I am and why I am the way I am to anyone interested in such things.) I was living in Seattle about 30 years ago, and helping out as "staff" at the Seattle Org. During that time I created an entity, right under Dorothy Broaded's nose! Here she was OT Something (six I think) and well past the BT materials in OT III, and I was "only" Grade IV and not supposed to know anything about such things. Nevertheless I made one inside the org! It was a single purpose entity, what I prefer to call a "thought form." As you might know, any person possesses the capacity to create static or near static. This can range from making an exact duplicate of self, down through various sorts of fragments and remote viewpoints, to quite simple programmed bits of beingness. What happened in Seattle was one of those latter: I was running the mimeograph, had my attention off the machine for a moment, when suddenly a part flew off it! I immediately shut it off, then turned it slowly by hand to see what was missing. I located the spot on the mimeo machine where a piece of it had come loose, but try as I could, I failed to locate the part anywhere on the floor. I was sort of desperate. The mimeo couldn't be used without it, and I had a lot of bulletins to do. Finally I stopped searching. I calmed my mind to zero, then moved to the moment that the part had flown off. As I did so, I took a small bit of energy, attached a purpose to it, added intention and near static -- and separated the construction from myself. The mini-entity flew to the mimeo machine, then traced the path of the missing part through the air while I watched. It flew under a nearby table, which had a shelf edge reaching almost to the floor. I walked over to the table, reached my body's hand under at the point where the entity had gone -- and there was my missing part. I screwed it back on the machine and continued working. All in all, it now looks like an overly complex ritual to go through just to find something, but please understand that I was 19 years old at the time. Rather than thought forms, I now find things with fields of flitter into which I temporarily assume a remote viewpoint; which still isn't "know" but I do what I can with what I have available. Both of these abilities turn off and on as I key in and out. Usually they are off, but...
It was the summer I turned 20 years old. One Monday night I had a dream. In the morning I had forgotten it. On Tuesday night I had the dream again, and forgot it again. This happened five nights in a row. On Saturday morning two friends and I drove to the park at Mount Rainier for a day on the mountain. In late afternoon we started back down. It had rained a little that afternoon so the asphalt was wet. The car was doing perhaps 45 mph down the mountain when the semi-bald tires broke free going into a curve. My friend Barry, who was driving, slammed on the brakes. We skidded off the curve and hit the side of the mountain head-on at full speed. No one was wearing seat belts. I'm not sure that old '53 Ford even had seat belts. As we went into the slide I remembered all five dreams in perfect detail in a split second of time. All five dreams had been about the accident I was in the middle of experiencing. In all the dreams I went face first into the windshield shattering the glass. In three of the dreams my head went so far through that the glass cut my throat and I died (an older car like that had "safety glass" which was a
sandwich construction with plastic in the middle which kept the broken area smaller). In the other two dreams I saw myself raising both my hands out of my lap and jamming them forcefully into the angle where windshield and dashboard met. Armed with this knowledge (keep in mind I was reviewing all this in a leisurely manner in less than a second of material universe time) I raised my hands out of my lap and thrust them forward. The car hit the mountain. My face went into the windshield, then I bounced back. I had made a head-shaped hole in the windshield. I had several bone-deep cuts in my face, and a ring of shallow cuts across my throat. If I had gone just a little bit farther I would have died. I learned several things from the experience. I learned that dreams can be remembered days afterward. I learned that time was purely subjective and that the material universe's time didn't really apply to me. I learned that I was aware above my normal level of consciousness, and that I knew the future at that higher level. I learned again that there was a lot more to myself and to reality than was apparent using only a body's senses and a materialist frame of reference.
For many years I've had a spotty, there it is - now it's gone, perception of energies emitted by other people. Though I've read about people who claimed to see colored auras, I never could. What I do see sometimes are transparent glows around people. Several years ago my 80 year old mother was in the hospital with some sort of heart problem (congestive heart failure). I guess she instructed them to conceal the matter from me and my kids because it wasn't until she was actually dying that the hospital staff told me that her heart was failing. So imagine my shock when I went into the hospital to visit her, only to find that she had been moved to intensive care. When I got there I received a second, rather ghostly shock. See, I often see auras without paying much attention to them. They are merely part of other people to me, so I really don't particularly notice them. So picture my horror when I saw my mother lying there in the hospital bed -- and she only had half an aura! There was no aura, no glow around her body below her ribcage. Her aura covered her head, neck, arms and chest. Nothing any further down. I told her what I was seeing, but her response was disbelief and confusion. I begged her to flow energy down through her body to revitalize it. She had no idea what I was talking about. I began to grieve right then and there, and felt completely helpless to stop what was happening. I knew she was leaving ... and within 24 hours she was dead. Ever seen half an aura on a human body? It's spooky!
In early September 2000 I had a "know" that preserved the life of a young girl. I was driving home and as I turned onto a downhill street I saw a man using a leaf blower alongside the road. Next to him was a girl about 5 or 6 years in age. I looked at her and simply knew she would run out in front of my car. So I braked immediately. Sure enough she ran out in front of me, failing to hear my engine over the noise from the leaf blower. But by that time I must have been down to 5 mph, so I easily stopped. She retreated bigeyed to the side. The man was scolding her as I continued on my way. I had known with absolute certainty what she would do, and without any means or via. Neither of them realized what a near thing had occurred, prevented only by my clarity, which disallowed my agreement with their intended tragedy. Not on my watch, goddamn it! I did an odd sort of session to help a friend in Jan '01. My friend is in a "go away - come closer", push-pull game with her boyfriend. One of the ways this manifests is that if she
thinks he might be communicating in any way with another woman, she flips out with jealousy and does her best to crawl into his pocket (so to speak). They had just spent a few days together and were driving their separate ways home. But they reencountered each other right before the freeway onramp. As she came up along him, she noticed he was talking on his cell phone. She gasped just as he noticed her. He responded to her horrified expression with a series of ugly expressions of his own -- then the light changed and they parted again. Need I point out that the two have plenty of earlier similars with each other along these lines? She immediately called him from her cell phone. He didn't answer. His withdraw was already underway. For the next three days she called his phone numbers, I assume Caller ID let him know who it was, and he did not pick up. Finally she called me, a little frantic. First I explained the nature of the game she and her boyfriend were playing, and then tried to pull her out of being interiorized into the game by giving her techniques for playing. (Basically, when someone withdraws from you, withdraw HARDER yourself and that will usually undo the other person's withdrawal. The game of reach and withdraw played here is in the effort range and so is very automatic and reactive.) What I did next was new, for me helping another anyway. I have done this for myself before, hell it's almost a required technique if you are going to operate as a being, but I'd never tried it with another person. I explained to her that we were going to go back in time in our minds, and relive each and every time in the sequence wherein she had reached by attempting to call. And that we would do it (like in a Dianetic chain) starting from the most recent attempted call, then working our way back one at a time. I was treating the reencounter at the stoplight right before the freeway as "basic". And I was treating all of her attempted phone calls as locks atop that basic. I explained to her that we were going to spot the moment in each when she had decided to call him, then while still back in time, she was to, lightly and without effort, change her mind and decide to not call him after all. We did this and had just reached "basic" when her phone did the pulse of soundlessness, which indicated that she had another call waiting. She clicked over to it, then clicked back and told me "It's HIM, I'll talk to you later!" Yup, it worked like magic! In fact, it WAS magic. Was it auditing? Beats me, twould depend on how you define auditing I suppose. Of the three comm cycles supposed to be present in a session, we had the "auditor to PC" line and the "PC to present time environment" lines. Was accessing her decisions a "PC to bank" line? But I wasn't erasing what one would normally think of as "bank", unless one subscribes to the idea of "bank" on higher dynamics. Make no mistake: my whole intent was to make a change in HER BOYFRIEND by removing her reaches toward him, thus allowing him to reach himself. Given the automaticity of their mutual game condition, I had no worries about him being sufficiently Cause to change his own mind and not call her -- he would react and reach automatically into the sudden vacuum. My only real doubt before I began was "could she erase enough of her decisions to make the necessary withdrawal of her own?", then I looked at the doubt and vanished it and proceeded to walk her through the incidents. These sort of effects on other people have been known to happen as a side effect of
processing. In this case however, it was no side effect, the effect on the boyfriend was the desired EP. And I got it...Instantly, ha ha! This sort of processing might seem a little odd and magical, but i t seems perfectly normal and expected if viewed from Co-existence.
Ouran
HUMOR (I consider anyone without a sense of humor to be suspect. Humorlessness usually indicates a lot of force in the mind. Perhaps you'll be happy to know I do possess a sense of humor. Perhaps not, because my sense of humor tends toward the obnoxious...) Shakespeare in the Ground (For Raymond J. Krenik, Jr)
BT or not BT, that is the congestion: Whether 'tis negative gain in the mind to process The sensations and aberrations of outrageous cases, Or to take emeters against a sea org of entities, And by ownership end them? To survive? to eat? No more goals please; and by Dianetic process to say we end the heart-ache and the thousand natural somatics That flesh is heir to, 'tis a cycle of action Devoutly to be wish'd. To audit, to not; Dramatized? Perchance to discharge: ay, there's the ridge; For in what secondary engram what dirty needle may come. When we have soloed off this overt/withhold, Must give us a clean slate: there's the reality That makes certainty of so long fall a blow down; For who would bear the sore butt of 12 hours in the chair, The cushion's imprint, the proud back's creakage, The pangs of sleeping feet, the CS's delay, The insolence of ethics and the HGC The staff PCs on the unworthy take, When he himself might his own quick case crack With one model session? Who would with RPFers bear, To grunt and sweat under a weary life, But that the dread of something worse than death, The undiscover'd RPF's RPF from whose bourn No staffer returns, preventing the wins
And makes us rather bear those PCs we have Than fly to ourselves that we know not who processed last? Thus bypassed charge does make cowards of us all; And thus the non-native state of rationalization Is sicklied o'er with the pale cast of PTS, And enterprises of great stat and income With this recoil their currents turn to cash, And lose the name of auditing.--Ssh! You dare not even think! Ouran
THE LAP OF VENICE I have sat in the lap of God: pulled his beard so he gave me a noogie, told her she was beautiful and she gently fondled me, and I read God stories, stories, stories... And had them read back to me by God as she/he/me/us/you laughed in transient grief and cried in infinite joy. We walked hand in hand along Venice beach in a summer swelter softened by the sympathetic sea. We stopped for pizza and beer, and admired the street performers, especially appreciating the high art of a brown tinged bum who hadn't bathed in 6 weeks despite the peaceful Pacific only 100 yards west, and glowed in hilarity at the patrol officers in their dark dark navy blue uniforms, so alienated from the bicyclists and inline skaters that they could hardly bear to climb out of their car, unless prodded with rage from a good solid motivator attached to an image of overpowering wrongness to them. I walked hand in hand with God, and I looked at God's nakedness: God had no genitalia, and all possible. I looked again and God was a beautiful blond skating by; Again and God was a grinning black man wearing dreadlocks and blue and yellow necklaces of unknowable ancestry. I looked at the sea and God waved at me. I looked at the sun and God blazed nigh to wilt me. I looked between my feet and God smiled out of the tarmac. I took a deep breath in wonder and almost choked, for God had flown into my mouth as a gnat, which I refused to strain at, though you might... I walked hand in hand with God by the sea, the shops, the sand, the graffiti tags on the walls, the restaurants which were kind enough to serve Coca-Cola the nectar of Gods, and laughed like there was no tomorrow nor yesterday either. Because there isn't. We walked hand in hand and made love even as we stepped, with every movement an orgasm of union. I walked with God along Venice beach and cried with joy... And every single crystalline grain of sand on the beach was a world of wonder. Ouran, 5/17/01
THE EXPANDED EMOTIONAL TONE SCALE EXM - 3ca 1992 Editor's Copyright (C) 1992 A Voice Of The Free Zone (Electra)Redistribution rights granted for non commercial purposes. "Dianetics is not in any way covered by legislation anywhere for no law can prevent one man sitting down and telling another man his troubles, and if anyone wants a monopoly on Dianetics, be assured that he wants it for reasons which have to do not with Dianetics but with profit." -LRH It should also be noted that, like the terms Xerox and Personal Computer (PC), the term Scientology will soon pass into the public domain as a word used by everyone to refer to this science of the mind that LRH fathered but which will be continued by others as all true and great sciences are. This expanded tone scale is well known in the field of Independent Scientologists, commonly called the Free Zone. If you would like to find out more about the Free Zone, please request a free copy of issue 1 of International Viewpoints, Box 78, DK-2800, Lyngby, Denmark. The following scale has some differences from the standard Scientology Tone Scale published by LRH, and therefore would be considered suppressive or 'squirrel' Tech by the Church. It is therefore something they do not want you to know about. And they certainly do not want me to post it. Where the two scales differ, the Standard Scale is marked on the right in Editor's parentheses followed by a star. Other items in parentheses NOT followed by a star are my own additions. The standard scale goes from 40.0 to -40.0. The Free Zone scale goes from 400.0 to -400.0. I guess Hubbard didn't think his followers needed it all, although there was some token mention of Aesthetics and Ethics as dynamics 9 and 10. The term 'squirrel' comes from the behavior of squirrels when they have lost their nuts and they dig here and they dig there and get very frantic. Auditors do this when they do not know the tech and come upon a very hard case. They throw standard tech out the window and become inventive, but since they are not very bright in the first place, they just foul things up more. The Church's assumption that all Free Zoners are squirrels is wrong. Both groups have their lousy auditors. The Church however seems to make a science out of it. Electra
THE EXPANDED TONE SCALE
with correlation to THE KNOW TO MYSTERY SCALE Copyright (C) 1982 by Geoffrey C. Filbert Know to Mystery:
Tone No:
Native State
Tone Name:
400.0
Sovereignty
Single Deity
320.0
Life that is not being
Multiple Deity
160.0
Volition, Coexistence
Not Know Know
120.0
Individuality
110.0
Awareness
100.0
Truth
| 90.0
Decency
80.0
Ideas
| 75.0
Ethics
70.0
Aesthetics
| 60.0
Inspiration
| 50.0
Agony
45.0
Amusement
| 40.0
Serenity of Beingness
| 30.0
Postulates
| 28.0
Considerations
| 26.0
Apparencies are Reality
| 25.0
Flows
| 24.0
Universes
|
22.0
Opinions
Look (Lookingness)
21.0
Games ((Spirit of Play))
| 20.0
Action
| 16.0
Sensation
|
Know About
Plus emotion (Emotingness)
10.0
Exhilaration
| (8.0
Courage)
|6.0
Thrill
|4.0
Enthusiasm
|3.5
Cheerfulness
|3.3
Strong Interest
|3.0
Conservatism
|2.9
Mild Interest
|2.8
Contented
|2.6
Disinterested
|2.5
Boredom
|2.4
Monotony
Minus emotion (Mis-emotion) 2.0
Antagonism
|1.9
Hostility
1.8
Pain
|1.5
Anger
|
1.4
Hate
|
1.3
Resentment
|
1.2
No Sympathy
|
(Unexpressed Resentment is resentment you are not letting others know about Suppressed Unexpressed Resentment is unexpressed resentment you no long know about yourself.) 1.15
Unexpressed Resentment
|
1.1
Covert Hostility
|
1.05
Anxiety
|1.0
Fear
|.98
Despair
|.96
Terror
|.94
Numb
| .9
Sympathy
| .8
Propitiation
| .5
Grief
| .375
Making amends
| .3
Undeserving
| .2
Self Abasement
.1
Victim
| .07
Hopeless
| .05
Apathy
| .03
Useless
| .01
Dying
| 00.00
Death (Body Death)
-.05
Failure
-.1
Pity
|-.2
Regret (Shame)*
|-.3
Accountable
| -1.0
Blame (Punishing Other Bodies)*
| -1.3
Shame (Regret)*
-1.4
Punishing Bodies
| -1.5
Controlling Bodies
| -2.2
Protecting Bodies
-3.0
Owning Bodies
| -3.5
Approval from Bodies
| Minus tone | numbers
Effort (Effortingness)
Think (Thinkingness)
Symbols (Symbolizingness) -4.0
Needing Bodies
Eat (Eatingness)
-5.0
Worshipping Bodies
Sex (Sexingness)
-6.0
Sacrifice
Mystery
-8.0
Hiding
